TABLE OF CONTENTS
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 2021.
Registration No. 333-259457
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2 to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
FGI Industries Ltd.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Cayman Islands
(State or other jurisdiction
of incorporation or organization)
3430
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
98-1603252
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
906 Murray Road
East Hanover, NJ 07869
(973) 428-0400
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of Registrant’s principal executive offices)
John Chen
Executive Chairman
FGI Industries Ltd.
906 Murray Road
East Hanover, NJ 07869
(973) 428-0400
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
James M. Fischer
Jonathan R. Zimmerman
Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
2200 Wells Fargo Center
90 S. Seventh Street
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
(612) 776-7000
Stephen E. Older
Rakesh Gopalan
David S. Wolpa
McGuireWoods LLP
1251 Avenue of the Americas, 20th Floor
New York, New York 10020
(212) 548-2100
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. ☒
If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of  “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☒ Smaller reporting company ☒
Emerging growth company ☒
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act. ☐
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class of securities to be registered
Amount to be
registered(1)
Proposed maximum
offering price per
share(2)
Proposed maximum
aggregate offering
price(1)(2)
Amount of
registration fee(2)(5)
Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value per share(3)
2,875,000 $ 8.00 $ 23,000,000 $ 2,132.10
Representative Warrants
$ $
Ordinary Shares underlying Representative Warrants(3)(4)
57,500 $ 460,000 $ 42.65
Total
2,932,500 $ 8.00 $ 23,460,000 $ 2,174.75
(1)
Includes ordinary shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase.
(2)
Estimated solely for the purpose of computing the amount of registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(a) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
(3)
In accordance with Rule 416(a), the Registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.
(4)
We have agreed to issue to the representative of the several underwriters warrants to purchase the number of ordinary shares (the “Representative Warrants”) in the aggregate equal to two percent (2%) of the ordinary shares to be issued and sold in this offering. The Representative Warrants are exercisable on a cashless basis at a price equal to the public offering price.
(5)
Previously paid.
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 12, 2021
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
FGI Industries Ltd.
         Ordinary Shares
We are offering          of our ordinary shares. This is our initial public offering and no public market currently exists for our ordinary shares. We expect the initial public offering price to be between $     and $     per share. We have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “FGI”.
Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. Please read “Risk Factors” beginning on page 14 of this prospectus.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.
We are a Cayman Islands holding company with operations conducted by our subsidiaries in the United States, Canada, Europe, and Asia. We are not a Chinese operating company and conduct limited operations in China. This structure involves unique risks to investors. For a detailed description of the risks facing the Company and the offering associated with our operations in China, please refer to “Risk Factors – Risks Relating to Doing Business in China.”
No offer or invitation, whether directly or indirectly, may be made to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for our securities.
PER SHARE
TOTAL
Initial public offering price
$         $        
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)
$ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$       $      
(1)
We refer you to “Underwriting” beginning on page 96 for additional information regarding underwriter compensation. Does not include additional compensation payable to The Benchmark Company or the underwriters. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses incurred relating to this offering. In addition, we will issue to the representative a warrant to purchase the number of ordinary shares equal to two percent (2%) of the number of shares issued in this offering. The registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part also registers the issuance of the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrant.
We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase an additional        ordinary shares at the initial public offering price, less discounts and commissions. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwriting discounts and commissions payable by us will be $        , and the total proceeds to us, before expenses, will be $        , based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on this cover page of the prospectus.
Immediately after the offering,          ordinary shares will be issued and outstanding, of which     % will be held by insiders and affiliates of FGI and     % will be held by public investors (         ordinary shares will be issued and outstanding if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares, of which     % will be held by insiders and affiliates of FGI and     % will be held by public investors).
Delivery of the ordinary shares is expected to be made on or about                 , 2021.
Prospectus dated                 , 2021
The Benchmark CompanyNorthland Capital Markets

TABLE OF CONTENTS
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D6-COV_FGI4CLR.JPG]

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Table of Contents
Page
1
14
33
34
35
36
37
38
40
42
61
70
75
83
85
87
91
93
96
100
100
100
F-1
 
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. We and the underwriters take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus or in any applicable free writing prospectus is current only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or any sale of ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.
Neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus or any free writing prospectus we may provide to you in connection with this offering in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus outside of the United States.
Through and including            , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that effect transactions in our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or subscriptions.
TRADEMARKS
“FGI” and the other trademarks, trade names or service marks of FGI Industries Ltd. appearing in this prospectus are the property of FGI Industries Ltd. All other trademarks, trade names and service marks appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks and trade names in this prospectus may be referred to without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the rights of the applicable licensor to these trademarks and tradenames.
INVESTORS OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES
For investors outside of the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. You are required to inform yourselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus.
Operations in China
While many of our suppliers are located in China and Southeast Asia, our operations in China are limited to 16 employees who are focused exclusively on product development and sourcing. We conduct no manufacturing or other operations in China, nor do we own, directly or indirectly, any manufacturing assets (in China or elsewhere). Moreover, we have no variable interest entities or wholly-owned foreign entity arrangements.
Other than general business licenses in which we have received in ordinary course to operate in China, the Company and its subsidiaries are not required to obtain permission from any Chinese authorities to operate, nor is the Company or any other subsidiary required to obtain any permission from the China Securities Regulatory Commission, Cybersecurity Administration of China or other similar entity in China to conduct operations. No such required permission or business license has been revoked or denied.
Because our business employs several Chinese nationals, FGI China was established to comply with Chinese regulations relating to employment by a domestic entity. FGI China pays the regular salaries of these employees and related business expenses incurred in US dollars. The funding for these expenses of FGI China are provided by FGI International, FGI China’s direct parent entity, as direct transfers of cash to FGI China’s bank account. FGI International receives payments from third party customers for orders from multiple jurisdictions as well as intercompany sourcing fees from our subsidiaries other than FGI China. All such payments are made in US dollars. FGI China has no revenues.
 
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We do not anticipate needing to transfer cash or other assets from FGI China to other entities within our company structure for our current business. We are not aware of any limitations on capital contributions we can make to FGI China or distributions from FGI China to other of our subsidiaries. However, we would not expect any such limitations, should they arise in the future, to have a material impact on our overall business.
 
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our ordinary shares, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, especially the sections titled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, the terms “FGI,” “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar references in this prospectus refer to FGI Industries Ltd.
Overview
We are a leading global supplier of kitchen and bath products. Over the course of 30 years, we have built an industry-wide reputation for product innovation, quality, and excellent customer service. We are currently focused on the following product categories: sanitaryware (primarily toilets, sinks, pedestals and toilet seats), bath furniture (vanities, mirrors and cabinets), shower systems, customer kitchen cabinetry and other accessory items. These products are sold primarily for repair and remodel (“R&R”) activity and, to a lesser extent, new home or commercial construction. We sell our products through numerous customer partners, including mass retail centers, wholesale and commercial distributors, online retailers and specialty stores.
We believe our business has durable competitive advantages, chief of which include a diversified mix of products, market segments and sales channels, decades-long relationships with our customer and supplier partners, a tradition of strong innovation and commercial barriers to entry and industry stability, all while operating within an industry that has historically benefitted from steady demand and stable competitive dynamics. Through our Brands, Products and Channels (“BPC”) organic growth strategy, we are focused on outperforming our end markets in sales growth and profitability while deploying capital to maximize shareholder value. As our key housing markets continue to grow, we expect that strategic investment in product innovation, increased consolidation opportunities, and a disciplined focus on capital allocation will help us to continue to achieve sustainable long-term shareholder value creation.
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, we generated revenue of $129.7 million compared to $99.3 million in the nine months ended September 30, 2020. During the same periods, we generated net income of $6.9 million and $4.0 million, respectively, and adjusted net income of $5.5 million and $4.0 million, respectively. We also generated gross margins over these periods of 19.0% and 21.4%, respectively, operating margins of 5.5% and 5.1%, respectively, and adjusted operating margins of 4.6% and 4.2%, respectively.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, we generated revenues of $134.8 million compared to $126.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. We generated net income of $4.7 million and $1.6 million in 2020 and 2019, respectively, as well as adjusted net income of $4.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively. Over the same periods, we generated gross margins of 21.1% and 20.1%, respectively, operating margins of 4.7% and 1.9% respectively, and adjusted operating margins of 4.7% and 3.2%, respectively.
See the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Measures” for more information on our use of these adjusted figures and a reconciliation of these financial measures to their closest GAAP comparators.
Our products are typically designed in-house or created in conjunction with our customer and supplier partners. The majority of our products are sold under our customers’ private label brands, although we expect to continue increasing the share of our own brands over time.
 
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D6-FC_BUSINESS4CLR.JPG]
Both private label and FGI’s brands require significant marketing expenditures which we typically incur or share with our customers. We offer industry-leading brands including Foremost®, avenue, contrac®, Jetcoat®™, rosenberg and Covered Bridge Cabinetry®. These brands have continued to grow and represent an increasing share of our total sales in recent years, while the majority of our products are sold under key customers’ private label brands, such as The Home Depot’s “Glacier Bay” brand and Ferguson’s “ProFlo” brand.
Our Company
We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands on May 26, 2021 in connection with a reorganization (the “Reorganization”) of our parent company, Foremost Groups Ltd. (“Foremost”), and its affiliates, pursuant to which, among other actions, Foremost contributed all of its equity interests in FGI Industries, Inc. (“FGI USA”), FGI Europe Investment Limited, a British Virgin Islands entity (“FGI Europe”), and FGI International Limited, a Hong Kong entity (“FGI International”), each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost, to the newly formed FGI Industries Ltd. Foremost was established in 1987 and has become a global leader in kitchen and bath design, indoor and outdoor furniture, food service equipment, and manufacturing. As Foremost has grown, our business has come to operate separately from the rest of Foremost’s business units, and we and Foremost believe that operating as a standalone company will allow us to more effectively execute our long-term “BPC” growth strategy while focusing more efficiently on our own capital allocation priorities.
Prior to the Reorganization, FGI Industries, Inc., FGI Europe and FGI International operated as business units within Foremost for over thirty years. Foremost continues to be a significant holder of our ordinary shares and supports FGI via global sourcing and manufacturing arrangements, as discussed under “Certain Relationships And Related Party Transactions” below. By leveraging Foremost’s long-standing experience in manufacturing and sourcing for certain of our product categories, we believe that FGI maintains a competitive advantage in supplying products that are of good design and high quality. As a standalone business, FGI is a top-tier company in many key product categories within the North American kitchen and bath products markets, with many additional expansion opportunities via existing and adjacent product, sales and geographic channels.
This discussion of our business, and any financial information and results of operations included herein, refers to the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows that are directly attributable to the kitchen and bath business of Foremost Groups, Ltd. before the completion of Reorganization and are presented as if the Company had been in existence and the Reorganization had been in effect during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Our Products
We offer a wide variety of products that fall into three categories: Sanitaryware, Bath Furniture and Other. As of our 2020 fiscal year end, the brand and category makeup of our net sales is as follows:
 
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D1-FC_BRANDS4CLR.JPG]
Sanitaryware.   Our Sanitaryware category includes a range of bath products, such as toilets, sinks, pedestals and toilet seats. The majority of these products are sourced from third-party suppliers in China and are sold throughout the United States, Canada and Europe. Our main owned brands in this category include Foremost®, which is retail-focused, and contrac®, which is wholesale-focused.
Bath Furniture.   Our Bath Furniture category primarily includes wood and wood-substitute furniture for bathrooms, including vanities, mirrors, laundry and medicine cabinets and other storage systems. The majority of these products are sourced from Southeast Asia and China and are sold principally in the United States and Canada. We typically sell our bath furniture products under the Foremost brand.
Other.   Our Other category includes several smaller categories, most prominently our shower door and shower systems products which are typically sold as private label or under our Foremost and Jetcoat brands. In addition, we are developing an emerging custom kitchen cabinetry brand under our “Covered Bridge Cabinetry” and “Kitchens by Foremost” lines of products. Our custom kitchen lines represent some of the highest margin, highest quality products that we sell, and are sold primarily through local kitchen and bath dealerships while involving a heavy marketing element with contractors and designers. While custom kitchen cabinetry currently represents less than 1% of our total sales, it is an area where we see significant long term organic growth, gross margin expansion and consolidation possibilities. The majority of our custom kitchen cabinetry and shower products are sourced from China and Southeast Asia.
In each category, we sell branded and private label products at various price points to attract a wide base of customers and ultimate consumers. We position our products in a “good, better, best” market position, with a variety of price points to address the varying needs of our customer base. However, we typically eschew selling low, or “opening” price point items, and focus primarily on the mid-to-upper price point product categories, particularly as we grow our branded product footprint in line with our “BPC” organic growth strategy. We continue to see opportunities to introduce new product categories. Some of our recent product introductions that we expect to drive material sales growth include our Jetcoat-branded shower systems and intelligent (electronic) toilets.
Market Opportunity
The core bath and kitchen product markets in which we operate principally cater to the R&R markets, consisting of fragmented suppliers and a diffuse network of retailers, wholesalers and independent dealer networks on both national and regional levels. While our sales are principally impacted by the growth of the R&R markets, we are selectively focusing on newbuild markets as well.
According to the National Kitchen and Bath Association, the projected consumer spend for the U.S. bath and kitchen markets is estimated to be approximately $158 billion in 2021, of which approximately $75 billion is in product categories that we currently operate within. Outside of extreme recession years in the United States, such as 2007-2009, the R&R markets have experienced consistent 3% to 5% annual growth rates for more than 25 years, providing a predictable and recurring revenue model for the majority of our
 
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
product lines. The primary drivers of such consistent and above-GDP growth rates are the pace of household formation, home price appreciation, strong housing turnover and the continued aging of the U.S. housing stock in our primary geographic markets.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D1-BC_GROWTH4CLR.JPG]
Our Growth Strategy
We believe that we operate within addressable kitchen and bath consumer markets worth tens of billions of dollars. Our current business model and industry reputation have been honed over 30 years, during which time we have developed what we feel to be an operations platform that is on par with much larger industry competitors. At the same time, our relatively small size in relation to some of those competitors allows us the opportunity to leverage our platform for above-industry growth rates, along with increasing profitability and return on capital.
Combining our well-developed global business platform with our relatively small revenue base, our aim is to achieve mid-to-high single-digit organic revenue growth rates over the long term. In order to achieve these growth objectives, we pursue a “BPC” growth strategy, focused on Brands, Products and Channels:

Brands:   Our owned brands have gone from 0% to over 30% of our net sales in the past 10 years. Branded products typically come with higher gross margins and significantly reinforce our long-term competitive positioning within our product markets. We plan to continue to focus on building our branded-product footprint over the long term while increasing the share of brands as a percentage of our total sales.

Products:   We have significant “whitespace” opportunities in several product categories within our core kitchen and bath markets. As an example, we believe we are currently significantly under-penetrated in categories such as bath and kitchen fixtures, “behind the wall” plumbing, and acrylic products such as bathtubs. With significant investment opportunities in new materials, sourcing, leading product design and superior customer service, we have vast product expansion opportunities in relation to our relatively small share of the overall market.

Channels:   Despite our decades-long relationships with key customer partners, we feel that we have strong growth potential in key sales channels, including our existing customers, new e-commerce retailers (such as Wayfair) and commercial sales channels (local kitchen and bath product distributors). We believe we have untapped potential in markets outside of the United States, and
 
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
while we have made significant headway in Canada and Germany in recent years, we believe we have many more growth and expansion opportunities in those two countries as well as other international markets.
In addition, we continue to evaluate opportunities to pursue selective “bolt-on” acquisitions of smaller companies that complement our core competencies in an effort to increase our scale and profitability, as well as to broaden our product offerings, capabilities and resources. We are also seeking strategic partnerships within the United States and internationally with the goal of strengthening the sources of our product supply. Our key criteria for potential acquisitions include looking for well-run organizations (not turnarounds), opportunities that offer tangible synergies within our core kitchen and bath markets, and investments that meet our stringent return on capital criteria.
Our Competitive Strengths
Trusted by Customers Around the World
The core markets in which we operate tend to be conservative, with an emphasis on stable and durable relationships. FGI is a top-tier supplier of many key North American bath- and kitchen-related product categories. With support from Foremost, we are one of a select number of large market participants with national and international manufacturing and distribution capabilities. Our supply chain network, operating footprint and long-standing customer relationships provide us an ability to service our retail, wholesale and commercial channel customers worldwide and offer a broad set of products to serve our customers across a variety of price points. We believe the scale and breadth of our operations differentiate us and result in a competitive advantage that allows us to provide well-designed, high-quality products with price points and service that exceed our competitors’ offerings and our customers’ expectations.
Deep Relationships with Leading Suppliers
In the markets in which we operate, production and supply chain quality and stability are crucial to success. Our industry is fundamentally stable and conservative, with high barriers for potential new entrants. We have built strong and stable relationships with a base of long-standing suppliers across the globe, all of whom maintain stringent manufacturing standards. We believe our customers value our decades-long experience in the industry and international footprint, which allows us to meet demanding logistics and performance criteria. At the same time, our third-party manufacturing suppliers are reliant on our stable and growing platform in order to effectively utilize their own fixed-asset investments. The importance of these strengths has been highlighted during the outbreak and ongoing spread of the novel coronavirus (“COVID-19”) pandemic, as we believe that we have remained among the most consistent and reliable suppliers in our industry despite the unprecedented challenges which were presented.
Stable Technological and Industry Dynamics
Our core bath and kitchen product markets are generally less prone to fast-paced technological innovation or “fast fashion” consumer trends. We believe this is largely due to the core functionalities of the products we offer, which have tended to evolve gradually over decades, rather than in a few years (or even months, as with certain industries). As a result, we have confidence in our ability to execute our long-term growth plans, while allocating our capital in a patient and thoughtful manner, with relatively high and predictable rates of return.
Commercial and Regulatory Barriers to Entry
The kitchen and bath markets operate under a myriad of international, national, federal, provincial and local codes. This is particularly the case as much of the product markets on which we focus are ultimately related to water and the prevention of water leakage and damage. On a fundamental level, our kitchen and bath products need to pass heavy quality control and regulatory standards, making it difficult for potential new entrants.
 
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Experienced Management Team
We have assembled an executive team with a deep base of management experience within industrial manufacturing companies. David Bruce, our Chief Executive Officer, Bob Kermelewicz, our Executive Vice President, United States, Jennifer Earl, our Executive Vice President, Canada and Norman Kroenke, our Executive Vice President, Europe each have over twenty years of industry experience. Our Executive Chairman John Chen has more than twelve years of investment management and financial experience. Our team has identified and begun to execute on opportunities for operational improvement, growth and business expansion as a standalone company.
Significant ownership and support from Foremost
Foremost is a family-controlled and privately held holding company. As an expected 72% owner of FGI’s ordinary shares following this Offering, Foremost remains committed to supporting FGI’s strategic development and growth plans, which place a considerable emphasis on generating long-term growth and maximizing shareholder value through its strategic objectives and capital allocation priorities. For over 30 years, Foremost has built an industry-leading reputation as a reliable manufacturer and supply source for numerous wood and ceramic-based products which form the foundation of many FGI product categories. As a standalone company, FGI continues to benefit from Foremost’s long-standing experience in global manufacturing and sourcing, providing a solid foundation from which to pursue alternate sources of supply for our key product categories as we see fit.
Risks Associated with Our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks, as more fully described in the section titled “Risk Factors” immediately following this prospectus summary. You should read these risks before you invest in our ordinary shares. In particular, risks associated with our business include, but are not limited to, the following:
Strategic Risks

Our BPC organic growth strategy is focused on capturing higher incremental gross margins by increasing our share of branded products, expanding into new product categories and creating new sales channels, all of which are impacted by a number of economic factors and other factors.

Prolonged economic downturns may adversely impact our sales, earnings and liquidity.

Our ability to grow and compete in the future will be adversely affected if adequate capital is not available to us or not available on terms favorable to us.

We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits of our strategic initiatives.

We may not be able to successfully execute our acquisition strategy or integrate businesses that we acquire.

We could continue to pursue growth opportunities through either acquisitions, mergers or internally developed projects, which may be unsuccessful or may adversely affect our future financial condition and operating results.
Business and Operational Risks

In connection with this offering, we were created as a stand-alone business and have no operating history as a stand-alone business.

Variability in the cost and availability of our raw materials, component parts and finished goods, including the imposition of tariffs, could affect our results of operations and financial position.

Our top ten customers represent a large portion of our sales. A significant adverse change in such relationships could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.

We are dependent on third-party suppliers and manufacturers, the loss of which could materially impact our business.
 
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Competitive Risks

We could lose market share if we do not maintain our strong brands, develop innovative products or respond to changing purchasing practices and consumer preferences or if our reputation is damaged.

Our failure to develop new products or respond to changing consumer preferences and purchasing practices could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

Changes in Cayman Islands or U.S. tax law could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Technology and Intellectual Property Risks

We rely on information systems and technologies, and a breakdown of these systems could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

We may not be able to adequately protect or prevent the unauthorized use of our intellectual property.
Litigation and Regulatory Risks

We are currently involved in legal proceedings and may in the future be a party to additional claims and litigation, which could be costly and divert significant resources.

Compliance with laws, government regulation and industry standards is costly, and our failure to comply could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.

We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, financial and economic sanctions and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to administrative, civil and criminal fines and penalties, collateral consequences, remedial measures and legal expenses, all of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.
Risks Related to Doing Business in China

We have operations in, and the majority of the Company’s suppliers are located in, China. Our or our suppliers’ ability to operate in China may be impaired by changes in Chinese laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, environmental regulation, restrictions on foreign investment, and other matters.

We could be subject to regulation by various political and regulatory entities, including local and municipal agencies and other governmental subdivisions.

In light of recent events indicating greater oversight by the Cyberspace Administration of China, or CAC, over data security, particularly for companies seeking to list on a foreign exchange, we could become subject to a variety of laws and other obligations regarding cybersecurity and data protection, and any failure to comply with applicable laws and obligations could have an adverse effect on our business operations in China.

Changes in China's economic, political or social conditions or legal system or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering

Foremost Groups Ltd. holds a significant majority of the voting power of our ordinary shares, expected to be approximately     % following this offering, and will be able to exert significant control over us.
Our Structure
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure after our recently completed Reorganization but before the completion of this Offering.
 
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D9-FC_FGIBW.JPG]
Corporate Information
We were organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands on May 26, 2021. Our principal executive offices are located at 906 Murray Road, East Hanover, NJ 07869, and our telephone number is (973) 428-0400. Our website address will be www.fgi-industries.com. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our ordinary shares.
We are a Cayman Islands exempted company. Exempted companies are Cayman Islands companies conducting business mainly outside the Cayman Islands and, as such, are exempted from complying with certain provisions of the Companies Act (2021 Revision) of the Cayman Islands (the “Companies Act”) as the same may be amended from time to time. As an exempted company, we may apply for a tax exemption undertaking from the Cayman Islands government that, in accordance with Section 6 of the Tax Concessions Act (2018 Revision) of the Cayman Islands, for a period of 30 years from the date of the undertaking, no law which is enacted in the Cayman Islands imposing any tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations will apply to us or our operations and, in addition, that no tax to be levied on profits, income, gains or appreciations or which is in the nature of estate duty or inheritance tax will be payable (i) on or in respect of our shares, debentures or other obligations or (ii) by way of the withholding in whole or in part of a payment of dividend or other distribution of income or capital by us to our shareholders or a payment of principal or interest or other sums due under a debenture or other obligation of us.
 
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company and Smaller Reporting Company
We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, as amended. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of: the last day of the fiscal year in which we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue; the date we qualify as a “large accelerated filer,” with at least $700 million of equity securities held by non-affiliates; the issuance, in any three-year period, by us of more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt securities; and the last day of the fiscal year ending after the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering. We refer to the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 herein as the “JOBS Act,” and any reference herein to “emerging growth company” has the meaning ascribed to it in the JOBS Act.
As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of reduced reporting requirements that are otherwise applicable to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

being permitted to present only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in this prospectus;

not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended;

reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and

exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.
We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in this prospectus and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in our future filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, (the “SEC”). The JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. We have elected to avail ourselves of this exemption. As a result of these elections the information that we provide to our shareholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the last business day of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of that year’s second fiscal quarter.
 
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
THE OFFERING
Issuer
FGI Industries Ltd.
Ordinary shares offered by us
         shares (         shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares)
Ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering
         shares, of which     % will be held by insiders and affiliates of the Company and     % will be held by public investors (         shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares, of which     % will be held by insiders and affiliates of the Company and     % will be held by public investors)
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares
We have granted a 30-day option to the underwriters to purchase up to          additional ordinary shares to cover over-allotments, if any.
Use of proceeds
We estimate that the net proceeds from this offering will be approximately $     million (or approximately $     million if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to        additional ordinary shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for: potential mergers, acquisitions or other strategic capital allocation priorities and for working capital and general corporate purposes.
See “Use of Proceeds” for additional information.
Risk factors
You should read the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of factors to consider carefully, together with all the other information included in this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.
Proposed Nasdaq Capital Market symbol
“FGI”
Lock-up
We, all of our directors and officers and substantially all of our shareholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any of our ordinary shares or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our ordinary shares for a period of six months after the date of the final closing of this offering. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” and “Underwriting” for more information.
Representative’s Warrants
We have agreed to issue to the representative a warrant to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to 2% of the total number of shares issued in this offering. The representative’s warrant will be exercisable on a cashless basis at the public offering price per ordinary share sold in this offering. The representative’s warrant is exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-a-half-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. The registration statement of which this prospectus
 
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
forms a part also registers the issuance of the ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrant. See “Underwriting” for more information.
The number of our ordinary shares to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 7,000,000 ordinary shares outstanding as of November 11, 2021 and excludes:

183,750 ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units that will be issued prior to the consummation of this offering;

1,316,250 ordinary shares that will remain available for issuance under our 2021 Equity Plan; and

         ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrant issued in connection with this offering (or          if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to         additional ordinary shares).
Unless otherwise indicated, all information contained in this prospectus assumes or gives effect to:

no exercise by the underwriters of their (i) option to purchase up to          additional ordinary shares or (ii) warrants to purchase our ordinary shares at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share or $    , based on an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, that will be issued to the underwriters in connection with this offering (the “Underwriters’ Warrants”); and

the effectiveness of our amended and restated memorandum articles of association, which will occur prior to the closing of this offering.
 
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth our summary statements of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and our balance sheet data as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020. We have derived the following financial data as of and for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 from our unaudited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and the following financial information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future. The following summary financial data should be read with the sections titled “Selected Financial Data” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2021
2020
2020
2019
USD
USD
USD
USD
REVENUES
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193 $ 134,827,701 $ 126,282,212
COST OF REVENUES
105,117,467 78,018,552 106,423,061 100,843,143
GROSS PROFIT
24,634,970 21,300,641 28,404,640 25,439,069
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling and distribution
12,635,857 11,352,436 15,487,306 14,917,601
General and administrative
4,500,692 4,206,611 5,820,967 7,355,632
Research and development
486,156 640,529 814,254 703,779
Total operating expenses
17,622,705 16,199,576 22,122,527 22,977,012
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
7,012,265 5,101,065 6,282,113 2,462,057
OPERATING MARGIN
5.5% 5.1% 4.7% 1.9%
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Interest income
10,710 2 32,244 11,665
Interest expense
(287,855) (233,694) (418,867) (448,412)
Other income (expenses), net
1,445,554 (208,090) (390,298) (50,212)
Total other income (expenses), net
1,168,409 (441,782) (776,921) (486,959)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
8,180,674 4,659,283 5,505,192 1,975,098
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT OF) INCOME TAXES
Current
1,089,607 541,322 1,074,928 587,290
Deferred
225,938 100,804 (300,484) (183,286)
Total provision for income taxes
1,315,545 642,126 774,444 404,004
NET INCOME
6,865,129 4,017,157 4,730,748 1,571,094
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(29,655) 161,230 298,106 279,106
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
6,835,474 4,178,387 5,028,854 1,850,200
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
Basic and diluted
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic and diluted
$ $
 
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the nine months ended
September 30,
For the year ended
December 31,
2021
2020
2020
2019
Other Data(1):
Net Income
6,865,129 4,017,157 4,730,748 1,571,094
Adjusted income from operations
$ 7,127,765 $ 5,101,065 $ 6,282,113 $ 3,998,578
Adjusted operating margin
5.5% 5.1% 4.7% 3.2%
Adjusted net income
5,581,501 4,017,157 4,730,748 2,831,041
Free cash flow
848,181 (31,800) 5,723,227 625,021
Free cash flow conversion
12%  —  121% 67%
As of
September 30, 2021
As of
December 31, 2020
Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 3,200,396 4,018,558
Working capital (deficit)
(3,088,756) (1,691,240)
Total assets
65,653,146 45,147,461
Total liabilities
62,836,125 43,615,765
Total parent’s net investment
2,817,021 1,531,696
(1)
We define Adjusted Income from Operations as GAAP income from operations adjusted for the impact of certain non-recurring income and expenses such as expenses related to COVID-19 protocols and a 2019 one-time antidumping/countervailing duty legal fees. We define Adjusted Operating Margins as GAAP adjusted income from operations divided by net income. We define Adjusted Net Income as GAAP net income adjusted for the tax-effected impact of certain non-recurring expenses and income. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. We calculate free cash flow conversion as Free Cash Flow divided by net income. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Measures” for more information on our use of these adjusted figures and a reconciliation of these financial measures to their closest GAAP comparators.
 
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
RISK FACTORS
Investing in our ordinary shares involves a high degree of risk. These risks include, but are not limited to, those described below, each of which may be relevant to an investment decision. You should carefully consider the risks described below, together with all of the other information in this prospectus, including our financial statements and related notes, before investing in our ordinary shares. While we have listed below (not necessarily in order of importance of probability of occurrence) what we believe to be the material risks facing our business, additional risks that we do not know of or that we currently think are immaterial may also arise and materially affect our business. The realization of any of these risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations, and our ability to accomplish our strategic objectives. In that event, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, and you may lose part or all of your investment. Some statements in this prospectus, including statements in the following risk factors, constitute forward-looking statements. Please refer to the section titled “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements”.
Strategic Risks
Our BPC organic growth strategy is focused on capturing higher incremental gross margins by increasing our share of branded products, expanding into new product categories and creating new sales channels, all of which are impacted by a number of economic factors and other factors.
Our business relies on residential repair and remodel (“R&R”) activity and, to a lesser extent, on new home and commercial construction activity. A number of factors impact consumers’ spending on home improvement projects as well as new home construction activity, including:

consumer confidence levels;

fluctuations in home prices;

existing home sales;

unemployment and underemployment levels;

consumer income and debt levels;

household formation;

the availability of skilled tradespeople for R&R work;

the availability of home equity loans and mortgages and the interest rates for and tax deductibility of such loans;

trends in lifestyle and housing design; and

natural disasters, terrorist acts, pandemics or other catastrophic events.
The fundamentals driving our business are impacted by economic cycles. Adverse changes or uncertainty involving the factors listed above or an economic contraction in the United States and worldwide could result in a decline in spending on residential R&R activity and a decline in demand for new home construction and could adversely impact our businesses by: causing consumers to delay or decrease homeownership; making consumers more price conscious resulting in a shift in demand to smaller, less expensive homes; making consumers more reluctant to make investments in their existing homes, including large kitchen and bath R&R projects; or making it more difficult to secure loans for major renovations, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Prolonged economic downturns may adversely impact our sales, earnings and liquidity.
Our industry can fluctuate with economic cycles. During economic downturns, our industry could experience longer periods of recession and greater declines than the general economy. We believe that our industry, particularly North American home improvement, R&R and new home construction activity, is significantly influenced particularly by housing activity, consumer confidence, the level of personal discretionary spending, demographics, credit availability and other business conditions. These factors may
 
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
affect not only the ultimate consumer of our products, but also may impact home centers, builders and our other primary customers. As a result, a worsening of economic conditions, including due to the COVID-19 pandemic, could have a material adverse effect on our sales and earnings as well as our cash flow and liquidity.
Our ability to grow and compete in the future will be adversely affected if adequate capital is not available to us or not available on terms favorable to us.
The ability of our business to grow and compete depends on the availability of adequate capital, which in turn depends in large part on our cash flow from operations and the availability of equity and debt financing. Furthermore, our existing indebtedness, which was approximately $13.6 million as of September 30, 2021, may adversely affect our financial flexibility and our competitive position in the future. We cannot assure you that our cash flow from operations will be sufficient or that we will be able to obtain equity or debt financing on acceptable terms to implement our “BPC” growth strategy. We may need additional cash resources in the future if we experience changed business conditions or other developments and may also need additional cash resources in the future if we wish to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, strategic cooperation or other similar actions. As a result, we cannot assure you that adequate capital will be available to finance our current growth plans, take advantage of business opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
We may not achieve all of the anticipated benefits of our strategic initiatives.
We continue to pursue our strategic initiatives of investing in our branded products, developing new product categories, and utilizing sales channels positioned for long term growth through the “BPC” strategy, our methodology to drive growth and productivity. These initiatives are designed to grow shareholder value over the long term. Our results of operations and financial position could be materially and adversely affected if we are unable to successfully execute these initiatives or if we are unable to execute these initiatives in a timely and efficient manner. We could also be adversely affected if we have not appropriately prioritized and balanced our initiatives or if we are unable to effectively manage change throughout our organization.
We may not be able to successfully execute our acquisition strategy or integrate businesses that we acquire.
Pursuing the acquisition of businesses complementary to our portfolio is a component of our strategy for future growth. If we are not able to identify suitable acquisition candidates or consummate potential acquisitions within a desired time frame or with acceptable terms and prices, our long-term competitive positioning may be affected. Even if we are successful in acquiring and/or merging with businesses, the businesses we acquire or merge with may not be able to achieve the revenue, profitability or growth we anticipate, or we may experience challenges and risks in integrating these businesses into our existing business. Such risks include:

difficulties realizing expected synergies and economies of scale;

diversion of management attention and our resources;

unforeseen liabilities;

issues or conflicts with our new or existing customers or suppliers; and

difficulties in retaining critical employees of the acquired businesses.
Future foreign acquisitions may also increase our exposure to foreign currency risks and risks associated with interpretation and enforcement of foreign regulations. Our failure to address these risks could cause us to incur additional costs and fail to realize the anticipated benefits of our acquisitions and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
We could continue to pursue growth opportunities through either acquisitions, mergers or internally developed projects, which may be unsuccessful or may adversely affect our future financial condition and operating results.
Although we are not currently considering any specific business combinations, we could pursue opportunities for growth through either acquisitions, mergers or internally developed projects as part of our
 
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
“BPC” growth strategy. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in integrating an acquired business or that an internally developed project will perform at the levels we anticipate. We may pay for future acquisitions using cash, stock, the assumption of debt, or a combination of these. Future acquisitions could result in dilution to existing shareholders and to earnings per share. In addition, we may fail to identify significant liabilities or risks associated with a given acquisition that could adversely affect our future financial condition and operating results or result in us paying more for the acquired business or assets than they are worth.
Business and Operational Risks
In connection with this offering, we were created as a stand-alone business and have no operating history as a stand-alone business.
The historical financial information we have included in this prospectus does not reflect, and the pro forma financial information included in this prospectus may not reflect, what our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows would have been had we been a stand-alone entity during the historical periods presented, or what our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows will be in the future as an independent entity.
In addition, we have not made pro forma adjustments to reflect many significant changes that will occur in our cost structure, funding and operations as a result of our transition to becoming a public company, including changes in our employee base, potential increased costs associated with reduced economies of scale and increased costs associated with being a publicly traded, stand-alone company.
Variability in the cost and availability of our raw materials, component parts and finished goods, including the imposition of tariffs, could affect our results of operations and financial position.
We purchase substantial amounts of raw materials, component parts and finished goods from outside sources, including international sources, and our products are manufactured outside of the United States. Increases in the cost of the materials we purchase have in the past and may in the future increase the prices for our products, including as a result of new tariffs. For example, the continuing trade dispute between the United States and China has resulted in tariffs which raised the cost of certain of our materials. There is a risk that additional tariffs on imports from China or new tariffs could be imposed, which could further increase the cost of the materials we purchase or import or the products we manufacture internationally. Further, our production could be affected if we or our suppliers are unable to procure our requirements for various commodities, including, among others, brass, porcelain, wood and engineered wood, or if a shortage of these commodities results in significantly increased costs. Rising energy costs could also increase our production and transportation costs. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
It can be difficult for us to pass on to customers our cost increases. Our existing arrangements with customers, competitive considerations and customer resistance to price increases may delay or make us unable to adjust selling prices. If we are not able to sufficiently increase the prices of our products or achieve cost savings to offset increased material and production costs, including the impact of increasing tariffs, our results of operations and financial position could be adversely affected. When our material costs decline, we may in the future receive pressure from our customers to reduce our prices. Such reductions could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
We have entered into long-term agreements with certain significant suppliers to help ensure continued availability of our manufactured product supply and to establish firm pricing, but at times these contractual commitments may result in our paying above market prices for manufactured products during the term of the contract.
Our top ten customers represent a large portion of our sales. A significant adverse change in such relationships could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.
Our sales are concentrated with ten significant customers who collectively represented over 77% of our consolidated net sales from continuing operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 85%
 
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of our consolidated net sales from continuing operations for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, and this concentration may continue to increase. In particular, The Home Depot represented approximately 25% of our consolidated net sales from continuing operations in the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and approximately 31% of our consolidated net sales from continuing operations in fiscal year 2020. The Home Depot and other home center retailers can significantly affect the prices we receive for our products and the terms and conditions on which we do business with them. Additionally, these home center retailers may reduce the number of vendors from which they purchase and could make significant changes in their volume of purchases from us. The loss of one or more key customers, a material reduction in products purchased by them, or our inability to maintain our competitive position in our industries could cause us to experience a decline in net sales, which could adversely affect our financial results. In addition, there can be no assurance that such customers will not experience financial difficulties or other adverse conditions which could delay such customers in paying for products on a timely basis or at all. Although other retailers, dealers, distributors and homebuilders represent other channels of distribution for our products and services, we might not be able to quickly replace, if at all, the loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales, and any such loss would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial position.
We are dependent on third-party suppliers.
We are dependent on third-party suppliers for many of our products and components, and are largely dependent on one large supplier, Tangshan Huida Ceramic Group Co., Ltd, an entity formed and located in China (“Huida”), who accounted for and approximately 65% of the total balance of our accounts payable as of September 30, 2021 and approximately 60% of the total balance of our accounts payable as of December 31, 2020, for the majority of our sanitaryware products, and our ability to offer a wide variety of products depends on our ability to obtain an adequate and timely supply of these products and components. Pursuant to a certain Agreement for Co-operations (the “Huida Agreement”), dated October 20, 2020, by and between Huida and FGI Industries, our wholly owned subsidiary, so long as we meet certain annual product placement volume requirements, (i) we have an exclusive right to distribute and resell in the United States and Canadian markets any products designed and created by Huida and for which Huida retains all intellectual property rights, and (ii) Huida may not manufacture or sell any products we design or create, for which we retain all intellectual property rights, without our prior consent. Failure of our suppliers and, particularly, of Huida, to timely provide us quality products on commercially reasonable terms, or to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, or our policies regarding our supplier business practices, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position or could damage our reputation. Sourcing these products and components from alternate suppliers, including suppliers from new geographic regions, is time-consuming and costly and could result in inefficiencies or delays in our business operations. Accordingly, the loss of Huida or other critical suppliers, or a substantial decrease in the availability of products or components from our suppliers, could disrupt our business and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Many of the suppliers we rely upon are located in foreign countries, primarily China. The differences in business practices, shipping and delivery requirements, changes in economic conditions and trade policies and laws and regulations, together with the limited number of suppliers, have increased the complexity of our supply chain logistics and the potential for interruptions in our production scheduling. If we are unable to effectively manage our supply chain or if we experience constraints to or disruption in transporting the products or components or we have to pay higher transportation costs for timely delivery of our products or components, our results of operations and financial position could be materially and adversely affected. See “— Risks Related to Doing Business In China” below.
We are dependent on third-party manufacturers.
We do not own any of our manufacturing facilities, and are reliant upon Foremost, our former parent company, and other third-party manufacturers for our entire supply of products. Failure of our manufacturers to timely deliver quality products on commercially reasonable terms, or to comply with applicable legal and regulatory requirements, or our policies regarding our manufacturer business practices, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position or could damage our reputation.
 
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
In addition, we may experience delays, disruptions or quality control problems in our manufacturing operations, over which we have little to no control.
Natural disasters or other disruptions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our manufacturers and suppliers are located in regions that are vulnerable to natural disasters and other risks, such as earthquakes, fires, floods, tropical storms, hurricanes and snow and ice, which at times have disrupted the local economy and posed risks to our supply chain. In addition, the continued threat of terrorism and heightened security and military action in response to this threat, or any future acts of terrorism, may cause further disruptions to the economies of the United States and other countries. Our redundant, multiple site capacity may not be sufficient in the event of a natural disaster, terrorist act or other catastrophic event. Such disruptions could, among other things, disrupt our manufacturing or distribution facilities or those of our suppliers and result in delays or cancellations of customer orders for our products, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Further, if a natural disaster occurs in a region from which we derive a significant portion of our revenue, end-user customers in that region may delay or forego purchases of our products, which may materially and adversely impact our operating results for a particular period.
There are risks associated with our international operations and global strategies.
In the nine months ended September 30, 2021, approximately 38% of our sales from continuing operations were made outside of the United States (principally in Canada and Europe) and transacted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. In addition to our Canadian and European operations, we manufacture products and source products and components from China and parts of Southeast Asia. Risks associated with our international operations include:

differences in culture, economic and labor conditions and practices;

the policies of the U.S. and foreign governments;

disruptions in trade relations and economic instability;

differences in enforcement of contract and intellectual property rights;

social and political unrest; and

natural disasters, terrorist attacks, pandemics or other catastrophic events.
We are also affected by domestic and international laws and regulations applicable to companies doing business abroad or importing and exporting goods and materials. These include tax laws, laws regulating competition, anti-bribery/anti-corruption and other business practices, and trade regulations, including duties and tariffs. Compliance with these laws is costly, and future changes to these laws may require significant management attention and disrupt our operations. Additionally, while it is difficult to assess what changes may occur and the relative effect on our international tax structure, significant changes in how U.S. and foreign jurisdictions tax cross-border transactions could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.
Our results of operations and financial position are also impacted by changes in currency exchange rates. Unfavorable currency exchange rates between the US Dollar and foreign currencies, particularly the Euro, the Chinese Renminbi and the Canadian dollar, have in the past adversely affected us, and could adversely affect us in the future. Fluctuations in currency exchange rates may present challenges in comparing operating performance from period to period.
Additionally, following the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union, we could experience volatility in the currency exchange rates or a change in the demand for our products and services, particularly in our European markets, or there could be disruption of our operations and our customers’ and suppliers’ businesses.
 
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For specific risks associated with operations in China, see “— Risks Related to Doing Business in China” below.
The long-term performance of our businesses relies on our ability to attract, develop and retain talented and diverse personnel.
To be successful, we must invest significant resources to attract, develop and retain highly qualified, talented and diverse employees at all levels, who have the experience, knowledge and expertise to implement our strategic initiatives. We compete for employees with a broad range of employers in many different industries, including large multinational firms, and we may fail in recruiting, developing, motivating and retaining them, particularly when there are low unemployment levels. From time to time, we have been affected by a shortage of qualified personnel in certain geographic areas. Our growth, competitive position and results of operations and financial position could be materially and adversely affected by our failure to attract, develop and retain key employees and diverse talent, to build strong leadership teams, or to develop effective succession planning to assure smooth transitions of those employees and the knowledge and expertise they possess, or by a shortage of qualified employees.
The ongoing COVID-19 pandemic is disrupting our business, and has and may continue to impact our results of operations and financial condition.
The spread of COVID-19 has created a global health crisis that has resulted in widespread disruption to economic activity, both in the U.S. and globally.
We operate facilities in the United States and around the world which are being adversely affected by this pandemic. The U.S. federal government and numerous state, local and foreign governments implemented certain measures to attempt to slow and limit the spread of COVID-19, including shelter-in-place and social distancing orders, which are subject to change and the respective governmental authorities may tighten such restrictions at any time. As a result of such measures, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, the closure of certain of our facilities, delays or disruptions in the supply of raw materials, component parts and services and decreased employee availability, which has resulted and may continue to result in delays in our ability to produce and distribute our products.
In addition, COVID-19 has adversely affected and may continue to adversely affect domestic and international economic activity, including reduced consumer confidence, instability and volatility in the credit and financial markets and reduced business and consumer spending, which may materially and adversely affect our results of operations. Economic uncertainty as a result of COVID-19 may also make it difficult for us and our customers and suppliers to accurately forecast and plan future business activities and may weaken the financial position of some of our suppliers and customers.
Due to the uncertain nature and potential duration of the COVID-19 pandemic and variants thereof, we are unable to fully estimate the extent of the impact it may have on the markets in which we operate or our business at this time. The extent of such impact will depend on a number of factors, including the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic, its effect on our customers, suppliers and employees, its effect on domestic and international economies and markets, including consumer discretionary spending, the response of governmental authorities and the efficiency of distribution and effectiveness of the vaccines. We are continuing to take action to mitigate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business and operations, including through cost reduction measures and other initiatives, however the effectiveness of our mitigation efforts remains uncertain. A continued disruption of our operations and an on-going slowdown in domestic and international economic activity could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
To the extent COVID-19 continues to impact our business, financial position and results of operations, it may also have the effect of heightening certain of the other risks described in this prospectus, such as those relating to our international operations and global strategies and our dependence on third-party suppliers.
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Risks Related to Doing Business in China
We have limited operations in China, but many of our products are sourced from China. Our ability or the ability of our suppliers to operate in China may be impaired by changes in Chinese laws and regulations, including those relating to taxation, environmental regulation, restrictions on foreign investment, and other matters.
While we are a Cayman Islands exempted company headquartered in the United States and derive no revenue from China, we do have limited sourcing and product development operations in China. As of the date of this prospectus, approximately 16 of our 130 employees are based in China. Moreover, suppliers of a majority of our product materials are based in China.
The Chinese government has exercised and continues to exercise substantial control over virtually every sector of the Chinese economy through regulation and state ownership. The central Chinese government or local governments having jurisdiction within China may impose new, stricter regulations, or interpretations of existing regulations, that would require additional expenditures and efforts on our part to ensure our compliance with such regulations or interpretations. As such, the Company’s subsidiaries or our third-party suppliers in the People's Republic of China (PRC) maybe subject to governmental and regulatory interference in the provinces in which they operate. Our subsidiaries or our third-party suppliers could also be subject to regulation by various political and regulatory entities, including local and municipal agencies and other governmental subdivisions. Our ability, and the ability of our suppliers, to operate in China may be impaired by any such laws or regulations, or any changes in laws and regulations in the PRC. The Company or its third-party suppliers may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and future laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. If our suppliers incur increased costs, they may attempt to pass such costs on to us. Any such increased costs or disruptions to our operations or the operations of our suppliers could adversely impact our results of operations.
In light of recent events indicating greater oversight by the Cyberspace Administration of China, or CAC, over data security, we could become subject to a variety of laws and other obligations regarding cybersecurity and data protection, and any failure to comply with applicable laws and obligations could have an adverse effect on our business operations in China.
We are subject to various risks and costs associated with the collection, use, sharing, retention, security, and transfer of confidential and private information, such as personal information and other data. This data is wide ranging and relates to our investors, employees, contractors and other counterparties and third parties. Our compliance obligations include those relating to the Data Protection Act (As Revised) of the Cayman Islands and the relevant PRC laws in this regard. These PRC laws apply not only to third-party transactions, but also to transfers of information between us and our subsidiaries, and other parties with which we have commercial relations. We do not believe the PRC laws have a material impact on our current operations, but these laws continue to develop, and the PRC government may adopt other rules and restrictions in the future. Non-compliance could result in penalties or other significant legal liabilities.
Pursuant to the PRC Cybersecurity Law, which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on November 7, 2016 and took effect on June 1, 2017, personal information and important data collected and generated by a critical information infrastructure operator in the course of its operations in China must be stored in China, and if a critical information infrastructure operator purchases internet products and services that affects or may affect national security, it should be subject to cybersecurity review by the CAC. Due to the lack of further interpretations, the exact scope of “critical information infrastructure operator” remains unclear. On July 10, 2021, the CAC publicly issued the Measures for Cybersecurity Censorship (Revised Draft for Comments) aiming to, upon its enactment, replace the existing Measures for Cybersecurity Censorship. The draft measures extend the scope of cybersecurity reviews to data processing operators engaging in data processing activities that affect or may affect national security, including listing in a foreign country. PRC Data Security Law, which was promulgated by the Standing Committee of the National People’s Congress on June 10, 2021and took effect on September 1, 2021, requires data collection to be conducted in a legitimate and proper manner, and stipulates that, for the purpose of data protection, data processing activities must be conducted based on data classification and hierarchical protection system for data security.
 
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We believe we are compliant with these regulations, to the extent they are applicable to us, and we do not believe our business would be materially affected by these recent measures. However, if we were selected for review, or one of our suppliers was selected for review, we or such supplier may be required to suspend operations in China during such review. Cybersecurity review could also result in negative publicity with respect to our company or our suppliers and could divert managerial attention and financial resources. Furthermore, if we or one of our suppliers were found to be in violation of applicable laws and regulations in China during such review, we or such supplier could be subject to administrative penalties, such as warnings, fines, or service suspension.
We could be subject to regulation by various political and regulatory entities, including local and municipal agencies and other governmental subdivisions.
We may incur increased costs necessary to comply with existing and future laws and regulations or penalties for any failure to comply. Outside of general business licenses in the ordinary course, FGI China and FGI International are not required to obtain permission from any Chinese authorities to operate and, as a Cayman Islands entity based in the United States, the Company is not required to obtain any permission from the China Securities Regulatory Commission, CAC or similar entity in China to issue our ordinary shares. No such permission or business license required for our subsidiaries’ operations has been denied. Recently, the General Office of the Central Committee of the Communist Party of China and the General Office of the State Council jointly issued the “Opinions on Severely Cracking Down on Illegal Securities Activities According to Law” ​(the “Opinions”), which were made available to the public on July 6, 2021. The Opinions emphasized the need to strengthen administration over illegal securities activities and the need to strengthen supervision with respect to overseas listings of Chinese companies.
We believe the Opinions are inapplicable to us, as we are a Cayman Islands entity and our operations in China are limited. However, some of our major suppliers could be affected, and the Company’s operations could be adversely affected, directly or indirectly, by existing or future laws and regulations relating to its business or industry. Additionally, future laws or regulations that adversely affect our suppliers or their ability to source and provide materials to us could have an adverse impact on our operations. Accordingly, the Chinese government’s actions in the future, including any decision to intervene in or influence our operations or the operations of our suppliers at any time may cause the Company or its suppliers to make changes to our or their operations.
Regulatory bodies of the United States may be limited in their ability to conduct investigations or inspections of our operations in China.
From time to time, the Company may receive requests from certain U.S. agencies to investigate or inspect the Company’s operations or to otherwise provide information. While the Company will comply with requests from these regulators, there is no guarantee that such requests will be honored by those entities that provide services to us or with which we associate, especially for any such entities that are located in China. Furthermore, an on-site inspection of our facilities by any of these regulators may be limited or entirely prohibited. Such inspections, though permitted by the Company and its affiliates, are subject to the unpredictability of the Chinese enforcement and other government agencies and may therefore be impossible to facilitate.
The Company’s auditor, Marcum LLP, is PCAOB registered and based in New York, New York. Under the Holding Foreign Companies Accountable Act (the “HFCAA”), the PCAOB is permitted to inspect the Company’s independent public accounting firm. If the PCAOB later determined that it cannot inspect or fully investigate our auditor, trading in our securities may be prohibited under the HFCAA, and, as a result, Nasdaq may determine to delist our securities.
Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or legal system or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and operations.
While we have limited sourcing and product development operations located in China through FGI China and FGI International, many of our products are sourced or manufactured in China. Accordingly, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally and by the significant discretion of Chinese
 
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
governmental authorities. The Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies. The increased global focus on environmental and social issues and China’s potential adoption of more stringent standards in these areas may adversely impact us or our suppliers.
Furthermore, the PRC legal system is based in part on government policies and internal rules, some of which are not published on a timely basis or at all and may have a retroactive effect. As a result, we or our suppliers may not be aware of our violation of any of these policies and rules until sometime after the alleged violation. In addition, any administrative and court proceedings in China may be protracted, resulting in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention. Further, such evolving laws and regulations and the inconsistent enforcement thereof could also lead to failure to obtain or maintain licenses and permits to do business in China, which would adversely affect us or our suppliers in China. Any such disruption, or if one or more of our Chinese suppliers was prevented from operating, could have an adverse impact on our results of operations and financial condition.
We may be subject to risks that the Chinese government may intervene or influence our operations at any time.
Because we have employees located in China, and source products from Chinese manufacturers, we are subject to the risk that the Chinese government may intervene or influence our operations at any time. However, because we conduct only limited operations in China with only 16 employees focused on these matters, we do not expect that such intervention or influence would result in a material change in our operations and/or the value of our ordinary shares, although in such circumstance, we might experience a disruption in our ability to develop and source product manufacturing within China, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. We also understand that the Chinese government has recently made statements indicating an intent to exert more oversight and control over offerings that are conducted by foreign investment China based issuers. While we are not a China based issuer, in such instance, we may still be unable to offer securities in China, which could limit the number of buyers of our securities and cause our ordinary shares to trade at a lower price than they would in the absence of the exercise of such oversight and control.
Competitive Risks
We could lose market share if we do not maintain our strong brands, develop innovative products or respond to changing purchasing practices and consumer preferences or if our reputation is damaged.
Our competitive advantage is due, in part, to our ability to maintain our strong brands and to develop and introduce innovative new and improved products. Our initiatives to invest in brand building, brand awareness and product innovation may not be successful. The uncertainties associated with developing and introducing innovative and improved products, such as gauging changing consumer demands and preferences and successfully developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling these products, may impact the success of our product introductions. If the products we introduce do not gain widespread acceptance or if our competitors improve their products more rapidly or effectively than we do, we could lose market share or be required to reduce our prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
In recent years, consumer purchasing practices and preferences have shifted and our customers’ business models and strategies have changed. As our customers execute their strategies to reach end consumers through multiple channels, they rely on us to support their efforts with our infrastructure, including maintaining robust and user-friendly websites with sufficient content for consumer research and providing comprehensive supply chain solutions and differentiated product development. If we are unable to successfully provide this support to our customers or if our customers are unable to successfully execute their strategies, our brands may lose market share.
If we do not timely and effectively identify and respond to changing consumer preferences, including a continued shift in consumer purchasing practices toward e-commerce, our relationships with our customers
 
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and with consumers could be harmed, the demand for our brands and products could be reduced and our results of operations and financial position could be materially and adversely affected.
We face significant competition and operate in an evolving competitive landscape.
Our products face significant competition. We believe that brand reputation is an important factor affecting product selection and that we compete on the basis of product features, innovation, quality, customer service, warranty and price. We sell many of our products through home center retailers, online retailers, distributors and independent dealers and rely on these customers to market and promote our products to consumers. Our success with our customers is dependent on our ability to provide quality products and timely delivery. In addition, home center retailers, which have historically concentrated their sales efforts on retail consumers and remodelers, are selling directly to professional contractors and installers, which may adversely affect our margins on our products that contractors and installers would otherwise buy through our dealers and wholesalers.
Certain of our customers are selling products sourced from low-cost foreign manufacturers under their own private label brands, which directly compete with our brands. As this trend continues, we may experience lower demand for our products or a shift in the mix of some products we sell toward more value-priced or opening price point products, which may affect our profitability.
In addition, we face competitive pricing pressure in the marketplace, including sales promotion programs, that could affect our market share or result in price reductions, which could materially and adversely impact our results of operations and financial position.
Further, the growing e-commerce channel brings an increased number of competitors and greater pricing transparency for consumers, as well as conflicts between our existing distribution channels and a need for different distribution methods. These factors could affect our results of operations and financial position. In addition, our relationships with our customers, including our home center customers, may be affected if we increase the amount of business we transact in the e-commerce channel.
Our failure to develop new products or respond to changing consumer preferences and purchasing practices could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We operate in an industry that is subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. The uncertainties associated with developing and introducing new products, such as gauging changing consumer preferences and successfully developing, manufacturing, marketing and selling new products, could lead to, among other things, rejection of a new product line, reduced demand and price reductions for our products. If our products do not keep up with consumer trends, demands and preference, we could lose market share, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Changes in Cayman Islands or U.S. tax law could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The rules dealing with Cayman Islands and U.S. federal, state, and local income taxation are constantly under review by persons involved in the legislative process and by the Internal Revenue Service and the U.S. Treasury Department, as well as the regulators in the Cayman Islands. Changes to tax laws (which changes may have retroactive application) could adversely affect us or holders of our ordinary shares. In recent years, many such changes have been made and changes are likely to continue to occur in the future. Future changes in Cayman Islands or U.S. tax laws could have a material adverse effect on our business, cash flow, financial condition or results of operations. We urge investors to consult with their legal and tax advisors regarding the implications of potential changes in Cayman Islands or U.S. tax laws on an investment in our ordinary shares.
The loss of certain members of our management may have an adverse effect on our operating results.
Our success will depend, in part, on the efforts of our senior management and other key employees. These individuals possess sales, marketing, engineering, manufacturing, financial and administrative skills
 
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and know-how that are critical to the operation of our business. If we lose or suffer an extended interruption in the services of one or more of our senior officers or other key employees, our financial condition and results of operations may be negatively affected. Moreover, the pool of qualified individuals may be highly competitive and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed members of our senior management or other key employees, should the need arise. The loss of the services of any key personnel, or our inability to hire new personnel with the requisite skills, could impair our ability to develop new products or enhance existing products, sell products to our customers or manage our business effectively.
Technology and Intellectual Property Risks
We rely on information systems and technologies, and a breakdown of these systems could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.
We rely on many information systems and technologies to process, transmit, store and manage information to support our business activities. We may be adversely affected if our information systems breakdown, fail, or are no longer supported. In addition to the consequences that may occur from interruptions in our systems, global cybersecurity vulnerabilities, threats and more sophisticated and targeted attacks pose a risk to our information technology systems.
We have implemented security policies, processes and layers of defense designed to help identify and protect against intentional and unintentional misappropriation or corruption of our systems and information and disruption of our operations. Despite these efforts, our systems may in the future be damaged, disrupted, or shut down due to cybersecurity attacks by unauthorized access, malware, ransomware, undetected intrusion, hardware failures, or other events, and in these circumstances our disaster recovery plans may be ineffective or inadequate. These breaches or intrusions could in the future lead to business interruption, production or operational downtime, product shipment delays, exposure or loss of proprietary, confidential, personal or financial information, data corruption, an inability to report our financial results in a timely manner, damage to the reputation of our brands, damage to our relationships with our customers and suppliers, exposure to litigation, and increased costs associated with the remediation and mitigation of such attacks. Such events could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position. In addition, we could be adversely affected if any of our significant customers or suppliers experiences any similar events that disrupt their business operations or damage their reputation.
We may not be able to adequately protect or prevent the unauthorized use of our intellectual property.
Protecting our intellectual property is important to our growth and innovation efforts. We own a number of patents, trade names, brand names and other forms of intellectual property in our products and manufacturing processes throughout the world. There can be no assurance that our efforts to protect our intellectual property rights will prevent violations. Our intellectual property may be challenged or infringed upon by third parties, particularly in countries where property rights are not highly developed or protected. In addition, the global nature of our business increases the risk that we may be unable to obtain or maintain our intellectual property rights on reasonable terms. Furthermore, others may assert intellectual property infringement claims against us. Current and former employees, contractors, customers or suppliers have or may have had access to proprietary or confidential information regarding our business operations that could harm us if used by them, or disclosed to others, including our competitors. Protecting and defending our intellectual property could be costly, time consuming and require significant resources. If we are not able to protect our existing intellectual property rights, or prevent unauthorized use of our intellectual property, sales of our products may be affected and we may experience reputational damage to our brand names, increased litigation costs and adverse impact to our competitive position, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
The recent completion of the Reorganization may impact our brand recognition.
We rely on the reputation of our brands to distinguish our products from the products of our competitors. The recent completion of the Reorganization, as described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Business,” and, specifically, the separation of the K&B Business from Foremost, could result in loss
 
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of brand recognition due to a reduced breadth of product offerings for customers that have traditionally sought products in both business segments, and could require us to devote additional resources to marketing our brands in connection with FGI. Also, the transition from the “Foremost” company name to “FGI” could lead to some confusion by its customers. In addition, a loss of brand recognition may have an adverse impact to our competitive position, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
Litigation and Regulatory Risks
We are currently involved in legal proceedings and may in the future be a party to additional claims and litigation, which could be costly and divert significant resources.
FGI USA, our wholly-owned subsidiary, is currently involved in litigation arising from its efforts to protect an exclusivity agreement with sanitaryware manufacturer Tangshan Huida Ceramic Group Co., Ltd (“Huida”), with whom we have had an exclusive relationship for over twenty years. Proceedings against Huida have been pending for over ten years. We may, from time to time, be involved in various other claims and litigation, including class actions, mass torts and regulatory proceedings, that arise in the ordinary course of our business and that could have a material adverse effect on us. The types of matters may include, among others: competition, product liability, employment, warranty, advertising, contract, personal injury, environmental, intellectual property, product compliance and insurance coverage. The outcome and effect of these matters are inherently unpredictable, and defending and resolving them can be costly and can divert management’s attention. We have and may continue to incur significant costs as a result of claims and litigation.
We are also subject to product safety regulations, product recalls and direct claims for product liability that can result in significant costs and, regardless of the ultimate outcome, create adverse publicity and damage the reputation of our brands and business. Also, we rely on other manufacturers to provide products or components for products that we sell. Due to the difficulty of controlling the quality of products and components we source from other manufacturers, we are exposed to risks relating to the quality of such products and to limitations on our recourse against such suppliers.
We maintain insurance against some, but not all, of the risks of loss resulting from claims and litigation. The levels of insurance we maintain may not be adequate to fully cover our losses or liabilities. If any significant accident, judgment, claim or other event is not fully insured or indemnified against, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
For more information about the Huida proceeding, refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Legal Proceedings.”
Compliance with laws, government regulation and industry standards is costly, and our failure to comply could adversely affect our results of operations and financial position.
We are subject to a wide variety of federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations pertaining to:

securities matters;

taxation;

anti-bribery/anti-corruption;

employment matters;

minimum wage requirements;

environment, health and safety matters;

the protection of employees and consumers;

product compliance;

competition practices;

trade, including duties and tariffs;
 
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

data privacy and the collection and storage of information, including regulation on data protection and oversight by the CAC in China; and

climate change and protection of the environment.
The regulatory environment surrounding data privacy and protection is constantly evolving and can be subject to significant change. New data protection laws, including recent California legislation and regulation which affords California consumers an array of new rights, including the right to be informed about what kinds of personal data companies have collected and why it was collected, or increased oversight by the CAC in China, pose increasingly complex compliance challenges and potentially elevate our costs. Complying with varying jurisdictional requirements could increase the costs and complexity of compliance, and violations of applicable data protection laws could result in significant penalties. Any failure, or perceived failure, by us to comply with applicable data protection laws could result in proceedings or actions brought against us by governmental entities or others, subject us to significant fines, penalties, judgments and negative publicity, require us to change our business practices, increase the costs and complexity of compliance, and adversely affect our business.
In addition to complying with current requirements and known future requirements, even more stringent requirements could be imposed on us in the future.
As we sell new types of products or existing products in new geographic areas or channels or for new applications, we are subject to the legal requirements applicable to those products or geographic areas. Additionally, some of our products must be certified by industry organizations. Compliance with new or changed laws, regulations and industry standards may require us to alter our product designs, our manufacturing processes, our packaging or our sourcing. These compliance activities are costly and require significant management attention and resources. If we do not effectively and timely comply with such regulations and industry standards, our results of operations and financial position could be materially and adversely affected.
Our failure to maintain acceptable quality standards could result in significant unexpected costs.
Any failure to maintain acceptable quality standards could require us to recall or redesign such products, or pay substantial damages in litigation, any of which would result in significant unexpected costs. We may also have difficulty controlling the quality of products or components sourced from manufacturers, so we are exposed to risks relating to the quality of such products and to limitations on our recourse against such suppliers. Further, any claim or product recall could result in adverse publicity against us, which could decrease our credibility, harm our reputation, adversely affect our sales, or increase our costs. Defects in our products could also result in decreased orders or sales to our customers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Unauthorized disclosure of confidential information provided to us by customers, employees or third parties could harm our business.
We rely on the Internet and other electronic methods to transmit confidential information and store confidential information on our networks. Any disclosure of confidential information provided by, or concerning, our employees, customers or other third parties, including through inadvertent disclosure, unapproved dissemination, or unauthorized access, our reputation could be harmed and we could be subject to civil or criminal liability and regulatory actions could require us to comply with various breach notification laws and may expose us to litigation, remediation and investigation costs, increased costs for security measures, loss of revenue, damage to our reputation, and potential liability.
We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, financial and economic sanctions and similar laws, and non-compliance with such laws can subject us to administrative, civil and criminal fines and penalties, collateral consequences, remedial measures and legal expenses, all of which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation.
We are subject to anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering, financial and economic sanctions and similar laws and regulations in various jurisdictions in which we conduct or in the future may
 
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
conduct activities, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and other anti-corruption laws and regulations. The FCPA prohibits us and our officers, directors, employees and business partners acting on our behalf, including agents, from corruptly offering, promising, authorizing or providing anything of value to a “foreign official” for the purposes of influencing official decisions or obtaining or retaining business or otherwise obtaining favorable treatment. The FCPA also requires companies to make and keep books, records and accounts that accurately reflect transactions and dispositions of assets and to maintain a system of adequate internal accounting controls. A violation of these laws or regulations could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation. Our policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance with these regulations may not be sufficient and our directors, officers, employees, representatives, consultants, agents, and business partners could engage in improper conduct for which we may be held responsible.
Non-compliance with anti-corruption, anti-bribery, anti-money laundering or financial and economic sanctions laws could subject us to whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, and severe administrative, civil and criminal sanctions, collateral consequences, remedial measures and legal expenses, all of which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and reputation. In addition, changes in economic sanctions laws in the future could adversely impact our business and investments in our shares.
Our business could be affected by unexpected changes in U.S. and international regulatory standards and laws.
We market and sell our products in the United States, Canada and Europe. We also source and manufacture a majority of our products in Asia. As such, we and our manufacturing partners are subject to the normal risks of doing business abroad. Unexpected changes in government and industry regulatory standards, including labor, environmental and taxation laws, and export and import restrictions could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial position. Moreover, the failure of our manufacturing partners to comply with such regulations could affect our supply arrangements and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial position.
Risks Related to Our Ordinary Shares and this Offering
Foremost Groups Ltd. holds a significant majority of the voting power of our ordinary shares, approximately 72% following this offering, and will be able to exert significant control over us.
Foremost holds ordinary shares that represent approximately 97.4% of all outstanding voting power immediately prior to the consummation of this offering (approximately     % following this offering) and, as such, may significantly influence the results of matters voted on by our shareholders and could effectively control many other major decisions regarding our operations, capital allocation priorities and corporate governance. In addition, we are reliant upon Foremost for manufacturing and other support. Moreover, as described in “Principal Shareholders” below, Mr. Liang Chou Chen holds approximately 49.75% of the voting control of Foremost. The interests of Foremost, particularly with respect to change-in-control transactions and election of directors, may conflict with those of the Company and/or its shareholders, and Foremost may not always act in the best interest of the Company. This significant concentration of stock ownership and reliance for support may adversely affect the trading price for our ordinary shares because investors may perceive disadvantages in owning stock in companies with controlling shareholders.
There has been no prior public market for our ordinary shares and an active trading market may never develop or be sustained.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Although we have applied to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market, or Nasdaq, an active trading market for our ordinary shares may never develop following completion of this offering or, if developed, may not be sustained. The lack of an active trading market may impair the value of your shares and your ability to sell your shares at the time you wish to sell them. An inactive trading market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our ordinary shares and enter into strategic partnerships or acquire other complementary products or businesses by using our ordinary shares as consideration. Furthermore, even if approved for listing there can be no guarantee that we will continue to satisfy the continued listing standards
 
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of Nasdaq. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing standards, we could be de-listed, which would have a material adverse effect on the price and volatility of our ordinary shares.
The price of our ordinary shares may be volatile and you may lose all or part of your investment.
The initial public offering price for our ordinary shares sold in this offering is determined by negotiation between the underwriters and us. This price may not reflect the market price of our ordinary shares following this offering. In addition, the market price of our ordinary shares is likely to be highly volatile and may fluctuate substantially due to many factors, including:

our ability to maintain our strong brands and reputation and to develop innovative products;

our ability to maintain our competitive position in our industries;

risks associated with our reliance on information systems and technology;

product liability claims or other litigation;

quarterly variations in our results of operations or those of others in our industry;

changes in governmental regulations;

changes in earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts; and

general market conditions and other factors, including factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors.
In recent years, the stock markets generally have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies, including as a result of disruptions and dislocations arising out of the COVID-19 pandemic. Broad market and industry factors may significantly affect the market price of our ordinary shares, regardless of our actual operating performance. These fluctuations may be even more pronounced in the trading market for our ordinary shares shortly following this offering. If the market price of our ordinary shares after this offering does not ever exceed the initial public offering price, you may not realize any return on your investment in us and may lose some or all of your investment.
In addition, in the past, class action litigation has often been instituted against companies whose securities have experienced periods of volatility in market price. Securities litigation brought against us following volatility in our stock price, regardless of the merit or ultimate results of such litigation, could result in substantial costs, which would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and operating results and divert management’s attention and resources from our business.
We do not intend to pay dividends on our ordinary shares, so any returns will be limited to increases, if any, in our stock’s value. Your ability to achieve a return on your investment will depend on appreciation, if any, in the price of our ordinary shares.
We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any future determination to declare dividends will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other factors, our financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. Any return to shareholders will therefore be limited to the appreciation in the value of their stock, if any.
A significant portion of our outstanding ordinary shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our ordinary shares to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of our ordinary shares in the public market could occur at any time following the termination of any restrictions on resale imposed by contract or by the securities laws. These sales, or the perception in the market that these sales may occur, could result in a decrease in the market price of our ordinary shares. Immediately after this offering, we will have outstanding          ordinary shares, based on the number of ordinary shares that are outstanding as of November 11, 2021. This includes the
 
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
shares that we are selling in this offering, which may be resold in the public market immediately without restriction, unless purchased by our affiliates or existing shareholders who have entered into lock-up agreements. Of the remaining shares, 7,000,000 shares will be restricted as a result of securities laws or 180-day lock-up agreements (which may be waived, with or without notice, by the underwriters) but will be able to be sold beginning 180 days after this offering, unless held by one of our affiliates, in which case the resale of those securities will be subject to volume limitations under Rule 144 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.” If and when we register the resale of these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market, subject to volume limitations applicable to affiliates and the lockup agreements referred to above and described in the section of this prospectus entitled “Underwriting.”
If you purchase our ordinary shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the book value of your shares.
Investors purchasing our ordinary shares in this offering will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share. As a result, investors purchasing our ordinary shares in this offering will incur immediate dilution of $     per share, representing the difference between our assumed initial public offering price of $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share as of September 30, 2021. To the extent outstanding options to purchase our ordinary shares are exercised, new investors may incur further dilution. For more information on the dilution you may experience as a result of investing in this offering, see the section of this prospectus entitled “Dilution.”
If we sell ordinary or preference shares in future financings, shareholders may experience immediate dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.
We may from time to time issue additional preference shares or ordinary shares at a discount from the current trading price of our ordinary shares. As a result, our shareholders would experience immediate dilution upon the purchase of any shares sold at such discount. In addition, as opportunities present themselves, we may enter into financing or similar arrangements in the future, including the issuance of debt securities, preference shares or ordinary shares. If we issue ordinary shares or securities convertible into ordinary shares, our ordinary shareholders would experience additional dilution and, as a result, our stock price may decline.
We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds of this offering designated for working capital and general corporate purposes.
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering for: potential mergers, acquisitions or other strategic capital allocation priorities and for working capital and general corporate purposes. Our management will have broad discretion over the use and investment of the net proceeds of this offering. Accordingly, investors in this offering have only limited information concerning our management’s specific intentions and will need to rely upon the judgment of our management with respect to the use of proceeds.
We are an emerging growth company and a smaller reporting company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosure requirements available to “emerging growth companies” or “smaller reporting companies,” this could make our securities less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.
We are an “emerging growth company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not “emerging growth companies” including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our shareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could
 
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of any second fiscal quarter before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the end of such fiscal year. We cannot predict whether investors would find our securities less attractive in the event that we rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.
Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
Additionally, we are a “smaller reporting company” as defined in Item 10(f)(1) of Regulation S-K. Smaller reporting companies may take advantage of certain reduced disclosure obligations, including, among other things, providing only two years of audited financial statements. We will remain a smaller reporting company until the last day of the fiscal year in which (1) the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $250 million as of the last business day of that year’s second fiscal quarter, or (2) our annual revenues exceeded $100 million during such completed fiscal year and the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates equals or exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of that year’s second fiscal quarter. To the extent we take advantage of such reduced disclosure obligations, it may also make comparison of our financial statements with other public companies difficult or impossible.
Because we are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands, you may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through the U.S. federal courts may be limited.
We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. As a result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the United States upon our directors or officers, or enforce judgments obtained in the United States courts against our directors or officers.
Our corporate affairs will be governed by our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association (that we will adopt prior to the consummation of this offering), the Companies Act (as the same may be supplemented or amended from time to time) and the common law of the Cayman Islands. We will also be subject to the federal securities laws of the United States. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from English common law, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary responsibilities of our directors under Cayman Islands law are different from what they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a different body of securities laws as compared to the United States, and certain states, such as Delaware, may have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholders derivative action in a Federal court of the United States.
We have been advised by Travers Thorp Alberga, our Cayman Islands legal counsel, that the courts of the Cayman Islands are unlikely (i) to recognize or enforce against us judgments of courts of the United States predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any
 
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
state; and (ii) in original actions brought in the Cayman Islands, to impose liabilities against us predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the federal securities laws of the United States or any state, so far as the liabilities imposed by those provisions are penal in nature. Although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, the courts of the Cayman Islands will recognize and enforce a foreign money judgment of a foreign court of competent jurisdiction without retrial on the merits based on the principle that a judgment of a competent foreign court imposes upon the judgment debtor an obligation to pay the sum for which judgment has been given provided certain conditions are met. For a foreign judgment to be enforced in the Cayman Islands, such judgment must be final and conclusive and for a liquidated sum, and must not be in respect of taxes or a fine or penalty, inconsistent with a Cayman Islands judgment in respect of the same matter, impeachable on the grounds of fraud or obtained in a manner, or be of a kind the enforcement of which is, contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands (awards of punitive or multiple damages may well be held to be contrary to public policy). A Cayman Islands Court may stay enforcement proceedings if concurrent proceedings are being brought elsewhere.
As a result of all of the above, public shareholders may have more difficulty in protecting their interests in the face of actions taken by management, members of the board of directors or controlling shareholders than they would as public shareholders of a United States company.
Provisions in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association may inhibit a takeover of us, which could limit the price investors might be willing to pay in the future for our ordinary shares and could entrench management.
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association contain provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that shareholders may consider to be in their best interests. These provisions will include a staggered board of directors, the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of, and issue, new series of preference shares, which may make more difficult the removal of management and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.
General Risk Factors
In connection with the audit of our financial statements, significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting may be identified.
The process of designing and implementing an effective accounting and financial reporting system is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain an accounting and financial reporting system that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations. As we continue to evaluate and take actions to improve our internal control over financial reporting, we may determine to take additional actions to address control deficiencies or weaknesses or determine to modify certain of the remediation measures described above. We cannot assure you that the measures we have taken to date, or any measures we may take in the future, will be sufficient to remediate any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses we identify or avoid potential future significant deficiencies or material weaknesses.
If we are unable to successfully remediate any future significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, or if we identify any material weaknesses, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be materially and adversely affected, we may be unable to maintain compliance with securities law requirements regarding timely filing of periodic reports in addition to applicable stock exchange listing requirements, investors may lose confidence in our financial reporting, and our share price may decline as a result. We also could become subject to investigations by Nasdaq, the SEC, or other regulatory authorities.
We expect to incur significant additional costs as a result of being a public company.
Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur costs associated with corporate governance requirements that will become applicable to us as a public company, including rules and regulations of the SEC, under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, as well as the rules of
 
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Nasdaq. These rules and regulations are expected to significantly increase our accounting, legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. We also expect these rules and regulations to make it more expensive for us to maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors or as executive officers. Accordingly, increases in costs incurred as a result of becoming a publicly traded company may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our disclosure controls and procedures may not prevent or detect all errors or acts of fraud.
Upon the closing of this offering, we will become subject to the periodic reporting requirements of the Exchange Act. We designed our disclosure controls and procedures to provide reasonable assurance that information we must disclose in reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to management, and recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC. We believe that any disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well those controls and procedures are conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met.
These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people or by an unauthorized override of the controls. Accordingly, because of the inherent limitations in our control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
We are at risk of securities class action litigation.
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been brought against a company following a decline in the market price of its securities. If we face such litigation, it could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.
If a trading market for our ordinary shares develops, the trading market will be influenced to some extent by the research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish about us and our business. We do not control these analysts. As a newly public company, we may be slow to attract research coverage and the analysts who publish information about our ordinary shares will have had relatively little experience with us or our business and products, which could affect their ability to accurately forecast our results and could make it more likely that we fail to meet their estimates. In the event we obtain securities or industry analyst coverage, if any of the analysts who cover us provide inaccurate or unfavorable research or issue an adverse opinion regarding our stock price, our stock price could decline. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports covering us regularly, we could lose visibility in the market, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline and result in the loss of all or a part of your investment in us.
 
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements concerning our business, operations and financial performance and conditions, as well as our plans, objectives and expectations for our business operations and financial performance and condition. All statements other than statements of historical or current fact contained in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by terminology such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “contemplate,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “due,” “estimate,” “expect,” “goal,” “intend,” “may,” “objective,” “plan,” “predict,” “positioned,” “potential,” “seek,” “should,” “target,” “will,” “would” and other similar expressions that are predictions of or indicate future events and future trends, or the negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. In addition, statements that “we believe” or similar statements reflect our beliefs and opinions on the relevant subject. We have based these forward-looking statements on our current expectations about future events. While we believe these expectations are reasonable, such forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control. Risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ from those expressed in, or implied by, our forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:

the levels of residential R&R activity, and to a lesser extent, new home construction;

our ability to maintain our strong brands and reputation and to develop innovative products;

our ability to maintain our competitive position in our industries;

our reliance on key suppliers and customers;

the length and severity of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, including its impact on domestic and international economic activity, consumer confidence, our production capabilities, our employees and our supply chain;

the cost and availability of materials and the imposition of tariffs;

risks associated with our international operations and global strategies;

our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of our strategic initiatives;

our ability to successfully execute our acquisition strategy and integrate businesses that we may acquire;

risks associated with our reliance on information systems and technology, and our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits from our investments in new technology;

our ability to attract, develop and retain talented and diverse personnel;

our ability to obtain additional capital to finance our planned operations;

regulatory developments in the United States and internationally;

our ability to establish and maintain intellectual property protection for our products, as well as our ability to operate our business without infringing the intellectual property rights of others; and

other risks and uncertainties, including those listed under the caption “Risk Factors.”
These forward-looking statements are based on management’s current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about our business and the industry in which we operate, and management’s beliefs and assumptions are not guarantees of future performance or development and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that are in some cases beyond our control. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, the future results, levels of activity, performance or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur at all. You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this prospectus. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
 
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MARKET AND INDUSTRY DATA
We obtained the industry, market and competitive position data used throughout this prospectus from our own internal estimates and research, as well as from independent market research, industry and general publications and surveys, governmental agencies and publicly available information in addition to research, surveys and studies conducted by third parties. The market and industry data used in this prospectus involve a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. These and other factors could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the estimates made by the independent parties or by us.
 
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds to us from this offering will be approximately $         (or approximately $         if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to          additional ordinary shares), based on an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $        , assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us by $        , assuming that the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
We currently intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with our existing cash and cash equivalents for potential mergers, acquisitions or other strategic capital allocation priorities and for working capital and general corporate purposes. As described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, from time to time after the completion of this offering, FGI may provide loans or other operational support to Foremost to assist Foremost in capital expenditures or other efforts related to the manufacturing services that Foremost provides to FGI. However, we have no definitive plans to do so at this time.
This expected use of the net proceeds from this offering represents our intentions based on our current plans and business conditions, which could change in the future as our plans and business conditions evolve. Our management will have broad discretion over the use of the net proceeds from this offering, and our investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of the net proceeds of this offering.
From time to time, we engage in preliminary discussions and negotiations with various businesses in order to explore the possibility of an acquisition or investment. However, as of the date of this prospectus, we have not entered into any agreements or arrangements that would make an acquisition or investment probable under Regulation S-X under the Securities Act.
 
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DIVIDEND POLICY
We currently intend to retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business and, therefore, we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to various factors, including applicable laws, our results of operations, financial condition, future prospects and any other factors deemed relevant by our board of directors. Investors should not purchase our ordinary shares with the expectation of receiving cash dividends.
 
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of September 30, 2021, as follows:

an actual basis (assuming the Reorganization had been in effect on such date and effectiveness of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association) and;

a pro forma basis, giving effect to (i) the issuance and sale of          ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The pro forma information below is illustrative only, and assumes the Reorganization had been in effect on such date and effectiveness of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and our capitalization following the completion of this offering will be adjusted based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with the sections titled “Selected Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
As of September 30, 2021
Actual
Pro Forma(1)
Cash and cash equivalents
$ 3,200,396
        
Total liabilities
$ 62,836,125
        
Ordinary shares, $0.0001 par value; 200,000,000 shares authorized; shares deemed issued and outstanding, actual and as adjusted
7,000,000
        
Parent’s net investment
2,817,021
        
Total parent’s net (deficit) investment
$ 2,817,021         
Total capitalization
$ 65,653,146         
(1)
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) each of our pro forma cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and total net investment deficit by $    , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million ordinary shares offered by us would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital and shareholders’ deficit by $    , assuming the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share remains the same, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The foregoing discussion and tables are based on 7,000,000 shares that are outstanding as of November 11, 2021 and gives effect to the pro forma transactions described above, and excludes:

183,750 ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units that will be issued prior to the consummation of this offering;

1,316,250 ordinary shares that will remain available for issuance under our 2021 Equity Plan; and

         ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrant issued in connection with this offering (or          if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to          additional ordinary shares).
 
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DILUTION
If you invest in our ordinary shares in this offering, your ownership interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per ordinary share after this offering.
Our historical net tangible book value as of September 30, 2021 was $2.7 million, or $0.39 per ordinary share based on the 7,000,000 ordinary shares deemed outstanding as of such date (for purposes of these calculations, 7,000,000 shares are deemed to be outstanding as if the Reorganization had occurred as of such date). Our historical net tangible book deficit represents our total tangible assets less total liabilities divided by the number of our ordinary shares deemed outstanding as of September 30, 2021.
Our pro forma net tangible book value as of September 30, 2021 was $     million, or $     per ordinary share. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) represents the amount of our total tangible assets less our total liabilities and is based on an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. Pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) per share is our pro forma net tangible book value (deficit) divided by the number of our ordinary shares deemed to be outstanding as of September 30, 2021.
After giving effect to the issuance and sale of          ordinary shares in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) as of September 30, 2021 would have been $     million, or $     per share. This represents an immediate increase (decrease) in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) of  $     per share to our existing shareholders and an immediate dilution of  $     per share to new investors purchasing our ordinary shares in this offering. We determine dilution per share to new investors by subtracting our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering from the assumed public offering price per share paid by new investors in this offering.
The following table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis:
Assumed public offering price per share
$     
Net tangible book value (deficit) per share as of September 30, 2021
$ 0.39
Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors
$      
Net tangible book value per share after the offering
$     
Dilution per share to new investors
$     
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $     (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus) would increase (decrease) our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by $     per share and the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $     per share, assuming that the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. Similarly, each increase (decrease) of 1.0 million in the number of ordinary shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after this offering by $     per share and increase (decrease) the dilution per share to new investors participating in this offering by $     per share, assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional ordinary shares, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value (deficit) per share after giving effect to this offering would be $     per share, representing an immediate increase to existing shareholders of  $     per share and immediate dilution to new investors participating in this offering of  $     per share assuming that the assumed initial public offering price remains the same, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
 
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table shows, as of September 30, 2021, on a pro forma as adjusted basis as described above, the number of ordinary shares purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid, or to be paid, by existing shareholders and by new investors purchasing ordinary shares in this offering at the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:
Shares
Purchased
Total
Consideration
Average
Price
Per Share
Number
Percent
Amount
Percent
Existing shareholders before this offering
7,000,000     % $ % $
New Investors participating in this offering
             %              %     
Total
         100%          100%     
Each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of  $     per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus), would increase (decrease) the total consideration paid by new investors participating in this offering and total consideration paid by all shareholders by $    , assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
The above table assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, our existing shareholders before this offering would own     % and our new investors participating in this offering would own     % of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding immediately prior to the completion of this offering. Additionally, the consideration paid to us by new investors participating in this offering would be $20.1 million, or approximately     % of the total consideration.
The foregoing discussion and tables are based on (other than the historical net tangible book value calculation) are based on 7,000,000 ordinary shares that are outstanding as of November 11, 2021 and gives effect to the pro forma transactions described above, and excludes:

183,750 ordinary shares issuable upon the vesting of restricted stock units that will be issued prior to the consummation of this offering;

1,316,250 ordinary shares that will remain available for issuance under our Equity Plan as of November 11, 2021; and

         ordinary shares issuable upon exercise of the representative’s warrant issued in connection with this offering (or          if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase up to          additional ordinary shares).
To the extent that stock options or warrants are exercised, new stock options are issued under our stock incentive plans, or we issue additional ordinary shares in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our shareholders.
 
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
You should read the following selected financial data together with the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected financial data included in this section is not intended to replace the financial statements and are qualified in their entirety by the financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.
We derived the selected statement of operations data for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and the selected balance sheet data as of September 30, 2021 from our unaudited financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. We derived the selected statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the selected balance sheet data as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 from our audited financial statements and accompanying notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any period in the future.
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2021
2020
2020
2019
USD
USD
USD
USD
REVENUES
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193 $ 134,827,701 $ 126,282,212
COST OF REVENUES
105,117,467 78,018,552 106,423,061 100,843,143
GROSS PROFIT
24,634,970 21,300,641 28,404,640 25,439,069
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling and distribution
12,635,857 11,352,436 15,487,306 14,917,601
General and administrative
4,500,692 4,206,611 5,820,967 7,355,632
Research and development
486,156 640,529 814,254 703,779
Total operating expenses
17,622,705 16,199,576 22,122,527 22,977,012
INCOME FROM
OPERATIONS
7,012,265 5,101,065 6,282,113 2,462,057
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Interest income
10,710 2 32,244 11,665
Interest expense
(287,855) (233,694) (418,867) (448,412)
Other income (expenses), net
1,445,554 (208,090) (390,298) (50,212)
Total other income (expenses), net
1,168,409 (441,782) (776,921) (486,959)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
8,180,674 4,659,283 5,505,192 1,975,098
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT OF) INCOME TAXES
Current
1,089,607 541,322 1,074,928 587,290
Deferred
225,938 100,804 (300,484) (183,286)
Total provision for income taxes
1,315,545 642,126 774,444 404,004
NET INCOME
6,865,129 4,017,157 4,730,748 1,571,094
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(29,655) 161,230 298,106 279,106
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
6,835,474 4,178,387 5,028,854 1,850,200
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
Basic and diluted
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic and diluted
$ $
 
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the nine months
ended September  30,
For the year ended
December 31,
2021
2020
2020
2019
Other Data:
Adjusted income from operations(1)
$ 7,127,765 $ 5,101,065 $ 6,282,113 3,998,578
Adjusted operating margin(1)
5.5% 5.1% 4.7% 3.2%
Adjusted net income(1)
5,581,501 4,017,157 4,730,748 2,831,1041
Free cash flow(1)
848,181 (31,800) 5,723,227 625,021
Free cash flow conversion(1)
12% 121% 67%
(1)
We define Adjusted Income from Operations as GAAP income from operations adjusted for the impact of certain non-recurring income and expenses such as expenses related to COVID-19 protocols and 2019 one-time antidumping/countervailing duty legal fees. We define Adjusted Net Income as GAAP net income adjusted for the tax-effected impact of certain non-recurring expenses and income. We define Adjusted Operating Margins as GAAP adjusted income from operations divided by net income. We define Free Cash Flow as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. We calculate free cash flow conversion as Free Cash Flow divided by net income. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-GAAP Measures” for more information on our use of these adjusted figures and a reconciliation of these financial measures to their closest GAAP comparators.
 
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS
OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical financial information, this discussion and analysis and other parts of this prospectus contain forward-looking statements based upon current beliefs, plans and expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and the timing of selected events could differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of several factors, including those set forth under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. You should carefully read the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus to gain an understanding of the important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our forward-looking statements.
Overview
FGI is a leading global supplier of kitchen and bath products. Over the course of 30 years, we have built an industry-wide reputation for product innovation, quality, and excellent customer service. We are currently focused on the following product categories: sanitaryware (primarily toilets, sinks, pedestals and toilet seats), bath furniture (vanities, mirrors and cabinets), shower systems, customer kitchen cabinetry and other accessory items. These products are sold primarily for R&R activity and, to a lesser extent, new home or commercial construction. We sell our products through numerous partners, including mass retail centers, wholesale and commercial distributors, online retailers and specialty stores.
We believe our business has durable competitive advantages, including a diversified mix of products, market segments and sales channels, decades-long relationships with our customer and supplier partners, a tradition of strong innovation, design quality and customer service, along with commercial and regulatory barriers to entry and industry stability. Through our Brands, Products and Channels (“BPC”) organic growth strategy, we are focused on outperforming our markets in sales growth and profitability while deploying capital to maximize shareholder value. As our key housing markets continue to grow, we expect that strategic investment in product innovation, increased consolidation opportunities, and a disciplined focus on capital allocation will help us to continue to achieve sustainable long-term shareholder value creation.
We were incorporated in the Cayman Islands on May 26, 2021 in connection with a reorganization (the “Reorganization”) of our parent company, Foremost Groups Ltd. (“Foremost”), and its affiliates, pursuant to which, among other actions, Foremost contributed all of its equity interests in FGI Industries, Inc., FGI Europe Investment Limited, an entity formed in the British Virgin Islands (“FGI Europe”), and FGI International, Limited, an entity formed under the laws of Hong Kong (“FGI International”), each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost, to the newly formed FGI Industries Ltd. Foremost was established in 1987 and has become a global leader in kitchen and bath design, indoor and outdoor furniture, food service equipment, and manufacturing. This discussion, and any financial information and results of operations discussed herein, refers to the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows that are directly attributable to the kitchen and bath business of Foremost Groups, Ltd. before the completion of Reorganization and are presented as if the Company had been in existence and the Reorganization had been in effect during the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019.
Results of Operations
For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2021, and 2020
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase (decrease) during such periods.
 
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the Nine Months Period Ended September 30,
Change
2021
2020
Amount
Percentage
USD
USD
USD
%
Revenues
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193 $ 30,433,244 30.6
Cost of revenues
105,117,467 78,018,552 27,098,915 34.7
Gross profit
24,634,970 21,300,641 3,334,329 15.7
Selling and distribution expenses
12,635,857 11,352,436 1,283,421 11.3
General and administrative expenses
4,500,692 4,206,611 294,081 7.0
Research and development expenses
486,156 640,529 (154,373) (24.1)
Total other income (expenses), net
1,168,409 (441,782) 1,610,191 364.5
Provision for income taxes
1,315,545 642,126 673,419 104.9
Net income
$ 6,865,129 $ 4,017,157 $ 2,847,972 70.9
Adjusted income from operations
$ 7,127,765 $ 5,101,065 $ 2,026,700 39.7
Adjusted operating margin
5.5% 5.1%
40 bps
Adjusted net income
$ 5,581,501 $ 4,017,157 $ 1,564,344 38.9
(1)
See “Non-GAAP Measures” below for more information on our use of these adjusted figures and a reconciliation of these financial measures to their closest GAAP comparators.
Revenues
Our revenues increased by $30.4 million, or 30.6%, to $129.8 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, from $99.3 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. The growth in our revenues was primarily attributable to the increase in sales of bath furniture. Revenue categories by product are summarized as follows:
For the Nine Months Periods Ended September 30,
Change
2021
Percentage
2020
Percentage
Percentage
USD
%
USD
%
%
Sanitaryware
$ 74,670,772 57.5 65,404,099 65.9 14.2
Bath Furniture
42,560,196 32.8 27,788,610 28.0 53.2
Other 12,521,469 9.7 6,126,484 6.1 104.4
Total
$ 129,752,437 100.0 $ 99,319,193 100.0 30.6
We derive the majority of our revenues from sales of sanitaryware, which accounted for 57.5% and 65.9% of our total revenues for the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively. Revenues generated from the sales of sanitaryware increased by 14.2% to $74.7 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, from $65.4 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. The increase in sales for this product line was driven by the recovery in customer demand and stronger shipments from our suppliers in China as the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic eased.
Our revenues from bath furniture sales increased significantly by 53.2% to $42.6 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, from $27.8 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. Bath furniture sales accounted for 32.8% and 28.0% of our total revenue for the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively. The increase in this product line was primarily driven by entering into new programs with our major customers and expanding new SKUs with higher selling prices. The R&R market has significantly improved which caused our customers to place more orders and to explore the different programs that we are offering for them to attract more business.
We also generate revenues from sales of other products (shower systems and custom kitchen cabinetry), which, in the aggregate, accounted for less than 10% of our total revenues for both the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021, and 2020. The increase in other products was primarily attributed to shower
 
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
systems, which we added new business programs with our existing customers. Although we will continue to focus on sales of sanitaryware and bath furniture products, revenues from other products are expected to continue to grow; however, they continue to represent a smaller portion of our total revenues.
We derive our revenues from the United States, Canada and Europe. Revenue categories by geographic location are summarized as follows:
For the Nine Months Periods Ended September 30,
Change
2021
Percentage
2020
Percentage
Percentage
USD
%
USD
%
%
United States
$ 80,870,466 62.3 $ 62,091,223 62.5 30.2
Canada
35,177,279 27.1 25,163,693 25.3 39.8
Europe
13,704,692 10.6 12,064,277 12.2 13.6
Total
$ 129,752,437 100.0 $ 99,319,193 100.0 30.6
We generated the majority of our revenues in the United States market, which amounted to $80.9 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, and $62.1 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020, representing a 30.2% increase. These revenues accounted for 62.3% and 62.5% of our total revenues for the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively. The increase in the US market was primarily driven by new program introductions in our bath furniture categories along with improving demand in the R&R markets which caused our customers to place more orders and to explore the different programs that we are offering for them to attract more business.
Our second largest market is Canada. Our revenues generated in the Canadian market were $35.2 million and $25.2 million for the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively, representing a 39.8% increase. The increase was primarily driven by adding new SKUs with higher selling prices to our major customers as well as improved shipments of mixed products as business gradually recovered from the first nine months of fiscal 2020.
We also derive a small portion of our revenue from Europe, which consists primarily of sales in Germany. This amounted to $13.7 million and $12.1 million for the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively, representing a 13.6% increase. The increase in sales represented the recovery from the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. As we continue to recover from the impact of COVID-19, we expect our long-term sales trajectory to grow in line with our BPC strategy in Europe, particularly as we develop new geographic and customer sales channels.
Gross Profit
Our gross profit increased by $3.3 million, or 15.7%, to $24.6 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, from $21.3 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by entering into several new programs to promote the sales of new products with high profit margin while offsetting cost increase pressure from the mix of products sold.
Gross profit as a percentage of our sales remained stable across all of our product lines at 19.0% for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, as compared to 21.4% for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. The reduction in our gross margin percentage is primarily attributable to the impact of higher raw materials and higher freight charges associated with recent global supply chain issues. We expect to manage this impact going forward through a combination of pricing actions and product mix changes.
Operating Expenses
Selling and distribution expenses primarily consisted of personnel costs, marketing and promotion costs, commission, and freight and leasing charges. Our selling and distribution expenses increased by $1.3 million, or 11.3%, to $12.6 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, from $11.3 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. The increase in selling and distribution expenses was primarily a result from the growth in our sales and related sales activity such as travel, which has resumed partially to pre-covid level. As a result of the increase in sales, the program costs such as
 
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
commission expenses increased accordingly. Additionally, we incurred extra one-time COVID-19 related expenses for medical insurance during the first nine months of fiscal 2021.
General and administrative expenses primarily consisted of personnel costs, professional service fees, depreciation, travel, and office supply expenses. Our general and administrative expenses increased by $0.3 million, or 7.0%, to $4.5 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2021 as compared to the same period in 2020. The increase was primarily related to increased legal and audit service fees as a result of the Reorganization and preparation for this offering.
Research and development expenses mainly consisted of personnel costs and product development costs. Our research and development activities remained stable and are not material to our condensed consolidated statements of income.
Other Income (Expenses)
Other income (expenses) increased by $1.6 million, or 364.5%, to $1.2 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, from negative $0.4 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. Such increase was a result of the forgiveness of the PPP loan as described under “— Liquidity and Capital Resources” below.
Provision for Income Taxes
We recorded income tax expense of $1.3 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, and $0.6 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. The increase resulted from the increase in our reported income before taxes of $3.5 million, or 75.6%.
Net Income
Our net income increased by $2.8 million, or 70.9%, to $6.9 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, from $4.0 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020. This increase was a result of the combination of the changes discussed above.
For the Years Ended December 31, 2020, and 2019
The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase (decrease) during such periods.
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2020
2019
Amount
Percentage
USD
USD
USD
%
Revenues
$ 134,827,701 $ 126,282,212 $ 8,545,489 6.8
Cost of revenues
106,423,061 100,843,143 5,579,918 5.5
Gross profit
28,404,640 25,439,069 2,965,571 11.7
Selling and distribution expenses
15,487,306 14,917,601 569,705 3.8
General and administrative expenses
5,820,967 7,355,632 (1,534,665) (20.9)
Research and development expenses
814,254 703,779 110,475 15.7
Other expenses, net
776,921 486,959 289,962 59.5
Provision for income taxes
774,444 404,004 370,440 91.7
Net income
$ 4,730,748 $ 1,571,094 $ 3,159,654 201.1
Revenues
Our revenues increased by $8.5 million, or 6.8%, to $134.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $126.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 . The growth in our revenues was primarily
 
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
attributable to the increase in sales of bath furniture and shower systems, which was partially offset by the decline in sales of sanitaryware. Revenue categories by product are summarized as follows:
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2020
Percentage
2019
Percentage
Percentage
USD
%
USD
%
%
Sanitaryware
$ 88,392,378 65.6 $ 90,928,256 72.0 (2.8)
Bath Furniture
38,214,235 28.3 28,558,130 22.6 33.8
Other
8,221,088 6.1 6,795,826 5.4 21.0
Total
$ 134,827,701 100.0 $ 126,282,212 100.0 6.8
We derive the majority of our revenues from sales of sanitaryware, which accounted for 65.6% and 72.0% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Revenues generated from the sales of sanitaryware slightly decreased by 2.8% to $88.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $90.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The decrease was primarily attributable to the decline in sales to our customers in the construction and R&R end markets that were negatively impacted by certain government-imposed shutdowns and regulations in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, particularly during the first and second quarters of 2020. In the second half of 2020, the combination of low interest rates and expansion of at-home activities as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic led to a steady rise in construction and home improvement. Going forward, we expect the revenue generated from sanitaryware products to continue growing in line with our “BPC” strategy as we recover from the temporary impact of COVID-19.
Our revenues from bath furniture sales increased by 33.8% to $38.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $28.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Bath furniture sales accounted for 28.3% and 22.6% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The significant increase in sales was aided by the impact of greater R&R spending in our end markets as well as a recovery from weaker sales in 2019 compared to 2018 due to an adverse antidumping case and ruling. In March 2019, the U.S. Department of Commerce initiated an antidumping and countervailing duty case against wooden cabinets and vanities imported from China. This case impacted our former parent organization, Foremost, which had subsidiaries based in China supplying a significant portion of FGI’s bath products. In response to the case, Foremost shifted the vast majority of its bath furniture supply base out of China and simultaneously hired the law firm of Arnold & Porter Kaye Scholer to defend its interests. The U.S. Department of Commerce issued to Foremost significant countervailing duty and antidumping penalties in August and October of 2019, respectively. By the end of 2019, Foremost had replaced the vast majority of its bath furniture suppliers from China with suppliers in other countries in Southeast Asia. During this transition period caused by the antidumping cases, there was a significant decrease in our sales volume and our bath furniture sales in 2019 were negatively impacted compared with 2018. Our bath furniture sales began to recover in early 2020 as our supply base transition was completed, and we expect that our bath furniture sales will continue to increase going forward in line with our “BPC” strategy.
We also generate revenues from sales of other products (shower systems and custom kitchen cabinetry), which, in the aggregate, accounted for less than 10% of our total revenues in 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we increased the sales of our shower systems due to strong product introductions, such as our Marina, Cove and Lagoon shower doors, resulting in the increase in the product category. Although we will continue to focus on sales of sanitaryware and bath furniture products, revenues from other products are expected to continue to grow; however, they continue to represent a smaller portion of our total revenues.
We derive our revenues from the United States, Canada and Europe. Revenue categories by geographic location are summarized as follows:
 
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
Change
2020
Percentage
2019
Percentage
Percentage
USD
%
USD
%
%
United States
$ 83,700,229 62.1 $ 76,829,764 60.8 8.9
Canada
35,008,869 26.0 32,105,878 25.4 9.0
Europe
16,118,603 11.9 17,346,570 13.8 (7.1)
Total
$ 134,827,701 100.0 $ 126,282,212 100.0 6.8
We generated the majority of our revenues in the United States market, which amounted to $83.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $76.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, representing an 8.9% increase. These revenues accounted for 62.1% and 60.8% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. The increase in 2020 versus 2019 was generally a result of our recovery from the impact of the 2019 antidumping case described above.
Our second largest market is Canada. Our revenues generated in the Canadian market were $35.0 million and $32.1 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively, representing a 9.0% increase. Sales increased in 2020 primarily due to the impact of new product introductions which increased the volume of sanitaryware and bath furniture purchases by our larger customers.
We also derive a small portion of our revenue from Europe, which consists primarily of sales in Germany. This amounted to $16.1 million and $17.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively, representing a 7.1% decrease. The decrease in sales was due to the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic as Germany and several European countries instituted stringent lockdowns, impacting our retail customers. As we continue to recover from the impact of COVID-19, we expect our long-term sales trajectory to grow in line with our “BPC” strategy in Europe, particularly as we develop new geographic and customer sales channels.
Gross Profit
Our gross profit increased by $3.0 million, or 11.7%, to $28.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $25.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. In 2020, we saw an increase in orders for higher-margin shower systems and bath furniture, which limited our efforts in promoting lower-margin products such as our toilet seats.
As we continue to monitor the profitability of each product line and adjust our strategy accordingly, we expect that our gross profits will continue to increase. Gross profit as a percentage of our sales remained stable across all of our product lines at 21.1% for the year ended December 31, 2020, as compared to 20.1% for the year ended December 31, 2019.
We did not see a material increase in the cost of goods sold in 2020 versus 2019.
Operating Expenses
Selling and distribution expenses primarily consisted of personnel costs, marketing and promotion costs, freight and leasing charges. Our selling and distribution expenses increased by $0.6 million, or 3.8%, to $15.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. This variance was generally in line with the trend in our revenues. An increase in marketing expenses was partially offset by decreases in freight charges and expenses incurred by our warehouses. The decrease in freight charges was a result of the strategic elimination of certain unprofitable product lines for which we are responsible for shipping and handling costs. In general, we expect our selling and distribution expenses to increase at a slower rate in relation to our sales growth as we benefit from further sales and operational synergies.
General and administrative expenses primarily consisted of personnel costs, professional service fees, depreciation, travelling and office supply expenses. Our general and administrative expenses decreased by $1.6 million, or 20.9%, to $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $7.4 million for the year
 
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ended December 31, 2019. The decrease resulted from the additional legal fees in the amount of $1.6 million incurred in connection with the aforementioned antidumping case in 2019.
Research and development expenses mainly consisted of personnel costs and product development costs. In 2020, we incurred additional sampling and testing costs in connection with new vanity programs with some of our customers, as well as certification fees for our sanitaryware products. As a result, our research and development costs increased by $0.1 million, or 15.7%, to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $0.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Other Expenses, Net
Other expenses, net increased by $0.3 million, or 59.5%, to $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Such increase was a result of the variance of foreign exchange loss from our Canada business.
Provision for Income Taxes
We recorded income tax expense of $0.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, and $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. The increase resulted from the increase in our reported income before taxes of $3.5 million, or 178.7%.
Net Income and Adjusted Net Income
Our net income increased by $3.1 million, or 201.1%, to $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. Such change was a result of the combination of the changes discussed above. Over the same periods, we generated adjusted net income of $4.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively, and adjusted operating margins of 4.7% and 3.2%, respectively.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our principal sources of liquidity are cash generated from operating activities and cash borrowed under credit facilities, which we believe provides sufficient liquidity to support the Company’s financing needs. As of September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $3.2 million and $4.0 million, respectively, and working capital deficiency of $3.1 million and $1.7 million, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, we generated cash flows from operating activities in the amount of $0.9 million and $0.03 million, respectively.
We believe the Company’s revenues and operations will continue to grow and the current working capital is sufficient to support its operations and debt obligations well into the foreseeable future. However, we may need additional cash resources in the future if we experience changes in business conditions or other developments and may also need additional cash resources in the future if we wish to pursue opportunities for investment, acquisition, strategic cooperation or other similar actions. For example, as described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions”, from time to time after the completion of this offering, FGI may provide loans or other operational support to Foremost to assist Foremost in capital expendiatures or other efforts related to the manufacturing services that Foremost provides to FGI, which could limit the assets available for other corporate purposes or require additional resources. If it is determined that the cash requirements exceed our amounts of cash on hand, we may seek to issue debt or equity securities.
As of September 30, 2021, FGI’s total debt is represented of a credit facility with East West Bank.
East West Bank Credit Facility
Our wholly owned subsidiary, FGI Industries (formerly names Foremost Groups, Inc.) (“FGI USA”), has a line of credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with East West Bank, which is collateralized by all of the assets of FGI Industries and personally guaranteed by Liang Chou Chen, the indirect majority owner of Foremost. For the year ended December 31, 2018, and through September 30, 2019, the Credit Agreement allowed for borrowings up to $25,000,000, which previously included a discretionary loan in the amount of $3,000,000 that could only be drawn upon under certain circumstances as described in the Credit
 
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Agreement. The discretionary line expired on September 30, 2019. The non-discretionary line of credit was renewed through September 23, 2020, and maximum borrowings were decreased to $22,000,000. On August 13, 2020, the line of credit was renewed with an extended maturity date of September 23, 2022, and maximum borrowings were further decreased to $18,000,000.
Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, FGI USA is required to maintain (a) a debt coverage ratio (defined as earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) divided by current portion of long-term debt plus interest expense) of not less than 1.25 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter; (b) an effective tangible net worth (defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less amounts due from officers, stockholders and affiliates, minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization, plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than $9,500,000 for the quarters ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, and not less than $10,000,000 for the quarter ended September 30, 2021 and thereafter; and (c) a total debt to tangible net worth ratio (defined as total liabilities divided by tangible net worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan to officers, stockholders, and affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.
Through August 26, 2020, the loan bore interest at a rate per annum equal to 0.1 percentage points below the Prime Rate as quoted by the Wall Street Journal (“Prime Rate”). Effective August 26, 2020, the annual interest rate was amended to 0.25 percentage points above the Prime Rate. Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this loan be less than 3.250% per annum or more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. The interest rate as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, was 3.50%.
Each sum of borrowings under the Credit Agreement is deemed due on demand and is classified as a short-term loan. The outstanding balance of such loan was $13,592,300 and $9,393,481 as of September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, respectively.
PPP loan
On April 9, 2020, FGI USA entered into a loan agreement in connection with the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) and received proceeds of approximately $1.68 million (the “PPP loan”) under the CARES Act. Interest on the loan accrued at a fixed interest rate of 1.0%. Under Section 1106 of the CARES Act, borrowers are eligible for forgiveness of principal and accrued interest on the loans to the extent that the proceeds are used to cover eligible payroll costs, mortgage interest costs, rent and utility costs, otherwise described as qualified expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2020 FGI USA used all of the PPP loan proceeds to pay for qualified expenses. 100% of the PPP loan proceeds were used for payroll related expenses. Under the current provisions of the CARES Act, any recipient of a PPP loan may be subject to an audit by the SBA to confirm it qualifies for the loan and that the proceeds were used for qualified expenses as prescribed by the PPP rules. FGI USA submitted its application and supporting documentation for forgiveness on December 22, 2020. As of December 31, 2020, the balance of the PPP loan was included in the short-term loan on the consolidated balance sheet. On February 8, 2021, FGI USA received approval of forgiveness of the PPP loan from the SBA. Upon such approval, the entire balance including principal and interest was forgiven and recorded as other income on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
The following table summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021, and 2020.
 
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the Nine Months Periods
Ended September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 861,442 $ 29,306
Net cash used in investing activities
(10,261) (46,106)
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,351,332) (178,748)
Effect of exchange rate change on cash
(318,011) 135,951
Net change in cash
(818,162) (59,597)
Cash at beginning of the year
4,018,558 2,416,879
Cash at end of the year
$ 3,200,396 $ 2,357,282
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $0.9 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021 and was primarily attributable to net income generated for the period of approximately $6.9 million, plus various non-cash items of approximately $1.5 million, an increase in accounts payable of approximately $14.1 million, an increase in accounts payable — related parties of approximately $0.1 million, and an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of approximately $2.6 million, which was partially offset by an increase in accounts receivable of approximately $10.4 million, an increase in inventory of approximately $10.7 million and an increase in other noncurrent assets of approximately $3.3 million.
Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $0.03 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020 and was primarily attributable to net income generated for the period of approximately $4.0 million, plus various non-cash items of approximately $1.2 million, and a decrease in inventory of approximately $2.0 million, which was partially offset by a decrease in accounts payable of approximately $0.9 million, a decrease in accounts payable — related parties of approximately $5.6 million, and an increase of accounts receivable of 0.6 million.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $10,000 and $46,000 for the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively, which was attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $1.4 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, which represents the net proceeds from bank loans of approximately $4.2 million and net decrease in parent company investment of $5.6 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $0.2 million for the nine months period ended September 30, 2020, which represents the net proceeds from bank loans of $3.8 million and net decrease in parent company investment of $4.0 million.
The following table summarizes the key components of our cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019.
 
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 5,799,759 $ 1,293,235
Net cash used in investing activities
(76,532) (233,861)
Net cash used in financing activities
(4,250,298) (1,978,043)
Effect of exchange rate change on cash
128,750 229,662
Net change in cash and cash equivalents
1,601,679 (689,007)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
2,416,879 3,105,886
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year
$ 4,018,558 $ 2,416,879
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $5.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and was primarily attributable to net income for the year of approximately $4.7 million, plus various non-cash items of approximately $1.3 million, an increase in accounts payable of approximately $3.5 million, a decrease in inventories of approximately $1.0 million, an increase in operating lease liabilities of approximately $0.6 million, an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of approximately $0.4 million, which was partially offset by an increase in prepayments and other receivables — related parties of approximately $3.2 million, an increase in accounts receivable of approximately $2.0 million, a decrease in accounts payable — related parties of approximately $0.7 million and an increase in right-of-use assets of approximately $0.5 million.
Net cash provided by operating activities was approximately $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019 and was primarily attributable to net income for the year of approximately $1.6 million, plus various non-cash items of approximately $0.1 million, an increase in operating lease liabilities of approximately $8.8 million, a decrease in accounts receivable of approximately $2.1 million, a decrease in inventories of approximately $0.4 million, an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of approximately $0.1 million and an increase in income taxes payable of approximately $0.5 million, which was partially offset by an increase in right-of-use assets of approximately $8.8 million, a decrease in accounts payable — related parties of approximately $3.1 million and an increase in prepayment and other assets of approximately $0.2 million.
Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities was approximately $0.1 million and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively, which was primarily attributable to the purchase of property and equipment.
Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $4.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, which represents the net proceeds from bank loans of $2.9 million and net decrease in parent company investment of $7.1 million.
Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $2.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, which represents the net proceeds from bank loans of $0.1 million and net decrease in parent company investment of $2.0 million.
Commitments and Contingencies
Capital Expenditures
Our capital expenditures were incurred primarily in connection with the acquisition of property and equipment. Our capital expenditures amounted to approximately $13,000 and $61,000 for the nine months
 
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ended September 30, 2021, and 2020, respectively. We do not expect to incur significant capital expenditures in the immediate future.
Our capital expenditures were incurred primarily in connection with the acquisition of property and equipment. Our capital expenditures amounted to approximately $0.1 and $0.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, respectively. We do not expect to incur significant capital expenditures in the immediate future.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no off-balance sheet arrangements including arrangements that would affect our liquidity, capital resources, market risk support and credit risk support or other benefits.
Critical Accounting Policies
The consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis of making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. We have identified certain accounting policies that are significant to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. These accounting policies are important for an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. Critical accounting policies are those that are most important to the portrayal of our financial conditions and results of operations and require management’s difficult, subjective, or complex judgment, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may change in subsequent periods. Certain accounting estimates are particularly sensitive because of their significance to consolidated financial statements and because of the possibility that future events affecting the estimate may differ significantly from management’s current judgments. While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this registration statement, we believe the following critical accounting policies involve the most significant estimates and judgments used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commissions (the “SEC”), regarding financial reporting, and include all normal and recurring adjustments that management of the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of its financial position and operation results. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other interim period or for the full year. Accordingly, these statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries are eliminated upon consolidation.
Subsidiaries are those entities in which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting power; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors, or to cast a majority of votes at the meeting of directors.
 
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Use of estimates and assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the useful lives of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, provision for contingent liabilities, revenue recognition, deferred taxes and uncertain tax position. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Foreign currency translation and transaction
The functional currencies of the Company and its subsidiaries are the local currency of the country in which the subsidiaries operate, except for FGI International which is incorporated in Hong Kong while adopting the United States Dollar (“U.S. Dollar” or “USD”) as its functional currency. The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currencies is translated at the historical rates of exchange at the time of capital contributions. The results of operations and the cash flows denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the average rates of exchange during the reporting period. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rates, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of changes in parent’s net investment. Transaction gains and losses that arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency are included in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of subsidiaries using the Renminbi (“RMB”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. dollar at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which is 6.4693, 6.5037 and 6.9739 as of September 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; parent’s net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which is 6.4683, 7.0243, 6.9416 and 6.8995 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of the subsidiary using the Canadian Dollar (“CAD”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. dollar at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which is 1.2714, 1.2741 and 1.3066 as of September 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; parent’s net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which is 1.2494, 1.3551, 1.3437 and 1.3254 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of the subsidiary using the Euro (“EUR”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. dollar at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which is 0.8589, 0.8153 and 0.8929 as of September 30, 2021, December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; parent’s net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which is 0.8317, 0.8907, 0.8803 and 0.8924 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Cash
Cash consists of cash on hand, demand deposits and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions and have original maturities of less than three months.
 
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Accounts receivable
Bills and trade receivables include trade accounts due from customers. In establishing the required allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers historical collection experience, aging of the receivables, the economic environment, industry trend analysis, and the credit history and financial conditions of the customers. Management reviews its receivables on a regular basis to determine if the bad debt allowance is adequate and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written off against allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the weighted average cost method, based on individual products. The methods of determining inventory costs are used consistently from year to year. A provision for slow-moving items is calculated based on historical experience. Management reviews the provision annually to assess whether, based on economic conditions, it is adequate.
Prepayments
Prepayments are cash deposits or advances to suppliers for purchasing goods or services that have not yet been received or provided and deposits made to the Company’s insurance and other service providers. This amount is refundable and bears no interest. Prepayment and deposit are classified as either current or non-current based on the terms of the respective agreements. These advances are unsecured and are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired.
Property and equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method from the time the assets are placed in service. Estimated useful lives are as follows:
Useful Life
Leasehold Improvements
Lesser of lease term or expected useful life
Machinery and equipment
3 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures
3 – 5 years
Vehicles
5 years
Molds
3 – 5 years
Intangible assets
The Company’s intangible assets with definite useful lives primarily consist of software acquired for internal use. The Company amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives over their estimated useful lives and reviews these assets for impairment. The Company typically amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the contractual terms or the estimated useful lives of ten years.
Impairment for long-lived assets
Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with definite useful lives are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of the assets based on the undiscounted future cash flows the assets are expected to generate and recognize an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, the Company would reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted
 
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized.
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in right-of-use assets (“ROU assets”), accrued expenses and operating lease liabilities — noncurrent on our consolidated balance sheets.
ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the duration of the lease term while lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments in exchange for the right to use an underlying asset. ROU assets and lease liabilities are measured based on the present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to the commencement date and initial direct costs incurred and is reduced by any lease incentives received. The Company reviews its ROU assets as events occur or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount of the ROU assets are not recoverable and exceed their fair values. If the carrying amount of the ROU asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows, then the Company would recognize an impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the current fair value.
As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate on the commencement date of the lease as the discount rate in determining the present value of future lease payments. The Company determines the incremental borrowing rate for each lease by using the incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments at commencement date. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when there are relevant economic incentives present that make it reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The Company accounts for any non-lease components separately from lease components.
Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Fair Value Measurement
The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.
The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.
Financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at face value or cost, which approximate fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and their current market rates of interest.
Revenue recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” ​(“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to
 
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
customers. The Company adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018, using the modified retrospective transition method, the adoption did not have material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company generates revenues from sales of kitchen and bath products and recognizes revenue as control of its products is transferred to its customers, which is generally at the time of shipment or upon delivery based on the contractual terms with the Company’s customers. The Company’s customers’ payment terms generally range from 15 to 60 days of fulfilling its performance obligations and recognizing revenue.
The Company provides customer programs and incentive offerings, including co-operative marketing arrangements and volume-based incentives. These customer programs and incentives are considered variable considerations. The Company includes in revenue variable considerations only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the variable consideration is resolved. This determination is made based upon known customer program and incentive offerings at the time of sale and expected sales volume forecasts as it relates to the Company’s volume-based incentives. This determination is updated on a monthly basis.
Certain product sales include a right of return. The Company estimates future product returns at the time of sale based on historical experience and record a corresponding reduction in accounts receivable.
The Company records receivables related to revenue when it has an unconditional right to invoice and receive payment. The Company invoices its customers for products sold upon placement of purchase orders.
The Company’s disaggregated revenues are summarized as follows:
For the Nine Months Periods
Ended September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Revenues by product line
Sanitaryware
$ 74,670,772 $ 65,404,099
Bath Furniture
42,560,196 27,788,610
Other
12,521,469 6,126,484
Total
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193
For the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Revenues by product line
Sanitaryware
$ 88,392,378 90,928,256
Bath Furniture
38,214,235 28,558,130
Other
8,221,088 6,795,826
Total
$ 134,827,701 126,282,212
For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Revenues by geographic location
United States
$ 80,870,466 $ 62,091,223
Canada
35,177,279 25,163,693
Europe
13,704,692 12,064,277
Total
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193
 
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the Year Ended December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Revenues by geographic location
United States
$ 83,700,229 $ 76,829,764
Canada
35,008,869 32,105,878
Europe
16,118,603 17,346,570
Total
$ 134,827,701 $ 126,282,212
Income Taxes
Deferred taxes are recognized based on the future tax consequences of differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. The future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in future periods. Possible sources of taxable income include taxable income in carryback periods, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as a deferred tax liability, tax-planning strategies that generate future income or gains in excess of anticipated losses in the carryforward period and projected future taxable income.
If, based upon all available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not (more than 50 percent likely) such deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable. A company’s three-year cumulative loss position is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable, and the accounting guidance restricts the amount of reliance we can place on projected taxable income to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets.
The current accounting guidance allows the recognition of only those income tax positions that have a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The Company believes that there is an increased potential for volatility in its effective tax rate because this threshold allows for changes in the income tax environment and, to a greater extent, the inherent complexities of income tax law in a substantial number of jurisdictions, which may affect the computation of its liability for uncertain tax positions.
The Company records interest and penalties on our uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
We record the tax effects of Foreign Derived Intangible Income (FDII) and Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) related to our foreign operations as a component of income tax expense in the period the tax arises.
Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income consists of two components, net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that under GAAP are recorded as an element of equity but are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income consists of a foreign currency translation adjustment resulting from the Company not using the U.S. dollar as its functional currencies.
Earnings per share
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the nine months period ended September 30, 2021, and for the years ended December 31, 2020, and 2019, there were no dilutive shares.
 
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Segment reporting
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for detailing the Company’s business segments.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” amending the accounting for the impairment of financial instruments, including trade receivables. Under previous guidance, credit losses were recognized when the applicable losses had a probable likelihood of occurring and this assessment was based on past events and current conditions. The amended current guidance eliminates the “probable” threshold and requires an entity to use a broader range of information, including forecast information when estimating expected credit losses. Generally, this should result in a more timely recognition of credit losses. This guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The requirements of the amended guidance should be applied using a modified retrospective approach except for debt securities, which require a prospective transition approach. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 which finalized the delay of such effective date to January 2021 for private and all other companies including emerging growth companies. As an emerging growth company, the Company plans to adopt this guidance from January 1, 2023, and is currently evaluating the impact on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. ASUs not listed above were assessed and determined not to be applicable.
Non-GAAP Measures
In addition to the measures presented in our consolidated financial statements, we use the following non-GAAP measures to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business and assist us in making strategic decisions. Our non-GAAP measures are: Adjusted Income from Operations, Adjusted Operating Margins, Adjusted Net Income and Free Cash Flow. These non-GAAP financial measures are not prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“GAAP”). They are supplemental financial measures of our performance only, and should not be considered substitutes for net income, income from operations or any other measure derived in accordance with GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other entities.
We define Adjusted Income from Operations as GAAP income from operations excluding the impact of certain non-recurring income and expenses, including expenses related to COVID-19 protocols and a one-time anti-dumping/countervailing duty legal fee. We define Adjusted Net Income as GAAP net income excluding the tax-effected impact of certain non-recurring expenses and income. We define Adjusted Operating Margin as adjusted income from operations divided by revenue. Free Cash Flow is defined as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities less purchases of property and equipment. We calculate free cash flow conversion as Free Cash Flow divided by net income.
We use these non-GAAP measures, along with U.S. GAAP measures, to evaluate our business, measure our financial performance and profitability and our ability to manage expenses, after adjusting for certain one-time expenses, identify trends affecting our business and assist us in making strategic decisions. We believe these non-GAAP measures, when reviewed in conjunction with U.S. GAAP financial measures, and not in isolation or as substitutes for analysis of our results of operations under U.S. GAAP, are useful to investors as they are widely used measures of performance and the adjustments we make to these non-GAAP measures provide investors further insight into our profitability and additional perspectives in comparing our performance to other companies and in comparing our performance over time on a consistent basis. Free cash flow should be considered in addition to, rather than as a substitute for, consolidated net income as a measure of our performance and net cash provided by operating activities as a measure of our liquidity.
 
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following table reconciles Income from operations to Adjusted income from operations, Adjusted operating margin to operating margin, Net income to Adjusted net income and Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities to Free cash flow and free cash flow conversion for the periods presented.
For the nine months
ended September 30,
For the year
ended December 31,
2021
2020
2020
2019
Income from operations
7,012,265 5,101,065 6,282,113 2,462,057
Adjustments:
COVID one-time expenses
115,500
Anti-dumping/countervailing
1,536,521
Adjusted income from operations
7,127,765 5,101,065 6,282,113 3,998,578
Revenue
129,752,437 99,319,193 134,827,801 126,282,212
Adjusted operating margin
5.5% 5.1% 4.7% 3.2%
For the nine months
ended September 30,
For the year
ended December 31,
2021
2020
2020
2019
Net Income
6,865,129 4,017,157 4,730,748 1,571,094
Adjustments:
COVID one-time expenses
115,500
Anti-dumping/countervailing
1,536,521
Other income (PPP Loan)
(1,680,900)
Total
5,299,729 4,017,157 4,730,748 3,107,615
Tax impact of adjustment at 18% effective rate
281,772 (276,574)
Adjusted net income
5,581,501 4,017,157 4,730,748 2,831,041
 
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the nine months
ended September 30,
For the year
ended December 31,
2021
2020
2020
2019
Net income
$ 6,865,129 $ 4,017,157 $ 4,730,748 $ 1,571,094
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
213,281 249,986 560,804 525,128
Bad debt expenses
35,200 59,311 (10,172) (87,418)
Provision (reversal) of defective return
2,133,028 585,313 378,248 (627,028)
Foreign exchange transaction loss
289,406 255 181,599 51,706
Interest expenses
287,855 233,694 418,867 448,412
Forgiveness of PPP loan
(1,680,900)
Deferred income taxes
226,356 220 (322,349) (183,624)
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
(3,000) 69,944 64,125 2,320
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable
(10,444,327) (626,101) (2,033,856) 2,064,701
Inventories
(10,695,034) 1,967,857 985,029 381,763
Prepayments and other current assets
(500,787) (192,821) 154,139 (194,653)
Prepayments and other receivables — related parties
(13,736) (13,790) (3,249,078) (12,880)
Other noncurrent assets
(3,316,292) (198,393)
Right-of-use assets
910,468 251,616 (543,037) (8,785,379)
Income taxes
621,442 421,674 632,734 480,732
Accounts payable
14,070,256 (881,007) 3,511,223 (4,590)
Accounts payable-related parties
140,208 (5,606,823) (697,500) (3,056,519)
Operating lease liabilities
(934,063) (194,361) 592,623 8,849,492
Accrued expenses and other current
liabilities
2,656,952 (114,425) 445,612 (130,022)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$ 861,442 $ 29,306 $ 5,799,759 $ 1,293,235
Purchase of property and equipment
(13,261) (61,106) (76,532) (233,861)
Free Cash
$ 848,181 $ (31,800) $ 5,723,227 $ 1,059,374
Free cash flow conversion
12%
121% 67%
 
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
BUSINESS
Our Company
FGI is a global, diversified and reputable supplier of quality bath and kitchen products. With over thirty years of experience, FGI has become a leading business to business supplier of bath and kitchen products to large retail, wholesale, commercial and specialty channel customers around the globe specializing in the home improvement and R&R markets. Some of our largest customers include The Home Depot, Menards, Ferguson and Lowe’s. Throughout our history, we have achieved consistent and above-industry sales growth each year by executing on our strategic objectives which include offering well-designed, high-quality products, providing service that surpasses our competition and exceeds our customers’ expectations, and managing an efficient and resilient global supply chain.
Our products are typically designed in-house or are created in conjunction with our customer and supplier partners. The majority of our products are sold under our customers’ private label brands, although we expect to continue increasing the share of our own brands over time. Below is an outline of our general business model:
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D6-FC_BUSINESS4CLR.JPG]
Both private label and FGI’s brands require significant marketing expenditures which we typically incur or share with our customers. We offer industry-leading brands including Foremost®, avenue, contrac®, Jetcoat®™, rosenberg and Covered Bridge Cabinetry®. These brands have continued to grow and represent an increasing share of our total sales in recent years, while the majority of our products are sold under key customers’ private label brands, such as The Home Depot’s “Glacier Bay” brand and Ferguson’s “ProFlo” brand.
Headquartered in East Hanover, New Jersey, FGI was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on May 26, 2021 in connection with the Reorganization of our parent company, Foremost, and its affiliates, pursuant to which, among other actions, Foremost contributed all of its equity interests in FGI Industries, Inc., FGI Europe and FGI International, each a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost, to the newly formed FGI Industries Ltd. Foremost was established in 1987 and has become a global leader in kitchen and bath design, indoor and outdoor furniture, food service equipment, and manufacturing. As Foremost has grown, the FGI business has come to operate separately from the rest of Foremost’s business units, and we and Foremost believe that operating as a standalone company will allow FGI to more effectively execute its long-term “BPC” growth strategy while focusing more efficiently on its own capital allocation priorities.
Prior to the Reorganization, FGI Industries, Inc., FGI Europe and FGI International operated as business units within Foremost for over thirty years. Foremost continues to be a significant holder of our ordinary shares and supports FGI via global sourcing and manufacturing arrangements. By leveraging Foremost’s long-standing experience in manufacturing and sourcing for certain of our product categories, FGI maintains a competitive advantage in supplying products that are of good design and high quality. As a standalone business, FGI is a top-tier company in many key product categories within the North American kitchen and bath products markets, with many additional expansion opportunities via existing and adjacent product, sales and geographic channels.
Our products are primarily sold on a national basis across the United States, with growing sales in Canada and Europe. Over 30% of our sales represent FGI-owned brand name products while the rest of
 
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
our sales are through private labels or outsourced for other manufacturers. We distribute our products to each market channel from third-party assembly plants in China and parts of Southeast Asia and through a third-party logistics network. We have long-term supply agreements in place for our sanitaryware products and maintain production and sourcing support from Foremost for most of our other product categories. We currently do not own any manufacturing facilities.
This discussion, and any financial information and results of operations discussed herein, refers to the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows that are directly attributable to the kitchen and bath business of Foremost Groups, Ltd. before the completion of Reorganization and are presented as if the Company had been in existence and the Reorganization had been in effect during the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 and during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Our Industry
The core bath and kitchen product markets in which we operate principally cater to the R&R markets, consisting of fragmented suppliers and a diffuse network of retailers, wholesalers and independent dealer networks on both national and regional levels. While our sales are principally impacted by the growth of the R&R markets, we are selectively focusing on newbuild markets as well.
According to the National Kitchen and Bath Association, the projected consumer spend for the U.S. bath and kitchen markets is estimated to be approximately $158 billion in 2021 and approximately $75 billion in product categories that we currently operate within. Outside of extreme recession years in the United States, such as 2007-2009, the R&R markets have experienced consistent 3% to 5% annual growth rates for more than 25 years, providing a predictable and recurring revenue model for the majority of our product lines. The primary drivers of such consistent and above-GDP growth rates are the pace of household formation, home price appreciation, strong housing turnover and the continued aging of the U.S. housing stock in our primary geographic markets.
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D1-BC_GROWTH4CLR.JPG]
Our Growth Strategy
We believe that we operate within addressable kitchen and bath consumer markets worth tens of billions of dollars. Our current business model and industry reputation have been honed over 30 years, during which time we have developed what we feel to be an operations platform that is on par with much larger industry competitors. At the same time, our relatively small size in relation to some of those competitors
 
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
allows us the opportunity to leverage our platform for above-industry growth rates, along with increasing profitability and return on capital.
Combining our well-developed global business platform with our relatively small revenue base, our aim is to achieve mid-to-high single-digit organic revenue growth rates over the long term. In order to achieve these growth objectives, we pursue a “BPC” growth strategy, focused on Brands, Products and Channels:

Brands:   Our owned brands have gone from 0% to over 30% of our net sales in the past 10 years. Branded products typically come with higher gross margins and significantly reinforce our long-term competitive positioning within our product markets. We plan to continue to focus on building our branded-product footprint over the long term while increasing the share of brands as a percentage of our total sales.

Products:   We have significant “whitespace” opportunities in several product categories within our core kitchen and bath markets. As an example, we believe we are currently significantly under-penetrated in categories such as bath and kitchen fixtures, “behind the wall” plumbing, and acrylic products such as bathtubs. With significant investment opportunities in new materials, sourcing, leading design and superior customer service, we have vast product expansion opportunities in relation to our relatively small share of the overall market.

Channels:   Despite our decades-long relationships with key customer partners, we feel that we have strong growth potential in key sales channels, including our existing customers, new e-commerce retailers (such as Wayfair) and commercial sales channels (local kitchen and bath product distributors). We believe we have untapped potential in markets outside of the United States, and while we have made significant headway in Canada and Germany in recent years, we believe we have many more growth and expansion opportunities in those two countries as well as other international markets.
In addition, we continue to evaluate opportunities to pursue selective “bolt-on” acquisitions of smaller companies that complement our core competencies in an effort to increase our scale and profitability as well as to broaden our product offerings, capabilities and resources. We are also seeking strategic partnerships within the United States and internationally with the goal of strengthening the sources of our product supply. Our key criteria for potential acquisitions include looking for well-run organizations (not turnarounds), opportunities that offer tangible synergies within our core kitchen and bath markets, and investments that meet our stringent return on capital criteria.
Our Products
We offer a wide variety of products that fall into three categories: Sanitaryware, Bath Furniture and Other. As of our 2020 fiscal year end, the brand and category makeup of our net sales is as follows:
[MISSING IMAGE: TM2117584D1-FC_BRANDS4CLR.JPG]
Sanitaryware.   Our Sanitaryware category includes a range of bath products, such as toilets, sinks, pedestals and toilet seats. The majority of these products are sourced from third-party suppliers
 
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
in China and are sold throughout the United States, Canada and Europe. Our main owned brands in this category include Foremost®, which is retail-focused, and contrac®, which is wholesale-focused.
Bath Furniture.   Our Bath Furniture category primarily includes wood and wood-substitute furniture for bathrooms, including vanities, mirrors, laundry and medicine cabinets and other storage systems. The majority of these products are sourced from Southeast Asia and China and are sold principally in the United States and Canada. We typically sell our bath furniture products under the Foremost brand.
Other.   Our Other category includes several smaller categories, most prominently our shower door and shower systems products which are typically sold as private label or under our Foremost and Jetcoat brands. In addition, we are developing an emerging custom kitchen cabinetry brand under our “Covered Bridge Cabinetry” and “Kitchens by Foremost” lines of products. Our custom kitchen lines represent some of the highest margin, highest quality products that we sell, and are sold primarily through local kitchen and bath dealerships while involving a heavy marketing element with contractors and designers. While custom kitchen cabinetry currently represents less than 1% of our total sales, it is an area where we see significant long-term organic growth, gross margin expansion and consolidation possibilities. The majority of our custom kitchen cabinetry and shower products are sourced from China and Southeast Asia.
In each category, we sell branded and private label products at various price points to attract a wide base of customers and ultimate consumers. We position our products in a “good, better, best” market position, with a variety of price points to address the varying needs of our customer base. However, we typically eschew selling low, or “opening,” price point items, and focus primarily on the mid-to-upper price point product categories, particularly as we grow our branded product footprint in line with our “BPC” organic growth strategy. We continue to see opportunities to introduce new product categories. Some of our recent product introductions that we expect to drive material sales growth include our Jetcoat-branded shower systems and intelligent (electronic) toilets.
Our Competitive Strengths
Trusted by Customers Around the World
The core markets in which we operate tend to be conservative, with an emphasis on stable and durable relationships. FGI is a top-tier supplier of many key North American bath- and kitchen-related product categories. With support from Foremost, we are one of a select number of large market participants with national and international manufacturing and distribution capabilities. Our supply chain network, operating footprint and long-standing customer relationships provide us an ability to service our retail, wholesale and commercial channel customers worldwide and offer a broad set of products to serve our customers across a variety of price points. We believe the scale and breadth of our operations differentiate us and result in a competitive advantage that allows us to provide well-designed, high-quality products with price points and service that exceed our competitors’ offerings and our customers’ expectations.
Deep Relationships with Leading Suppliers
In the markets in which we operate, production and supply chain quality and stability are crucial to success. Our industry is fundamentally stable and conservative, with high barriers for potential new entrants. We have built strong and stable relationships with a base of long-standing suppliers across the globe, all of whom maintain stringent manufacturing standards. We believe our customers value our decades-long experience in the industry and international footprint, which allows us to meet demanding logistics and performance criteria. At the same time, our manufacturing suppliers are reliant on our stable and growing platform in order to effectively utilize their own fixed-asset investments. The importance of these strengths have been highlighted during the recent and ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, as we believe that we have remained among the most consistent and reliable suppliers in our industry despite the unprecedented challenges which were presented.
Stable Technological and Industry Dynamics
Our core bath and kitchen product markets are generally less prone to fast-paced technological innovation or “fast fashion” consumer trends. We believe this is largely due to the core functionalities of the
 
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
products we offer, which have tended to evolve gradually over decades, rather than in a few years (or even months, as with certain industries). As a result, we have confidence in our ability to execute our long-term growth plans, while allocating our capital in a patient and thoughtful manner, with relatively high and predictable rates of return.
Commercial and Regulatory Barriers to Entry
The kitchen and bath markets operate under a myriad of international, national, federal, provincial and local codes. This is particularly the case as much of the product markets on which we focus are ultimately related to water and the prevention of water leakage and damage. On a fundamental level, our kitchen and bath products need to pass heavy quality control and regulatory standards, making it difficult for potential new entrants.
Tradition of Strong Innovation
Consistent with our motto Innovation, Quality, Service, we have a decades-long history of innovation in product design and manufacture, developed through deep marketing, design and product expertise. Many of our products, such as our Massa brand toilets, are engineered to save water and minimize their environmental footprint.
Experienced Management Team
We have assembled an executive team with a deep base of management experience within industrial manufacturing companies. David Bruce, our Chief Executive Officer, Bob Kermelewicz, our Executive Vice President, United States, Jennifer Earl, our Executive Vice President, Canada and Norman Kroenke, our Executive Vice President, Europe each have over twenty years of industry experience. Our Executive Chairman John Chen has more than twelve years of investment management and financial experience. Our team has identified and begun to execute on opportunities for operational improvement, growth and business expansion as a standalone company.
Significant ownership and support from Foremost
Foremost is a family-controlled and privately held holding company. As a    % owner of FGI’s ordinary shares, Foremost remains committed to supporting FGI’s strategic development and growth plans, which place a considerable emphasis on generating long-term growth and maximizing shareholder value through its strategic objectives and capital allocation priorities. For over 30 years, Foremost has built an industry-leading reputation as a reliable manufacturer and supply source for numerous wood and ceramic-based products which form the foundation of many FGI product categories. As a standalone company, FGI continues to benefit from Foremost’s long-standing experience in global manufacturing and sourcing, providing a solid foundation from which to pursue alternate sources of supply for our key product categories as we see fit.
Our Customers
We serve a large and global customer base that covers four main categories of businesses: mass retailers, wholesalers, e-commerce channels and independent distributors. As we grow our own brands, we will increasingly focus our investments on creating end-consumer mindshare and awareness, helping to grow sales through our main customer categories.
Mass Retailers
Our products are primarily used by do-it-yourself homeowners, contractors, builders and remodelers for R&R projects. In North America, products for such projects are predominantly purchased through mass retail home centers such as The Home Depot, Lowe’s and Menard’s. Due to the market presence, store network and customer reach of these large home centers, we have developed decades-long relationships with our key retailer partners to distribute our products. Approximately 41% of our net sales in 2020 were to large retailers.
 
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Wholesalers
Our products are sold through some of the largest bath and kitchen product distributors in the United States, including Ferguson, HD Supply (recently acquired by The Home Depot) and Orgill, and we are continuously evaluating additional wholesale and commercial sales channels for market penetration. In Canada, we are a leading supplier to market leaders such as Yorkwest Plumbing, and have developed a strong presence in other commercial sales channels as well. The wholesale market consists primarily of local bath and kitchen product distributors which in turn cater to professional plumbers, contractors and homebuilders. While very few wholesale customers are similar in scale to our typical large retailer partners (with the exception of Ferguson), our many relationships tend to be quite stable and strong, built on years of mutual trust and understanding among tightly-knit groups of local professionals.
In 2020, approximately 34% of our net sales were to our wholesale partners.
E-Commerce
We sell a growing number of our products through the e-commerce channels of our retail partners as well as “e-commerce only” retailers such as Build.com and Wayfair.com, both of which are rapidly increasing market penetration in the home R&R space. Our sales through e-commerce channels and retailers represented about 21% of our net sales in 2020 up from less than 2% in 2010.
Independent Dealers & Distributors
We have historically sold our products through independent (or “mom and pop”) bath and kitchen product specialists. Independent dealers and distributors represented 4% of our net sales in 2020.
Raw Materials, Suppliers and Manufacturing
Many of our sanitaryware products contain ceramics, the major components of which are clay and enamel. Other primary raw materials used in our bath furniture, kitchen cabinetry and shower products include hard maple, oak, cherry and beech lumber and plywood as well as paint, particleboard, medium density fiberboard, high density fiberboard, glass, aluminum, manufactured components and hardware. We have more than one source for these and other raw materials and generally believe them to be readily available. For many of our products, our third-party suppliers have standardized raw material inputs and a number of production processes, which reduces the logistical manufacturing specifications and allows for greater economies of scale in sourcing these inputs.
As a standalone company, we do not own any of our manufacturing facilities, but maintain ongoing production support from Foremost-owned manufacturing facilities and several third-party manufacturers, all primarily based in China and parts of Southeast Asia. We have entered into long-term sourcing agreements with Foremost to secure continued use of their facilities. We generally utilize six to seven factories located in China and parts of Southeast Asia. We have long-term agreements in place with the suppliers of our sanitaryware products for terms ranging from one year, renewable, to perpetuity. The geographic distances involved in these arrangements, together with the differences in business practices, shipping and delivery requirements, and laws and regulations add complexity to our supply chain logistics and increase the potential for interruptions in our production scheduling. In addition, prices and availability of these components may be affected by world market conditions and government policies and tariffs.
Tangshan Huida Ceramic Group Co., Ltd (“Huida”) supplies the majority of our sanitaryware products. Huida accounted for approximately 65% of the total balance of our accounts payable as of September 30, 2021 and approximately 60% of the total balance of our accounts payable as of December 31, 2020. Pursuant to a certain Agreement for Co-operations (the “Huida Agreement”), dated October 20, 2020, by and between Huida and FGI Industries, our wholly owned subsidiary (“FGI USA”), so long as we meet certain annual product placement volume requirements, (i) we have an exclusive right to distribute and resell in the United States and Canadian markets any products designed and created by Huida and for which Huida retains all intellectual property rights, and (ii) Huida may not manufacture or sell any products we design or create, for which we retain all intellectual property rights, without our prior consent. No other supplier accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts payable as of September 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020.
 
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We regularly evaluate our organizational productivity and supply chains and seek opportunities to reduce costs and enhance quality. We strive to improve quality, speed and flexibility to meet changing and uncertain market conditions, as well as manage cost inflation, including wages and employee medical costs.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, FGI USA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, will enter into a shared services agreement (the “FHI Shared Services Agreement”) with Foremost Home Industries, Inc., a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost (“FHI”), the largest holder of our ordinary shares. Pursuant to the FHI Shared Services Agreement, FGI USA provides FHI with general and administrative services, information technology systems services and human resources services, as well as warehouse space services and supply chain services in the United States.
The Company will also enter into a shared services agreement (the “Worldwide Shared Services Agreement”) with Foremost Worldwide Co., Ltd. (“Foremost Worldwide”), a wholly-owned unconsolidated subsidiary of Foremost, the largest holder of our ordinary shares, pursuant to which Foremost Worldwide provides the Company with general and administrative services, information technology system services and human resources services in Taiwan. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” for additional details about both shared services agreements.
Competition
We operate in a highly fragmented industry that is composed of numerous local, regional and national manufacturers. Most of our competitors compete on a local or regional basis, but others, like us, compete on a national basis as well. Our competitors include large national and international brands such as American Standard, Kohler, Masco (Delta), Mansfield, Gerber, Niagara, Ove Decors and Woodcrafters, as well as numerous OEM suppliers and other smaller brands. Due to the highly-differentiated nature of our product categories and the scarcity of industry data, there is little reliable information on precise market shares for our product categories.
We believe that brand reputation is an important factor in consumer selection, and that competition in this industry is also based largely on product features and innovation, product quality, customer service, breadth of product offerings and price. Our principal means for competition are our breadth and variety of product offerings, expanded service capabilities, geographic reach, competitive price points for our products and affordable quality.
In general, our Sanitaryware product categories tend to be more consolidated and we compete primarily with a small group of large suppliers with a global footprint in any specific product line, including American Standard, Kohler, Toto, Masco (Delta), Mansfield, Gerger and Niagara, and on occasion with numerous regional suppliers. For our Bath Furniture and Other product categories, we compete with dozens of regional suppliers in any given product line, although we believe that relatively few can compete with us on a truly national scale, particularly with regards to our mass retail channels.
Environmental Matters and Regulatory Matters
Our operations are subject to national, state and local environmental laws and regulations relating to, among other things, the generation, storage, handling, emission, transportation and discharge of regulated materials into the environment. Permits are required for certain of our operations, and these permits are subject to revocation, modification and renewal by issuing authorities. Governmental authorities have the power to enforce compliance with their regulations, and violations may result in the payment of fines or the entry of injunctions, or both. We may also incur liability for investigation and clean-up of soil or groundwater contamination on or emanating from current or formerly owned and operated properties, or at offsite locations at which regulated materials are located where we are identified as a responsible party. Discovery of currently unknown conditions could require responses that could result in significant costs. We monitor applicable laws and regulations and incur ongoing expense relating to compliance, however we do not expect that compliance with federal, state, local and foreign regulations, will result in material capital expenditures or have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.
We believe that responsibility does not stop at national borders, which is why FGI is working to protect and sustain our global environment. By designing products that meet Environmental Protection Agency
 
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(“EPA”) standards, like our Water Sense qualifying toilets that provide high efficiency waste removal while using 20% less water with every flush, FGI is using innovative engineering to make the most of our resources.
Our bath furniture use California Air Resource Board (“CARB”) Phase II compliant wood products which limit urea-formaldehyde emissions into the environment. We only use wood products from managed forest resources to discourage clear-cut logging and the depletion of global rainforests. We encourage customers to order products using material that is Forest Stewardship Council (“FSC”) certified, ensuring the responsible use of our forest resources and equitable treatment of indigenous people of producing regions.
Environmental responsibility is everyone’s task at FGI, to insure that we as a company protect our employees, our customers and our planet for this generation and the ones that follow.
Properties
Our headquarters and a warehouse facility are located in East Hanover, New Jersey. We also operate production and warehouse facilities in Hobart, Indiana, Sacramento, California and Toronto, Canada. We also conduct our European operations from a facility in Dusseldorf, Germany and our Asian operations from a purchase center in Tangshan, China and a global support center in Taipei, Taiwan. We believe that our properties are in good operating condition and adequately serve our current business operations. We also anticipate that suitable additional or alternative space, including those under lease options, will be available at commercially reasonable terms for future expansion, which we intend to evaluate on an ongoing basis in tandem with our “BPC” growth strategy.
Intellectual Property
We sell many of our products under a number of registered and unregistered trademarks, which we believe are widely recognized in our industry. FGI maintains a significant portfolio of trademarks and copyrights, most notably under our avenue, contrac®, rosenberg and Covered Bridge Cabinetry® brands. We have also acquired rights to the Foremost® brand from Foremost with regards to any Foremost branded products that we continue to sell. We rely on trade secrets and confidentiality agreements to develop and maintain our competitive position.
Seasonality
Our business has been subject to seasonal influences, with higher sales typically realized during the second and third calendar quarters, corresponding with the peak season for R&R activity. We saw decreased sales in first quarter of 2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic, however, these decreases normalized over the remainder of the year. The costs of our products are subject to inflationary pressures and commodity price fluctuations. The Company has generally been able over time to recover the effects of inflation, commodity price and currency fluctuations through sales price increases.
Human Capital
As of March 31, 2021, we employed approximately 130 employees, all of which are full-time, with no employees covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe that our employee relations are good.
We believe that the performance of our Company is impacted by our human capital management, and as a result we consistently work to attract, select, develop, engage and retain strong, diverse talent. We are focused on three key strategic talent priorities: leadership, diversity, equity and inclusion, and our future workforce. Our Human Resources Department is responsible for developing and executing our human capital strategy and provides regular updates to our Board of Directors’ Organization and Compensation Committee on our progress toward the achievement of our strategic initiatives. We believe that all of our human capital initiatives work together to assure we have an environment where our employees are engaged, feel a sense of belonging, and can reach their full potential.
The safety of our employees is integral to our company. In support of our safety efforts, we identify, assess and investigate incidents and injury data, and each year set goals to improve key safety performance indicators. We train, promote, consult and communicate with our workforce in this process. In 2020, the COVID-19 pandemic highlighted the importance of employee welfare. We reacted quickly to keep our
 
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
employees safe through the implementation of policies and safety measures that adhered to best practices from the World Health Organization and the Centers for Disease Control. Despite the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic, we did not experience a material change to our daily operations as we quickly adjusted employee work schedules in alignment with the exigencies of both the pandemic and our business requirements.
Legal Proceedings
We may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We cannot predict the results of any such disputes, and despite the potential outcomes, the existence thereof may have an adverse material impact on us due to diversion of management time and attention as well as the financial costs related to resolving such disputes.
Ayers Bath Litigation
FGI Industries (formerly known as Foremost Groups, Inc.) (“FGI USA”), our wholly-owned subsidiary, is currently involved in litigation arising from its efforts to protect an exclusivity agreement with sanitaryware manufacturer Tangshan Huida Ceramic Group Co., Ltd. (“Huida”). In 2011, FGI USA filed a complaint against Ayers Bath (USA) Corporation (“Ayers Bath”) in the United States District Court for the Central District of California (the “District Court”) and succeeded in obtaining an injunction barring Ayers Bath from selling, distributing or offering for sale Huida parts and products in the United States and Canada. As a result, Ayers Bath ceased all business activity.
Ayers Bath filed a voluntary chapter 7 petition in the United States Bankruptcy Court for the Central District of California (the “Bankruptcy Court”) on March 22, 2013. FGI USA filed a proof of claim in the Ayers Bath bankruptcy case for an amount not less than $5,265,000, which was deemed allowed, but due to Ayers Bath’s lack of assets, FGI USA only received a distribution of $7,757.24. On January 9, 2014, FGI USA filed a complaint in the District Court against Tangshan Ayers, as Ayers Bath’s alter ego, to recover the balance of its damages. The District Court ultimately referred the litigation to the Bankruptcy Court, whereby FGI USA filed a motion in Bankruptcy Court to add Tangshan Ayers as judgment debtor, thereby allowing FGI USA to recover its proof of claim. A hearing for the motion to add Tangshan Ayers as judgment debtor was held on June 7, 2021. On September 22, 2021, the Bankruptcy Court issued a report and recommendation to the District Court recommending that it deny FGI USA’s motion to amend the judgment. We filed an objection to the report in October 2021 and are awaiting the Bankruptcy Court's decision.
Huida Arbitration
On or about September 24, 2021, Huida filed a request for arbitration with FGI USA in the Shenzhen Court of International Arbitration. In the arbitration, Huida seeks a determination that the terms of an exclusive distribution agreement between FGI USA and Huida, dated October 20, 2000, are not unlimited in duration and should be amended or else terminable. There is no date set for any arbitration proceedings, and FGI USA intends to retain Chinese counsel to pursue its interests in the pending arbitration.
 
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth information regarding our executive officers and directors, including their ages as of November 11, 2021:
NAME
AGE
POSITION(S)
Executive Officers
David Bruce 56 Chief Executive Officer and President, Director
John Chen 43 Executive Chairman, Director
Perry Lin 46 Chief Financial Officer
Bob Kermelewicz 59 Executive Vice President, FGI USA
Jennifer Earl 47 Executive Vice President, FGI Canada
Norman Kroenke 59 Executive Vice President, FGI Europe
Non-Employee Directors
Todd Heysse(1)(2) 48 Director
Kellie Zesch Weir(1)(3) 41 Director
Jae Chung(1)(2)(3) 54 Director
(1)
Member of our audit committee.
(2)
Member of our compensation committee.
(3)
Member of our nominating and corporate governance committee.
Executive Officers
David Bruce.   Mr. Bruce has served as our Chief Executive Officer and President since our incorporation. Prior to his election, Mr. Bruce served as the Executive Vice President of the Kitchen & Bath division of FGI USA from 2009 until 2021 where he was responsible for development of all sales, marketing, customer and supplier strategies. Prior to that, he worked in various sales functions at FGI USA from 1997 to 2008. Previous to his time at FGI USA, Mr. Bruce spent over 8 years working in the retail industry. Mr. Bruce received a Bachelor of Science in Management from Kean University in New Jersey.
We believe Mr. Bruce’s broad experience in sales and strategy and institutional knowledge of FGI USA qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
John Chen.   Mr. Chen has served as our Executive Chairman since our incorporation. Prior to his election, Mr. Chen served as Executive Vice President of Corporate Development for FGI USA from 2019 until 2021 where his primary responsibilities included corporate strategy, financial controls and capital allocation oversight. Prior to joining FGI USA, Mr. Chen spent 11 years in the investment management industry as an equity research analyst for Davis Selected Advisors from 2007 to 2018 and just under two years as a securities lawyer for Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy from 2005 to 2007. Mr. Chen received a Bachelor of Arts from the University of Chicago and a Juris Doctor from Georgetown University Law Center.
We believe Mr. Chen’s strategic and management experience and institutional knowledge of FGI USA qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Perry Lin.   Mr. Lin has served as our Chief Financial Officer since our incorporation. Prior to his election, Mr. Lin served as Vice President of Corporate Finance for FGI USA from 2020 until 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Lin was a Corporate Controller for FGI USA from 2011 until 2019. In his previous roles at FGI, Mr. Lin was responsible for all aspects of FGI USA’s financial planning, accounting, reporting and cash flow management. Prior to joining FGI USA, Mr. Lin served as audit manager at KPMG for ten years. Mr. Lin received a Bachelor’s degree in Accounting from Tamkang University in Taiwan and a Master’s in Business Administration from Quincy University. Mr. Lin is also a certified public accountant and a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
 
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Bob Kermelewicz.   Bob Kermelewicz is the Executive Vice President of FGI USA. Prior to this position, Mr. Kermelewicz spent 23 years as an Executive Vice President of the Kitchen & Bath Division at Foremost Groups, Inc. Prior to Foremost he spent 3 years as a National Sales Manager for a Canadian based company in the Heating and Cooling Industry and was sole owner of his own independent sales agency for 15 years before that. Mr. Kermelewicz received his B.A. from Norwich University and served in the United States Air Force as a Telecommunications Specialist.
Jennifer Earl.   Jennifer Earl is the Executive Vice President of FGI Canada. Prior to her position with the Company, Ms. Earl worked at Foremost Groups, Inc. for 23 years in various roles including sales, product development, and marketing. Prior to Foremost she spent 7 years working in the kitchen and bath retail sectors.
Norman Kroenke.   Norman Kroenke is the Executive Vice President of FGI Europe. Prior to his election, Mr. Kroenke served as the Executive Vice President of Foremost International GmbH & Co.KG., a position he held for over 15 years, during which time he focused on building a European sales presence for Foremost’s sanitaryware platform. From 1995-2005 Mr. Kroenke was a member of the management board for Sanitop, the biggest wholesale sanitaryware-provider in Germany.
Non-Employee Directors
Todd Heysse.   Mr. Heysse has served as Treasurer and Vice President of Corporate Finance at Facebook, Inc. since October 2018. His primary responsibilities include leading the company's cash management, corporate finance, and business risk and insurance functions. Prior to this position, Mr. Heysse served as Vice President of Financial Planning & Analysis with Snap Inc. from December 2016 through December 2017 as well as various corporate finance and planning roles within Facebook, Inc.’s corporate finance team from 2011 to 2016. Mr. Heysse received a Bachelor of Science from Stanford University and a Master’s in Business Administration from Columbia Business School.
We believe Mr. Heysse’s experience in corporate finance positions with large public companies, knowledge and expertise on public company disclosure requirements and investment management experience including evaluation and analysis of global public companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Kellie Zesch Weir.   Ms. Weir is a partner and a portfolio manager with Brown Advisory, a financial consulting company, where she provides individuals, families and institutions with strategic investment solutions and advice. Prior to joining Brown Advisory in 2017, Ms. Weir was a senior vice president and head of investment manager research at Chilton Trust Company, a wealth management company. Prior to this, she was a vice president at Birchwood Investments, a single family office where she managed alternative assets. Ms. Weir started her career at Cambridge Associates, where she provided investment advice to endowments and families. Ms. Weir received a Bachelor of Science in Business Administration from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, and she is also a Chartered Financial Analyst charter holder.
We believe Ms. Weir’s experience in portfolio management and wealth management and expertise in environmental, social and governance initiatives and standards qualify her to serve on our board of directors.
Jae Chung.   Mr. Chung served as Vice President of Oakmont Corporation, a family investment office, from 2015 through May 2021 where he helped manage its public securities portfolio. Prior to that, Mr. Chung served as Co-Portfolio Manager of Evermore Global Advisors, an investment company, from 2009-2011. From 2003-2009, he served on the Fund Management Team at Davis Selected Advisors. Previous to that, Mr. Chung was a founding member of Marcstone Capital Management, a long/short Europe-focused hedge fund, from 2000-2003. Prior to that, he was a Co-Portfolio Manager of the Discovery and European Funds at Franklin Mutual Advisors from 1996-2000. Mr. Chung received his Bachelor of Arts from Yale University.
We believe Mr. Chung’s experience in the investment management industry and expertise in strategic, financial and operational analysis of public and private companies qualify him to serve on our board of directors.
Board Composition and Election of Directors
Our board of directors is currently composed of five members.
 
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Director Independence
Under the Nasdaq Marketplace Rules, or the Nasdaq Listing Rules, each committee of our board of directors must be comprised of at least one independent member at the time of listing, a majority of independent directors no later than 90 days after such date and solely independent directors within one year after such date.
Our board of directors has undertaken a review of its composition, the composition of its committees and the independence of each director. Based upon information provided by each director, our board of directors has determined that Todd Heysse, Kellie Zesch Weir and Jae Chung are independent under applicable Nasdaq rules and, accordingly, none of our directors, with the exception of David Bruce and John Chen, has a relationship that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director and is independent under applicable Nasdaq rules. In making these determinations, our board of directors considered the current and prior relationships that each non-employee director has with our company and all other facts and circumstances our board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including the beneficial ownership of our capital stock by each non-employee director, and the transactions involving them described in the section titled “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Director Compensation
Upon completion of this offering, directors who are also full-time officers or employees of our company will receive no additional compensation for serving as directors. Following the completion of the offering, we will pay our non-employee directors $40,000 in cash annually, along with an annual equity award in an amount to be determined by the compensation committee from time to time. The annual equity awards will vest at the earlier of (i) the next annual meeting or (ii) one year from the date of grant. The chairs of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will receive an additional $10,000 in cash annually, and the audit committee chair will receive an additional $15,000 in cash annually. Members of each committee other than the chair will receive an additional $3,000 in cash annually.
Board Committees
Audit Committee
Our audit committee consists of Todd Heysse, Kellie Zesch Weir and Jae Chung. Our board of directors has determined that each of such directors are independent under the Nasdaq Listing Rules and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or the Exchange Act. The chair of our audit committee is Todd Heysse. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. Heysse is an “audit committee financial expert” as such term is currently defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K. This designation does not impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than are generally imposed on members of our audit committee and our board of directors. Our audit committee is directly responsible for, among other things:

selecting a firm to serve as the independent registered public accounting firm to audit our financial statements;

ensuring the independence of the independent registered public accounting firm;

discussing the scope and results of the audit with the independent registered public accounting firm and reviewing, with management and that firm, our interim and year-end operating results;

establishing procedures for employees to anonymously submit concerns about questionable accounting or audit matters;

considering the adequacy of our internal controls and internal audit function;

monitoring compliance with the code of business and conduct and ethics for financial management;

reviewing material related party transactions or those that require disclosure; and

approving or, as permitted, pre-approving all audit and non-audit services to be performed by the independent registered public accounting firm.
 
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Our audit committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering, that satisfies the applicable rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and the Nasdaq Listing Rules.
Compensation Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Jae Chung (chair) and Todd Heysse. Each member of this committee is a non-employee director, as defined by Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act and meets the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq Listing Rules. The compensation committee is responsible for, among other things:

reviewing and approving the compensation of our executive officers;

reviewing and recommending to our board of directors the compensation of our directors;

administering our stock and equity incentive plans;

reviewing and approving incentive compensation and equity plans; and

reviewing our overall compensation philosophy.
Our compensation committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Kellie Zesch Weir (chair) and Jae Chung. Each member of the nominating and corporate governance committee meets the requirements for independence under the current Nasdaq Listing Rules. The nominating and corporate governance committee is responsible for, among other things:

identifying and recommending candidates for membership on our board of directors;

reviewing and recommending our corporate governance guidelines and policies;

reviewing proposed waivers of the code of conduct for directors and executive officers;

overseeing the process of evaluating the performance of our board of directors; and

assisting our board of directors on corporate governance matters.
Our nominating and corporate governance committee will operate under a written charter, to be effective prior to the completion of this offering.
Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of the compensation committee is currently, or has been at any time, one of our executive officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or has served during the last year, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or on our compensation committee.
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
In connection with this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written code of business conduct and ethics that will apply to all of our directors, officers and employees. The code of business conduct and ethics will cover fundamental ethics and compliance-related principles and practices such as accurate accounting records and financial reporting, avoiding conflicts of interest, the protection and use of our property and information and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements. Our code of business conduct and ethics will be posted on the investor relations section of our website, which will be
www.fgi-industries.com. We intend to disclose any amendments to our code of business conduct and ethics, or waivers of its requirements, on our website to the extent required by the applicable rules and exchange requirements.
 
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Limitation on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.
We will enter into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our memorandum and articles of association.
Our indemnification obligations may discourage shareholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our shareholders. Furthermore, a shareholder’s investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, may be permitted to directors, officers or control persons, in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy, as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
We believe that these provisions and the indemnity agreements are necessary to attract and retain talented and experienced officers and directors.
 
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
EXECUTIVE AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
This section presents information concerning Foremost’s existing compensation arrangements with FGI’s named executive officers (“NEOs”), the expected compensation arrangements for FGI’s NEOs and explains FGI’s anticipated executive compensation arrangements and the components of executive compensation.
Each of FGI’s NEOs were previously employees of Foremost prior to the Reorganization and, following the Reorganization, will be employed by FGI.
Summary Compensation Table
The following table sets forth summary compensation information for our “named executive officers” by Foremost for the year ended December 31, 2020, which consists of our principal executive officer and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. The following table includes all compensation earned by the named executive officers for such period, regardless of whether such amounts were actually paid during the period:
Name and Principal Position
Fiscal
Year
Salary
($)
Bonus
($)
All Other
Compensation(1)
($)
Total
($)
David Bruce
Chief Executive Officer
2020 237,835 26,466 10,884 275,185
John Chen
Executive Chairman
2020 250,000 257 250,257
Perry Lin
Chief Financial Officer
2020 115,168 3,000 1,223 119,391
(1)
All Other Compensation includes an automobile allowance for Mr. Bruce of $10,286 as well as 401(k) matching contributions made by the company and life insurance premiums for each executive.
Employment Agreements
Prior to the consummation of this offering, we will enter into an employment agreement with each of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. The following is a summary of the material terms of each agreement. For complete terms, please see the agreement attached as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
David Bruce
Under this agreement, the chief executive officer will be entitled to an annual base salary and such discretionary performance bonuses as the Compensation Committee may determine, from time to time, in its sole discretion. The base salary, initially $300,000 is reviewed annually by the Company’s Compensation Committee and Board. The executive will also be eligible to participate in any bonus and incentive programs available to executives, and may be eligible for stock option grants under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan or equity grants under the 2021 Equity Plan. The employment agreement also provides executive with a car allowance of up to $900 per month. The employment agreement may be terminated by the executive or the Company without cause on 90 days prior written notice.
The employment agreement may be terminated by the executive or the Company without cause on 90 days prior written notice, but may be terminated by the Company immediately for Cause. If employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, the executive will be entitled to receive, in return for a timely executed and delivered release and continued compliance with executive’s confidentiality and non-competition covenants, (i) an aggregate amount equal to one year of his base salary, which will be payable in the same amounts and at the same intervals as if the employment period had not ended, (ii) a pro-rated portion of any annual bonus that executive would have been entitled to had his employment not be terminated
 
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and (iii) if he timely elects continued coverage pursuant to COBRA, payment of his share of the premium cost at the same rate as for active employees of the Company for up to 12 weeks following the termination date.
If the employment is terminated for “Cause,” or in the case of the executive’s death or disability, the executive will only be entitled to his base salary through the termination date, plus any accrued and unpaid incentive award as of the termination date. For purposes of these employment agreements, “Cause” means any one of the following: (i) executive’s willful misconduct, breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses), final cease and desist order or material breach of any provision of the employment agreement which results in a material loss to the Company or any affiliate; (ii) executive’s conviction of a crime or act involving moral turpitude or a final judgment rendered against executive based upon actions of executive which involve moral turpitude; (iii) executive’s failure to comply with Company policies, procedures, practices or directions, as determined by the Company or the Board in its sole discretion; (iv) any other reason recognized as “Cause” under applicable law; (v) executive’s commission of fraud, embezzlement, theft or misappropriation of any monies, assets or properties of the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates or employees; (vi) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; or (vii) executive’s material breach of the employment agreement. No act, or failure to act, on executive’s part shall be “willful” unless done, or omitted to be done, in bad faith and without reasonable belief that the action or omission was in the best interests of the company or its affiliates.
Perry Lin
Under this agreement, the chief financial officer will be entitled to an annual base salary and such discretionary performance bonuses as the Compensation Committee may determine, from time to time, in its sole discretion. The base salary, initially $160,000 is reviewed annually by the Company’s Compensation Committee and Board. The executive will also be eligible to participate in any bonus and incentive programs available to executives, and may be eligible for stock option grants under the Company’s Employee Stock Purchase Plan or equity grants under the 2021 Equity Plan. The employment agreement may be terminated by the executive or the Company without cause on 90 days prior written notice.
The employment agreement may be terminated by the executive or the Company without cause on 90 days prior written notice, but may be terminated by the Company immediately for Cause. If employment is terminated by the Company without Cause, the executive will be entitled to receive, in return for a timely executed and delivered release and continued compliance with executive’s confidentiality and non-competition covenants, (i) an aggregate amount equal to one year of his base salary, which will be payable in the same amounts and at the same intervals as if the employment period had not ended, (ii) a pro-rated portion of any annual bonus that executive would have been entitled to had his employment not be terminated and (iii) if he timely elects continued coverage pursuant to COBRA, payment of his share of the premium cost at the same rate as for active employees of the Company for up to 12 weeks following the termination date.
If the employment is terminated for “Cause,” or in the case of the executive’s death or disability, the executive will only be entitled to his base salary through the termination date, plus any accrued and unpaid incentive award as of the termination date. For purposes of these employment agreements, “Cause” means any one of the following: (i) any act or omission of executive, including, but not limited to misconduct, negligence, unlawfulness, dishonesty, inattention to the business, conflict of interest or competitive business activities, which, as determined by the Company or the Board, in its sole discretion, may be detrimental to the Company’s interests; (ii) executive’s failure to comply with Company policies, procedures, practices or directions, as determined by the Company or the Board in its sole discretion; (iii) any other reason recognized as “Cause” under applicable law; (iv) executive’s commission of fraud, embezzlement, theft or misappropriation of any monies, assets or properties of the Company or any of its parents, subsidiaries, affiliates or employees; (v) conviction of, or plea of nolo contendere to, any felony; or (vi) executive’s breach of the employment agreement.
Executive Chairman Compensation
We will not have an employment agreement with our executive chairman, John Chen following the completion of this offering. Mr. Chen will be paid a base salary of $200,000 and will be eligible for awards under the Company's ESPP and 2021 Equity Plan.
 
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2020
No named executive officer had any equity awards of Foremost or FGI outstanding as of December 31, 2020. The Company intends to make equity awards moving forward after the Reorganization.
2021 Equity Plan
On October 7, 2021, our board of directors adopted our 2021 Equity Plan (the “2021 Equity Plan”), which became effective on such date. The 2021 Equity Plan permits the grant of equity and equity-based incentive awards, including non-qualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, stock unit awards and other stock-based awards. The purpose of the 2021 Equity Plan is to attract and retain the best available personnel for positions of responsibility within the Company, to provide additional incentives to them to align their interests with those of the Company’s shareholders and to thereby promote the Company’s long-term business success. The following is a summary of the material terms of the 2021 Equity Plan, but does not include all of the provisions of such plan. For further information about the 2021 Equity Plan, we refer you to the complete text of the 2021 Equity Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Administration
The 2021 Equity Plan is administered by our board of directors or such committee as designated by our board of directors (we will refer to the body administering the 2021 Equity Plan as the “Committee”). Among the Committee’s powers under the 2021 Equity Plan are the power to determine those persons who will be granted awards and the amount, type and other terms and conditions of awards. The Committee has complete authority to determine all provisions of the awards granted under the 2021 Equity Plan (as consistent with the terms of the Plan), to interpret the 2021 Equity Plan and to make any other determination which it believes necessary and advisable for the proper administration of the 2021 Equity Plan. The Committee’s decisions on matters relating to the 2021 Equity Plan will be final and binding on all parties with an interest therein.
Available Shares
The aggregate number of ordinary shares which may be issued or transferred pursuant to awards granted under the 2021 Equity Plan may not exceed 1,500,000 shares. The number of ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Equity Plan will automatically increase on the first day of each year, commencing on January 1, 2022 and ending on (and including) January 1, 2031, in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) 4.5% of the total number of ordinary shares outstanding on December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, (b) 600,000 ordinary shares, or (c) such lesser number of shares as determined by the Board.
In general, if awards granted under the 2021 Equity Plan expire or are forfeited, cancelled, settled for cash, surrendered pursuant to an exchange program or otherwise are settled in a manner that does not result in the issuance of all or a portion of the shares subject to the award, then to the extent of such forfeiture, cancellation, cash settlement, surrender or non-issuance, such shares shall again become available for awards under the 2021 Equity Plan. In the event that any award is exercised through the tendering of shares (either actually or by attestation) or by the withholding of shares by the Company in payment of the applicable exercise price, or any tax withholding obligation arising from an award are satisfied by the tendering of shares (either actually or by attestation) or by the withholding of shares by the Company, then the shares so tendered or withheld shall again become available for awards under the 2021 Equity Plan.
Eligibility for Participation
The persons eligible to receive awards under the 2021 Equity Plan are our employees, non-employee directors and any consultant or advisor who is a natural person and who provides services to the Company and its affiliates (other than in connection with a capital-raising transaction or promoting or maintaining a market in Company securities, in each case, as selected by the Committee.
 
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights
The Committee may grant nonqualified stock options, that is, options that are not intended to qualify as “incentive stock options” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, to purchase our ordinary shares as well as “incentive stock options.” The Committee may also grant stock or cash-settled stock appreciation rights. With respect to options and stock appreciation rights, the Committee determines the number of ordinary shares subject to each award, the vesting schedule, the method and procedure to exercise vested awards, restrictions on transfer of awards and any shares acquired pursuant to the exercise of an option, and the other terms of each award. The exercise price per ordinary share covered by any option or stock appreciation right must be at least equal to the fair market value of one ordinary share on the date of grant.
The Committee will specify in the grant agreement for an option or stock appreciation right the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, the option or stock appreciation right or any portion thereof will become vested and exercisable, provided, however, that no option that is intended to qualify as an incentive stock option may be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant. Each award will be subject to earlier vesting, expiration, cancellation or termination as provided in the 2021 Equity Plan or in the relevant grant agreement.
Restricted Stock Awards
The Committee may grant stock restricted stock awards to participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will specify the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, an award of restricted stock or a portion thereof will become vested and no longer be forfeitable and the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, any such award or portion thereof will become vested. Participants who receive restricted stock awards will generally have all the rights of a shareholder, including the right to vote the shares. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, any dividends paid on unvested restricted stock awards will be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the shares to which the dividends or distributions relate.
Stock Unit Awards
The Committee may grant stock unit awards to participants. The Committee, in its sole discretion, will specify the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, a stock unit award will vest and be settled. Participants who receive stock unit awards will not have the rights of a shareholder unless and until the shares have been actually issued to the Participants. The Committee in its discretion is authorized to provide for dividend equivalents on stock unit awards and such dividend equivalents will generally be subject to the same restrictions and risk of forfeiture as the underlying stock unit award.
Other Stock-Based Awards
The Committee may from time to time grant shares of stock and other awards that are valued by reference to and/or payable in whole or in part in shares under the 2021 Equity Plan. The Committee will determine the terms and conditions of any other stock-based awards consistent with the terms and purposes of the 2021 Equity Plan.
Performance-Based Awards
The Committee may provide for any award to be a performance-based award by establishing one or more measures of corporate, business unit or individual performance that must be attained, and the performance period over which the specified performance is to be attained, as a condition to the grant, vesting, exercisability, lapse of restrictions and/or settlement in cash or shares of such award. The Committee will determine the level of achievement of the applicable performance conditions at the conclusion of the performance period, and shall have the authority to provide for the modification of a performance period and/or an adjustment or waiver of the achievement of performance measures under specified circumstance.
Shareholder Rights
Except as otherwise expressly specified in the 2021 Equity Plan or in a grant agreement, no participant will have any rights as a shareholder with respect to any of our ordinary shares covered by or relating to any
 
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
award granted pursuant to the 2021 Equity Plan until the date a participant becomes the registered owner of such ordinary shares.
Amendment and Termination
The board of directors may at any time terminate, suspend or amend the 2021 Equity Plan. No termination, suspension or amendment of the 2021 Equity Plan may materially impair the rights of any participant under a previously granted award without the participant’s consent, unless such action is necessary to comply with applicable law or stock exchange rules.
Change in Control
In the event of a change in control of the Company, the surviving or successor entity may continue, assume or replace awards outstanding as of the change in control. For purposes of the 2021 Equity Plan, an award will be considered assumed or replaced if, in connection with the change in control, the contractual obligations represented by the award are expressly assumed by the surviving or successor entity (or its parent), with appropriate adjustments to reflect the transaction, or the participant has received a comparable equity-based award that preserves the intrinsic value of the award exiting at the time of the change in control and contains terms and conditions that are substantially similar to those of the award. Following a change in control, a participant’s outstanding awards will vest if the participant experiences an involuntary termination of employment other than for cause within the first year following the change in control.
If there is a change in control of the Company and the acquiring entity or successor to the Company does not assume the outstanding awards or replace them with substantially equivalent awards, then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee or set forth in an individual’s grant agreement, all outstanding options and stock appreciation rights will vest, and the restrictions on all restricted stock awards and restricted stock units will lapse. The Committee also have authority to provide for the cash-out and cancellation of awards that are not continued, assumed or replaced in the event of a change in control
Transferability
Awards granted under the 2021 Equity Plan are generally nontransferable (other than by will or the laws of descent and distribution).
Employee Stock Purchase Plan
On October 7, 2021, the Board approved the adoption of the FGI Industries Ltd. Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”). The ESPP was approved by our stockholders on October 7, 2021, and will become effective on the effective date of the Company’s registration statement on Form S-1 for the initial public offering of its ordinary shares. The ESPP will offer eligible employees the opportunity to acquire a stock ownership interest in the Company through periodic payroll deductions that will be applied towards the purchase of ordinary shares at a discount from the then-current market price.
The following summarizes the material features of the ESPP, but does not include all of the provisions of the ESPP. For further information about the ESPP Plan, we refer you to the complete text of the ESPP, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Administration
The ESPP will be administered by the compensation committee (the “Committee”) The Committee has full authority to adopt rules and procedures to administer the ESPP, to interpret the provisions of the ESPP, to determine the terms and conditions of offerings under the ESPP, to designate which of our subsidiaries may participate in the ESPP, and to adopt rules, procedures and sub-plans to permit employees of our foreign subsidiaries to participate in the ESPP on a basis not intended to comply with Code Section 423. All costs and expenses incurred in ESPP administration are paid by the Company.
Available Shares
The maximum number of shares that may be sold by the Company under the ESPP will be 500,000 shares, plus an automatic annual increase in such amount on January 1 of each year beginning in 2022 and
 
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
ending on (and including) January 1, 2031 equal to the lesser of: (i) 1% of the total number of shares outstanding as of December 31 of the immediately preceding calendar year, or (ii) 300,000 shares, unless the Board determines that any annual increase shall be for a number of shares that is less than the number of shares determined by the application of clauses (i) and (ii). If the purchases by all participants in an offering period would otherwise cause the aggregate number of shares to be sold under the ESPP to exceed the then-applicable available shares under the ESPP, each participant in that offering period shall be allocated a ratable portion of the remaining number of shares which may be sold under the ESPP.
Eligibility and Participation
The Company expects that any individual employed by the Company or any participating parent or subsidiary corporation (including any corporation which subsequently becomes such at any time during the term of the ESPP) who is customarily expected to work at least 20 hours per week is eligible to participate in the ESPP. As of the date of this registration statement, we estimate that approximately 130 employees, including our 3 named executive officers, would be eligible to participate in the ESPP.
Eligible employees will be able to enroll in the ESPP and begin participating at the start of any purchase period.
Purchase Periods and Purchase Dates
Ordinary shares will be offered under the ESPP through a series of offerings, each of which consists of offering periods of such duration (up to 27 months, or such longer period as may be permitted under Section 423 of the Code) as the Committee may prescribe. We currently expect that our shares will be offered under the ESPP through a series of successive six-month purchase periods that will commence on the first day of January and July each year. Purchases under the ESPP will occur on the last trading day of June and December each year.
Purchase Price
The purchase price of ordinary shares acquired on each purchase date will be no less than 85% of the lower of (i) the closing market price per ordinary share on the first day of the applicable purchase period or (ii) the closing market price per ordinary share on the purchase date at the end of the applicable six-month purchase period.
Payroll Deductions and Stock Purchases
Each participant may authorize periodic payroll deductions in any multiple of 1% of his or her eligible earnings each purchase period (up to a maximum of 15% of eligible compensation each purchase period, or such other maximum as the Committee may determine from time to time). The accumulated deductions will automatically be applied on each purchase date to the purchase of ordinary shares of at the purchase price in effect for that purchase date. For purposes of the ESPP, eligible compensation generally includes the total cash compensation (including wages, salary, commission, bonus, and overtime earnings) paid by the Company or any affiliate to a participant in accordance with the participant’s terms of employment, but excludes employer contributions to a 401(k) or other retirement plan, any expense reimbursements or allowances, or any income (whether paid in shares or cash) realized by the participant as a result of participation in any equity-based compensation plan of the Company or any affiliate.
Special Limitations
The ESPP imposes certain limitations upon a participant’s right to acquire ordinary shares, including the following:

Purchase rights may not be granted to any individual who owns stock (including stock purchasable under any outstanding purchase rights) possessing 5% or more of the total combined voting power or value of all classes of our stock or the stock of any of our subsidiaries.

A participant may not be granted rights to purchase more than $25,000 worth of ordinary shares (valued at the time each purchase right is granted) for each calendar year in which such purchase rights are outstanding.
 
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

No participant may purchase more than 5,000 ordinary shares of on any one purchase date.
Termination or Modification of Purchase Rights
A participant may withdraw from the ESPP at any time, and his or her accumulated payroll deductions will be promptly refunded. A participant’s purchase right will immediately terminate upon his or her cessation of employment for any reason. Any payroll deductions that the participant may have made for the purchase period in which such cessation of employment occurs will be refunded and will not be applied to the purchase of ordinary shares.
Special Provisions Applicable to Employees of Foreign Subsidiaries
The ESPP authorizes the Committee to adopt rules, procedures or subplans relating to the operation and administration of the ESPP to accommodate the specific requirements of local laws and procedures outside the United States.
Stockholder Rights
No participant will have any stockholder rights with respect to the shares covered by his or her purchase rights until the shares are actually purchased on the participant’s behalf through the ESPP.
Transferability
No purchase rights will be assignable or transferable by the participant, except by will or the laws of inheritance following a participant’s death.
Corporate Transactions
If the Company is acquired by merger or through the sale of all or substantially all its assets, the Board may provide that (i) each right to acquire shares on any purchase date scheduled to occur after the date of the consummation of the acquisition transaction shall be continued or assumed or an equivalent right shall be substituted by the surviving or successor corporation or its parent or subsidiary; (ii) the ESPP shall be terminated; or (iii) the purchase period then in progress shall be shortened by setting a new purchase date.
Share Proration
Should the total number of ordinary shares to be purchased pursuant to outstanding purchase rights on any particular purchase date exceed the number of shares remaining available for issuance under the ESPP at that time, then the Committee will make a pro-rata allocation of the available shares on a uniform and nondiscriminatory basis, and the payroll deductions of each participant not used to purchase shares will be refunded.
Amendment and Termination
The ESPP may be terminated at any time by the Board, and will terminate upon the date on which all shares remaining available for issuance under the ESPP are sold pursuant to exercised purchase rights. The Board may at any time amend or suspend the ESPP. However, the Board may not, without stockholder approval, amend the ESPP to (i) increase the number of shares issuable under the ESPP or increase the rate of automatic annual increase in the number of shares reserved under the ESPP, or (ii) effect any other change in the ESPP that would require stockholder approval under applicable law or to maintain compliance with Code Section 423.
Director Compensation
As the Company was incorporated on May 26, 2021, no compensation was paid to any directors for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020. Our board of directors will adopt a non-management director compensation policy following the completion of this offering as described below.
Following the completion of the offering, we will pay our non-employee directors $40,000 in cash annually, along with an annual equity award in an amount to be determined by the compensation committee
 
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
from time to time. The annual equity awards will vest at the earlier of (i) the next annual meeting or (ii) one year from the date of grant. The chairs of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees will receive an additional $10,000 in cash annually, and the audit committee chair will receive an additional $15,000 in cash annually. Members of each committee other than the chair will receive an additional $3,000 in cash annually.
 
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Reorganization
In connection with the Reorganization and prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into several supply, manufacturing and purchase agreements with Foremost and its affiliates.
As described under the heading “Reorganization” in Note 1 to our Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements, we and our affiliates have entered into a series of contribution agreements to complete the Reorganization, pursuant to which: (i) FGI USA, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, contributed 100% of the issued and outstanding equity of Foremost Kingbetter Food Equipment, Inc. (“FKB”) to our parent, Foremost, (ii) Foremost contributed 100% of the issued and outstanding equity of FKB to Foremost Home, Inc., and (iii) Foremost contributed 100% of the issued and outstanding equity of FGI USA, FGI Europe Investment Limited (British Virgin Islands) and FGI International (HK) (Hong Kong) to us.
Shared Services Agreements
Prior to the consummation of this offering, FGI USA will enter into the FHI Shared Services Agreement with FHI, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost, the largest holder of our ordinary shares. Pursuant to the FHI Shared Services Agreement, FGI USA provides FHI with general and administrative services, information technology systems services and human resources services, as well as warehouse space services and supply chain services in the United States. Under the FHI Shared Services Agreement, FHI will reimburse any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees incurred by FGI USA as well as pay a service fee for each service. For warehouse services, FHI will pay FGI USA a $500,000 annual fee as well as a fee equal to 4% of gross product sales of all products stored in such warehouses. For all other services provided, FHI will pay a service fee equal to the total costs incurred by FGI USA for such service generally divided by the number of FHI employees relative to FGI USA employees. The FHI Shared Services Agreement has an initial term of one year and will renew automatically unless cancelled by either party upon the giving of at least 60 days in advance of the expiration of the then-current term.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, the Company will enter into the Worldwide Shared Services Agreement with Foremost Worldwide, a wholly-owned unconsolidated subsidiary of Foremost, pursuant to which Foremost Worldwide provides FGI USA with general and administrative services, information technology system services and human resources services in Taiwan. The terms of the Worldwide Services Agreement as between the service provider and recipient are substantially identical to those of the FHI Shared Services Agreement, including service fee and termination provisions, with Foremost Worldwide providing services and FGI USA paying Foremost Worldwide for such services.
Sourcing and Purchase Agreements
Prior to the consummation of this offering, the Company will enter into a Global Sourcing Agreement with Foremost Worldwide, pursuant to which Foremost Worldwide would source and sell products to the Company, including wooden furniture, cabinetry and shower systems for the bath and kitchen markets. Foremost Worldwide will source manufacturers and negotiate non-binding pricing for such products on behalf of the Company. The Company will pay Foremost Worldwide a commission of 2.5% for all products purchased pursuant to the agreement.
Prior to the consummation of this offering, our wholly-owned subsidiary FGI International will enter into a Sales and Purchase Agreement with Foremost, pursuant to which Foremost will purchase certain products from FGI International, including vitreous china products. The purchases by Foremost will be at a 2.5% mark-up above FGI International’s purchase cost.
Indemnification Agreements
We have entered or intend to enter into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and officers. These indemnification agreements may require us, among other things, to indemnify our directors and officers for certain expenses, including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by a director or officer in any action or proceeding arising out of his or her service as one of our directors
 
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
or officers, or any of our subsidiaries or any other company or enterprise to which the person provides services at our request. For more information regarding these indemnification agreements, see “Management — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors.”
Registration Rights Agreement
In connection with this offering, we intend to enter into a registration rights agreement with Foremost. This agreement will provide Foremost, and its permitted transferees, with “demand” registrations, which will require us to register Foremost’s resale of shares of our ordinary shares under the Securities Act of 1933. Foremost will also be entitled to customary “piggyback” registration rights and entitled to participate on a pro rata basis in any registration of an offering of our ordinary shares under the Securities Act that we may undertake. The registration rights agreement will also require us to maintain an effective shelf registration statement with respect to shares registered pursuant to the registration rights agreement, require that we will pay certain expenses relating to such registrations and require that we indemnify the shareholder against certain liabilities which may arise under the Securities Act of 1933. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Registration Rights.”
Potential Support of Foremost Operations
From time to time after the completion of this offering, FGI may provide loans or other operational support to Foremost to assist Foremost in capital expenditures or other efforts related to the manufacturing services that Foremost provides to FGI. Any such loan or other transaction would be subject to review and approval under the Company’s related party transaction policy described below, and would be expected to be on arm’s length terms and market interest rates.
Policies and Procedures for Related Party Transactions
Our board of directors will adopt a written related party transaction policy, to be effective upon the completion of this offering, setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of related-party transactions. This policy will cover any transaction, arrangement or relationship or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we were or are to be a participant and a related party had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, as determined by the audit committee of our board of directors, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related party or entities in which the related party has a material interest, and indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness or employment by us of a related party.
Except as described under “Potential Support of Foremost Operations”, all related party transactions described in this section occurred prior to adoption of this policy and as such, these transactions were not subject to the approval and review procedures set forth in the policy. However, these transactions were reviewed and approved by our board of directors.
 
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS
The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of November 11, 2021 and as adjusted to reflect the sale of our ordinary shares offered by us in this offering, for:

each shareholder known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

each of our directors;

each of our named executive officers; and

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
In accordance with the rules of the SEC, beneficial ownership includes voting or investment power with respect to securities and includes the shares issuable pursuant to stock options that are exercisable within 60 days of November 11, 2021. Shares issuable pursuant to stock options are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding such options but are not outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “Before Offering” is based on ordinary shares outstanding as of November 11, 2021 and includes ordinary shares subject to repurchase by us. The percentage ownership information under the column titled “After Offering” is based on the sale of          ordinary shares in this offering (assuming an initial public offering price of  $     per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus). The percentage ownership information assumes no exercise of (i) the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares or (ii) the warrants to purchase ordinary shares at an exercise price per share equal to the initial public offering price per share, or $    , based on the assumed initial public offering price, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, that will be issued to the underwriters in connection with this offering.
Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table the persons or entities named have sole voting and investment power with respect to all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by them, and the address for each person or entity listed in the table is FGI Industries Ltd., 906 Murray Road, East Hanover, NJ 07869.
Name of Beneficial Owner
Before Offering
After Offering
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Number of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Percentage of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
Greater than 5% Shareholders:
Foremost Groups Ltd.(1)
6,816,250 97.4% 6,816,250    %
Directors and Named Executive Officers:
David Bruce
* *
John Chen
* *
Perry Lin
* *
Todd Heysse
* *
Kellie Zesch Weir
* *
Jae Chung
* *
Directors and executive officers as (9 persons)
* *
*
Represents less than 1% of outstanding ordinary shares.
(1)
Supreme Dragon Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (“Supreme Dragon”), owns 39.75% of the equity interest in Foremost Groups Ltd. (“Foremost”). JC Gardeners LLC, a Nevada limited liability company (“JC Gardeners”), owns 100% of the equity interests in Supreme Dragon. Chen Family Trust, a Nevada trust, owns 100% of the equity interests in JC Gardeners. Mr. Liang Chou Chen, a private investor located in New Jersey, is (a) the Manager of JC Gardeners and is authorized to vote and dispose of the equity holdings in Supreme Dragon held by JC Gardeners, (b) the grantor and investment
 
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
trustee of the Chen Family Trust and is authorized to vote and dispose of the equity interests in Supreme Dragon held by the Chen Family Trust; and, therefore, (c) indirectly authorized to vote and dispose of all of the equity interests in Foremost held by Supreme Dragon. Golden Summit Holdings Limited, a British Virgin Islands company (“Golden Summit”), owns 10.0% of the equity interests in Foremost. Mr. Chen is the sole director of Golden Summit and is authorized to vote and dispose of all of the equity interests in Foremost held by Golden Summit. Thus, Mr. Chen is authorized to vote and dispose of an aggregate of 49.75% of Foremost’s voting power.
 
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following description summarizes the most important terms of our share capital. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all the information that may be important to you. For a complete description, you should refer to our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part, and the applicable provisions of the Companies Act (Revised), as amended (the “Companies Act”).
Ordinary shares
General.   All the issued and outstanding ordinary shares are fully paid and nonassessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. The ordinary shares are issued when registered in the register of our shareholders. The ordinary shares are not entitled to any sinking fund or pre-emptive or redemption rights. Our shareholders may freely hold and vote their shares.
Voting Rights.   Each ordinary share is entitled to one vote on all matters upon which the ordinary shares are entitled to vote, including the election of directors. There is no provision for cumulative voting with regard to the election of directors. Voting at any meeting of shareholders is by show of hands, unless a poll is (before or on the declaration of the result of the show of hands) demanded by one or more shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote and who together hold not less than 10 % of the paid up voting share capital of the Company.
Quorum.   The required quorum for a meeting of our shareholders consists of a number of shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote that represents the holders of not less than an aggregate of one-third of all of our issued voting share capital. We hold annual general meetings of shareholders at such times and places as the board of directors may determine. In addition, the board of directors may convene a general meeting of shareholders at any time upon seven calendar days’ notice. Further, general meetings (other than the annual general meeting) may also be convened upon written requisition of shareholders holding not less than one-third of issued voting share capital, which requisition must state the object for the general meeting.
Approval.   Subject to the quorum requirements referred to in the paragraph above, except in respect of matters relating to the election of directors and as otherwise provided in our articles of association or required by law, any ordinary resolution to be made by the shareholders requires the affirmative vote of a simple majority of the votes attaching to the ordinary shares cast in a general meeting, while a special resolution requires the affirmative vote of 66 2/3% of the votes cast attaching to the ordinary shares. A special resolution is required for matters such as a change of name, amending our memorandum and articles of association and placing us into voluntary liquidation.
Dividends.   The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors. Dividends may be paid only out of profits, which include net earnings and retained earnings undistributed in prior years, and out of share premium, a concept analogous to paid-in surplus in the United States, subject to a statutory solvency test.
Liquidation.   If we are to be liquidated, the liquidator may, with the approval of the shareholders, divide among the shareholders in cash or in kind the whole or any part of our assets, may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the shareholders or different classes of shareholders, and may vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the shareholders as the liquidator, with the approval of the shareholders, sees fit, provided that a shareholder shall not be compelled to accept any shares or other assets which would subject the shareholder to liability.
Miscellaneous.   Share certificates registered in the names of two or more persons are deliverable to any one of them named in the share register, and if two or more such persons tender a vote, the vote of the person whose name first appears in the share register will be accepted to the exclusion of any other.
Preference Shares
Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association authorize 10,000,000 preference shares and provide that preference shares may be issued from time to time in one or more series. Our board
 
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
of directors will be authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers, preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series. Our board of directors will be able to, without shareholder approval, issue preference shares with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the ordinary shares and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of our board of directors to issue preference shares without shareholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control of us or the removal of existing management. We have no preference shares issued and outstanding at the date hereof. Although we do not currently intend to issue any preference shares, we cannot assure you that we will not do so in the future. No preference shares are being issued or registered in this offering.
Representative’s Warrants
We have agreed to, upon the closing of this offering, including upon the closing of any offering of ordinary shares sold to cover over allotments, issue to the representative or the representative’s designee(s), to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to 2% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this public offering. The representative’s warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis at a price equal to the initial offering price to the public. The representative’s warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-1∕2-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.
Comparison of Cayman Islands Corporate Law and U.S. Corporate Law
Cayman Islands companies are governed by the Companies Act. The Companies Act is modeled on English Law but does not follow recent English Law statutory enactments, and differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the material differences between the provisions of the Companies Act applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the United States and their shareholders.
Mergers and Similar Arrangements.   In certain circumstances the Cayman Islands Companies Act allows for mergers or consolidations between two Cayman Islands companies, or between a Cayman Islands company and a company incorporated in another jurisdiction (provided that is facilitated by the laws of that other jurisdiction).
Where the merger or consolidation is between two Cayman Islands companies, the directors of each company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation containing certain prescribed information. That plan or merger or consolidation must then be authorized by either (i) a special resolution (usually a majority of 66 2/3 % in value) of the shareholders of each company; or (ii) such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association. A shareholder has the right to vote on a merger or consolidation regardless of whether the shares that such shareholder holds otherwise give him, her or it voting rights. No shareholder resolution is required for a merger between a parent company (i.e., a company that owns at least 90% of the issued shares of each class in a subsidiary company) and its subsidiary company. The consent of each holder of a fixed or floating security interest of a constituent company must be obtained, unless the court waives such requirement. If the Cayman Islands Registrar of Companies is satisfied that the requirements of the Companies Act (which includes certain other formalities) have been complied with, the Registrar of Companies will register the plan of merger or consolidation.
Where the merger or consolidation involves a foreign company, the procedure is similar, save that with respect to the foreign company, the board of directors of the Cayman Islands company is required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, the board is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the merger or consolidation is permitted or not prohibited by the constitutional documents of the foreign company and by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the foreign company is incorporated, and that those laws and any requirements of those constitutional documents have been or will be complied with; (ii) that no petition or other similar proceeding has been filed and remains outstanding or order made or resolution adopted to wind up or liquidate the foreign company in any jurisdictions; (iii) that no receiver, trustee, administrator or other similar person has been appointed in any jurisdiction and is acting in respect of the foreign company, its affairs or its property or any part thereof;
 
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
(iv) that no scheme, order, compromise or other similar arrangement has been entered into or made in any jurisdiction whereby the rights of creditors of the foreign company are and continue to be suspended or restricted.
Where the surviving company is the Cayman Islands company, the board of directors of the Cayman Islands company is further required to make a declaration to the effect that, having made due enquiry, the board is of the opinion that the requirements set out below have been met: (i) that the foreign company is able to pay its debts as they fall due and that the merger or consolidated is bona fide and not intended to defraud unsecured creditors of the foreign company; (ii) that in respect of the transfer of any security interest granted by the foreign company to the surviving or consolidated company (a) consent or approval to the transfer has been obtained, released or waived; (b) the transfer is permitted by and has been approved in accordance with the constitutional documents of the foreign company; and (c) the laws of the jurisdiction of the foreign company with respect to the transfer have been or will be complied with; (iii) that the foreign company will, upon the merger or consolidation becoming effective, cease to be incorporated, registered or exist under the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction; and (iv) that there is no other reason why it would be against the public interest to permit the merger or consolidation.
Where the above procedures are adopted, the Companies Act provides for a right of dissenting shareholders to receive a payment of the fair value of his, her or its shares upon their dissenting to the merger or consolidation if they follow a prescribed procedure. In essence, that procedure is as follows (i) the shareholder must give his, her or its written objection to the merger or consolidation to the constituent company before the vote on the merger or consolidation, including a statement that the shareholder proposes to demand payment for his, her or its shares if the merger or consolidation is authorized by the vote; (ii) within 20 days following the date on which the merger or consolidation is approved by the shareholders, the constituent company must give written notice to each shareholder who made a written objection; (iii) a shareholder must within 20 days following receipt of such notice from the constituent company, give the constituent company a written notice of his, her or its intention to dissent including, among other details, a demand for payment of the fair value of his, her or its shares; (iv) within seven days following the date of the expiration of the period set out in paragraph (ii) above or seven days following the date on which the plan of merger or consolidation is filed, whichever is later, the constituent company, the surviving company or the consolidated company must make a written offer to each dissenting shareholder to purchase his, her or its shares at a price that the company determines is the fair value and if the company and the shareholder agree the price within 30 days following the date on which the offer was made, the company must pay the shareholder such amount; (v) if the company and the shareholder fail to agree a price within such 30 day period, within 20 days following the date on which such 30 day period expires, the company (and any dissenting shareholder) must file a petition with the Cayman Islands Grand Court to determine the fair value and such petition must be accompanied by a list of the names and addresses of the dissenting shareholders with whom agreements as to the fair value of their shares have not been reached by the company. At the hearing of that petition, the court has the power to determine the fair value of the shares together with a fair rate of interest, if any, to be paid by the company upon the amount determined to be the fair value. Any dissenting shareholder whose name appears on the list filed by the company may participate fully in all proceedings until the determination of fair value is reached. These rights of a dissenting shareholder are not available in certain circumstances, for example, to dissenters holding shares of any class in respect of which an open market exists on a recognized stock exchange or recognized interdealer quotation system at the relevant date or where the consideration for such shares to be contributed are shares of any company listed on a national securities exchange or shares of the surviving or consolidated company.
Moreover, Cayman Islands law also has separate statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction or amalgamation of companies in certain circumstances, schemes of arrangement will generally be more suited for complex mergers or other transactions involving widely held companies, commonly referred to in the Cayman Islands as a “scheme of arrangement” which may be tantamount to a merger. In the event that a merger was sought pursuant to a scheme of arrangement (the procedure of which are more rigorous and take longer to complete than the procedures typically required to consummate a merger in the United States), the arrangement in question must be approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meeting summoned for that purpose. The convening of
 
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the meetings and subsequently the terms of the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands. While a dissenting shareholder would have the right to express to the court the view that the transaction should not be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it satisfies itself that:

we are not proposing to act illegally or beyond the scope of our corporate authority and the statutory provisions as to majority vote have been complied with;

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

the arrangement is such as a businessman would reasonably approve; and

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Companies Act or that would amount to a “fraud on the minority.”
If a scheme of arrangement or takeover offer (as described below) is approved, any dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of United States corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.
Squeeze-out Provisions.   When a takeover offer is made and accepted by holders of 90% of the shares to whom the offer is made within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith, collusion or inequitable treatment of the shareholders.
Further, transactions similar to a merger, reconstruction and/or an amalgamation may in some circumstances be achieved through other means to these statutory provisions, such as a share capital exchange, asset acquisition or control, through contractual arrangements, of an operating business.
Shareholders’ Suits.   Our Cayman Islands counsel is not aware of any reported class action having been brought in a Cayman Islands court. Derivative actions have been brought in the Cayman Islands courts, and the Cayman Islands courts have confirmed the availability for such actions. In most cases, we will be the proper plaintiff in any claim based on a breach of duty owed to us, and a claim against (for example) our officers or directors usually may not be brought by a shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority and be applied by a court in the Cayman Islands, exceptions to the foregoing principle apply in circumstances in which:

a company is acting, or proposing to act, illegally or beyond the scope of its authority;

the act complained of, although not beyond the scope of the authority, could only be effected if duly authorized by more than the number of votes which have actually been obtained; or

those who control the company are perpetrating a “fraud on the minority.”
A shareholder may have a direct right of action against us where the individual rights of that shareholder have been infringed or are about to be infringed.
Listing
We have applied to list our ordinary shares on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “FGI”.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is Continental Stock Trading & Trust Company.
 
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of our ordinary shares in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price for our ordinary shares. Furthermore, since only a limited number of shares will be available for sale shortly after this offering because of contractual and legal restrictions on resale described below, sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares in the public market after the restrictions lapse could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our ordinary shares as well as our ability to raise equity capital in the future. Based on the number of ordinary shares outstanding as of        , 2021 (assuming the Reorganization happened on such date), upon the completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional ordinary shares, and no exercise of outstanding options or warrants, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately          ordinary shares. All of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable unless purchased by our “affiliates” as such term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act or purchased by existing shareholders and their affiliated entities that are subject to lock-up agreements. All remaining ordinary shares held by existing shareholders immediately prior to the consummation of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as such term is defined in Rule 144. These restricted securities were issued and sold in private transactions and are eligible for public sale only if the public resale is registered under the Securities Act or if the proposed transaction qualifies for an exemption from registration under the Securities Act, including the exemptions provided by Rule 144 or Rule 701 of the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below.
As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the provisions of Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, based on the number of our ordinary shares outstanding as of        , 2021 (assuming the Reorganization happened on such date), the remaining ordinary shares will generally become for sale in the public market are as follows:
Approximate Number of Shares
First Date Available for Sale on the Public Markets
        shares 181 days after the date of this prospectus, upon expiration of the lock-up agreements referred to below, subject in some cases to applicable volume, manner of sale and other limitations under Rule 144 and Rule 701.
We may issue ordinary shares from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions, investments or other corporate purposes.
In the event that any such acquisition, investment or other transaction is significant, the number of ordinary shares that we may issue may in turn be significant. We may also grant registration rights covering those ordinary shares issued in connection with any such acquisition and investment. In addition, the ordinary shares reserved for future issuance under our 2021 Equity Plan will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent permitted by the provisions of various vesting schedules, the lock-up agreements, a registration statement under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration, including Rule 144 and Rule 701.
Rule 144
In general, pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act, beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, any person who is and has not been an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale and has held their shares for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, provided current public information about us is available. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not an affiliate of ours at any time during the three months preceding a sale and has held their shares for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares immediately following the completion of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.
Beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, a person who is an affiliate of ours and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of restricted shares within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of:
 
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

1% of the number of ordinary shares then outstanding, which will equal approximately ordinary shares upon the completion of this offering; or

the average weekly trading volume of our ordinary shares on The Nasdaq Capital Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales of restricted shares under Rule 144 held by our “affiliates” are also subject to requirements regarding the manner of sale, notice and the availability of current public information about us. Rule 144 also provides that affiliates relying on Rule 144 to sell our ordinary shares that are not restricted shares must nonetheless comply with the same restrictions applicable to restricted shares, other than the holding period requirement. Notwithstanding the availability of Rule 144, the holders of substantially all of our restricted securities have entered into lock-up agreements as referenced above and their restricted securities will become eligible for sale (subject to the above limitations under Rule 144) upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.
Rule 701
Pursuant to Rule 701 under the Securities Act, ordinary shares acquired upon the exercise of currently outstanding options or pursuant to other rights granted under our stock incentive plans may be resold by:

persons other than “affiliates,” beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject only to the manner-of-sale provisions of Rule 144; and

Our “affiliates,” beginning 90 days after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, subject to the manner-of-sale and volume limitations, current public information and filing requirements of Rule 144, in each case, without compliance with the six-month holding period requirement of Rule 144.
Lock-Up Agreements
We, along with our directors, executive officers and substantially all of our other shareholders, have agreed with the underwriters that for the period from the date of the lock-up agreement continuing through the date 180 days after the date of this prospectus we and they will not sell, offer to sell, contract to sell or lend, effect any short sale or establish or increase any put equivalent position or liquidate or decrease any call equivalent position, pledge, hypothecate, grant any security interest in or in any other way transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares, or enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers to another, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our ordinary shares.
After this offering, certain of our employees, including our executive officers and/or directors may enter into written trading plans that are intended to comply with Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act. Sales under these trading plans would not be permitted until the expiration of the lock-up agreements relating to the offering described above.
Registration Rights
Following the expiration of the lock-up period, certain shareholders will have the right, subject to certain conditions, to require us to register the sale of their ordinary shares under federal securities laws. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions — Registration Rights Agreement.”
Equity Incentive Plans
We intend to file with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the ordinary shares reserved for issuance under our 2021 Equity Plan. The registration statement is expected to be filed and become effective upon the consummation of this offering. Accordingly, shares registered under the registration statement will be available for sale in the open market following its effective date, subject to vesting restrictions, Rule 144 volume limitations and the lock-up agreements described above, if applicable.
 
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax consequences to the U.S. Holders, as defined below, of owning and disposing of our ordinary shares. It does not describe all tax considerations that may be relevant to a particular person’s decision to acquire our ordinary shares. This discussion applies only to a U.S. Holder that purchases our ordinary shares in connection with this offering and holds such ordinary shares as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code, and this discussion applies only to such ordinary shares. This discussion is general in nature and it does not describe all of the U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be relevant in light of the U.S. Holder’s particular circumstances, including the potential application of the Medicare contribution tax, estate or gift tax consequences, any tax consequences other than U.S. federal income tax consequences, and tax consequences applicable to U.S. Holders subject to special rules, such as:

certain financial institutions and insurance companies;

regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts and real estate mortgage investment conduits;

dealers or traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting;

persons holding ordinary shares as part of a hedging transaction, straddle, wash sale, conversion transaction or other integrated transaction or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to ordinary shares;

persons whose functional currency for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not the U.S. dollar;

entities classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes or other pass-through entities or investors in such entities;

tax-exempt entities, including an “individual retirement account” or “Roth IRA”;

any persons directly or indirectly acquiring ordinary shares in connection with the performance of services;

individuals subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the Code;

persons who hold our ordinary shares on behalf other persons as nominees;

persons that own or are deemed to own ten percent or more of our ordinary shares (by vote or value), including the shares that are subject to this offering;

S corporations; or

persons holding ordinary shares in connection with a trade or business conducted outside of the United States.
If an entity (or other arrangement) that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds ordinary shares, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner thereof will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. Partnerships holding ordinary shares and partners in such partnerships should consult their tax advisers as to the particular U.S. federal income tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares.
This discussion is based on the Code, administrative pronouncements, judicial decisions, final, temporary and proposed Treasury regulations, all as of the date hereof, any of which is subject to change or differing interpretations, possibly with retroactive effect, so as to result in U.S. federal income tax consequences different from those discussed below. We have not sought, and do not expect to seek, any ruling from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”) with respect to the statements made and the conclusions reached in the following summary, and there can be no assurance that the Service or a court would agree with our statements and conclusions or that a court would not sustain any challenge by the Service in the event of litigation.
A “U.S. Holder” is a holder who, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares and who is:

a citizen or individual resident of the United States;
 
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

a corporation, or other entity treated as a corporation, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state therein or the District of Columbia;

an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

a trust if either (1) a court within the U.S. is able to exercise primary jurisdiction over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust, or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury Regulations to be treated as a “United States person” ​(as defined in Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code, a “U.S. person”).
THIS SUMMARY IS FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY, AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE, AND SHOULD NOT BE CONSTRUED TO BE, LEGAL OR TAX ADVICE TO ANY PARTICULAR HOLDER. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS WITH REGARD TO THE APPLICATION OF THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX LAWS, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF U.S. NON-INCOME TAX LAWS AND THE LAWS OF ANY STATE, LOCAL OR NON-U.S. JURISDICTION, IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR SITUATION.
Taxation of Distributions
As discussed above under “Dividend Policy”, we do not expect to make distributions on our ordinary shares in the near future. In the event that we do make distributions of cash or other property, distributions paid on our ordinary shares will generally be treated as “dividends” to the extent paid out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits (each as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If and for so long as our ordinary shares are listed on an established securities market in the United States, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be eligible for taxation as “qualified dividend income” if certain requirements are met. Therefore, subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate U.S. Holders may be taxable at rates not in excess of the long-term capital gain rate applicable to such U.S. Holders. U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate on dividends in their particular circumstances. The amount of the dividend will be treated as foreign-source dividend income to U.S. Holders and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally available to U.S. corporations under the Code. Dividends will generally be included in a U.S. Holder’s income on the date of the U.S. Holder’s receipt of the dividend. The amount of any dividend income paid in a functional currency other than the U.S. dollar will be the U.S. dollar amount calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date of actual or constructive receipt, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into U.S. dollars at that time. If the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars on the date of receipt, a U.S. Holder should not be required to recognize foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. A U.S. Holder may have foreign currency gain or loss if the dividend is converted into U.S. dollars after the date of receipt.
Sale, Exchange or Other Taxable Disposition of Ordinary Shares
Gain or loss realized on the sale or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares will be capital gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the U.S. Holder held the ordinary shares for more than one year. The amount of the gain or loss will equal the difference between the U.S. Holder’s tax basis in the ordinary shares disposed of and the amount realized on the disposition, in each case as determined in U.S. dollars. This gain or loss will generally be U.S.-source gain or loss for foreign tax credit purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to various limitations.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Payments of dividends and sales proceeds that are made within the United States or through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries generally are subject to information reporting, and may be subject to backup withholding, unless (i) the U.S. Holder is a corporation or other exempt recipient or (ii) in the case of backup withholding, the U.S. Holder provides a correct taxpayer identification number and certifies that it is not subject to backup withholding.
 
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a U.S. Holder will be allowed as a credit against the U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability and may entitle it to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the Service.
Information Reporting With Respect to Foreign Financial Assets
Certain U.S. Holders who are individuals and certain entities may be required to report information relating to an interest in our ordinary shares, subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for ordinary shares held in accounts maintained by certain U.S. financial institutions). U.S. Holders should consult their tax advisers regarding whether or not they are obligated to report information relating to their ownership and disposition of ordinary shares.
 
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
UNDERWRITING
We are offering the ordinary shares described in this prospectus through the underwriters listed below. Subject to the terms of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below have agreed to buy, severally and not jointly, the number of ordinary shares listed opposite their names below. The underwriters are committed to purchase and pay for all of the shares if any are purchased, other than those shares covered by the over-allotment option described below. The Benchmark Company, LLC is acting as the lead managing underwriter of this offering and representative of the underwriters.
Underwriter
Number
of Shares
The Benchmark Company, LLC
Northland Securities, Inc.
   
Total
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to initially offer the ordinary shares to the public at a price of $      per share. The underwriters propose to offer the ordinary shares to certain dealers at the same price less a concession of not more than $      per share, of which up to $      per share may be reallowed to other dealers. After the initial offering, these figures may be changed by the underwriters.
The shares sold in this offering are expected to be ready for delivery against payment in immediately available funds on or about                 , 2021, subject to customary closing conditions. The underwriters may reject all or part of any order.
We have granted to the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                 ordinary shares from us at the same price to the public, and with the same underwriting discount, as set forth in the table below. The underwriters may exercise this option any time during the 30-day period after the date of this prospectus, but only to cover over-allotments, if any. To the extent the underwriters exercise the option, the underwriters will become obligated, subject to certain conditions, to purchase the shares for which they exercise the option.
Commissions and Discounts
The table below summarizes the underwriting discounts that we will pay to the underwriters. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the over-allotment option. In addition to the underwriting discount, we have agreed to pay up to $125,000 of the fees and expenses of the underwriters, which may include up to $100,000 of fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters. In addition to the foregoing, we have agreed to be responsible for the costs of background checks on our senior management in an amount not to exceed $7,500. The fees and expenses of the underwriters that we have agreed to reimburse are not included in the underwriting discounts set forth in the table below.
We have paid an expense deposit of $50,000 to (or on behalf of) the underwriters, which will be applied against the out-of-pocket accountable expenses that will be paid by us to the underwriters in connection with this offering, and will be reimbursed to us to the extent not incurred. We have also agreed to pay a non-accountable expense allowance to the underwriters equal to 1.0% of the gross proceeds received in this offering.
Except as disclosed in this prospectus, the underwriters have not received and will not receive from us any other item of compensation or expense in connection with this offering considered by FINRA to be underwriting compensation under FINRA Rule 5110. The underwriting discount was determined through an arms’ length negotiation between us and the underwriters.
Per Share
Total with No
Over-Allotment
Total with
Over-Allotment
Public offering price
$       $       $      
Underwriting discount to be paid by us (7%)
$ $ $
Proceeds, before expenses, to us
$ $ $
Non-accountable expense allowance (1%)
$ $ $
 
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, excluding underwriting discounts, will be $1.5 million.
Representative’s Warrants
We have agreed to, upon the closing of this offering, including upon the closing of any offering of ordinary shares sold to cover over allotments, issue to the representative or the representative’s designee(s) to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to 2% of the total number of ordinary shares sold in this public offering. The representative’s warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis at a price equal to the initial offering price to the public. The representative’s warrants are exercisable at any time and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four-and-12-year period commencing six months after the effective date of the registration statement related to this offering.
The representative’s warrants and the ordinary shares underlying the representative’s warrants have been deemed compensation by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. The representative, or permitted assignees under such rule, may not sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate the representative’s warrants or the securities underlying the representative’s warrants, nor will the representative engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the representative’s warrants or the underlying shares for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement. Additionally, the representative’s warrants may not be sold transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated for a 180-day period following the effective date of the registration statement except to any underwriter and selected dealer participating in this offering and their bona fide officers or partners. The representative’s warrants will provide for adjustment in the number and price of the representative’s warrants and the ordinary shares underlying such representative’s warrants in the event of recapitalization, merger, stock split or other structural transaction, or a future financing undertaken by us.
Right of First Refusal
Until twelve (12) months from the closing of this offering, the representative shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal to act as lead or joint-lead investment banker, lead or joint book-runner and/or lead or joint placement agent, at the representative’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity offerings for the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company, including all equity linked financings, on terms customary to the representative and such transactions. Additionally, until twelve (12) months from the closing of this offering, Northland Securities, Inc. (“Northland”) shall have an irrevocable right of first refusal to act as co-manager or co-placement agent, at Northland’s sole discretion, for each and every future public and private equity offerings for the Company, or any successor to or any subsidiary of the Company, including all equity linked financings, on terms customary to the representative and such transactions.
Indemnification
We also have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including civil liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
No Sales of Ordinary Shares
We, each of our directors and officers and shareholders beneficially owning more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares have agreed not to offer, sell, agree to sell, directly or indirectly, or otherwise dispose of any ordinary shares or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for ordinary shares without the prior written consent of the representative for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These lock-up agreements provide limited exceptions, and their restrictions may be waived at any time by the representative.
Determination of Offering Price
The underwriters have advised us that they propose to offer the ordinary shares directly to the public at the estimated initial public offering price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus. That price range
 
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
and the initial public offering price are subject to change as a result of market conditions and other factors. Prior to this offering, no public market exists for our ordinary shares. The initial public offering price of the shares was determined by negotiation between us and the underwriters. The principal factors considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares included, among others:

the information in this prospectus and otherwise available to the underwriters, including our financial information;

the history and the prospects for the industry in which we compete;

the ability and experience of our management;

the prospects for our future earnings;

the present state of our development and our current financial condition;

the general condition of the economy and the securities markets in the United States at the time of this initial public offering;

the recent market prices of, and the demand for, publicly-traded securities of generally comparable companies; and

other factors as were deemed relevant.
We cannot be sure that the initial public offering price will correspond to the price at which our ordinary shares will trade in the public market following this offering or that an active trading market for or ordinary shares will develop or continue after this offering.
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
To facilitate this offering, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of our ordinary shares during and after the offering. Specifically, the underwriters may create a short position in our ordinary shares for their own accounts by selling more ordinary shares than we have sold to the underwriters. The underwriters may close out any short position by purchasing shares in the open market.
In addition, the underwriters may stabilize or maintain the price of our ordinary shares by bidding for or purchasing shares in the open market and may impose penalty bids. If penalty bids are imposed, selling concessions allowed to broker-dealers participating in this offering are reclaimed if shares previously distributed in this offering are repurchased, whether in connection with stabilization transactions or otherwise. The effect of these transactions may be to stabilize or maintain the market price of our ordinary shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market. The imposition of a penalty bid may also affect the price of our ordinary shares to the extent that it discourages resales of our ordinary shares. The magnitude or effect of any stabilization or other transactions is uncertain. These transactions may be effected on the Nasdaq Capital Market or otherwise and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters and selling group members may also engage in passive market making transactions in our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Passive market making consists of displaying bids on the Nasdaq Capital Market limited by the prices of independent market makers and effecting purchases limited by those prices in response to order flow. Rule 103 of Regulation M promulgated by the SEC limits the amount of net purchases that each passive market maker may make and the displayed size of each bid. Passive market making may stabilize the market price of our ordinary shares at a level above that which might otherwise prevail in the open market and, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.
Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representation that the underwriters will engage in these transactions or that any transaction, if commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
 
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Shares
The underwriters or syndicate members may facilitate the marketing of this offering online directly or through one of their respective affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms and a prospectus online and place orders online or through their financial advisors. Such websites and the information contained on such websites, or connected to such sites, are not incorporated into and are not a part of this prospectus.
Other Relationships
The underwriters and their affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities. The underwriters may in the future engage in investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates. The underwriters may in the future receive customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
Listing
We have applied to list our ordinary shares on The Nasdaq Capital Market under the trading symbol “FGI”.
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our ordinary shares is Continental Stock Trading and Trust Company.
Selling Restrictions
No action has been taken in any jurisdiction except the United States that would permit a public offering of our ordinary shares, or the possession, circulation or distribution of this prospectus or any other material relating to us or our ordinary shares in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. Accordingly, the shares may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, and neither this prospectus nor any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the shares may be distributed or published, in or from any country or jurisdiction except in compliance with any applicable rules and regulations of any such country or jurisdiction.
 
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
LEGAL MATTERS
Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP will pass upon the validity of the securities offered in this prospectus with respect to the warrants. The validity of the issuance of our ordinary shares offered in this prospectus and certain matters of Cayman Islands law will be passed upon for us by Travers Thorp Alberga, Cayman Islands. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by McGuireWoods LLP, New York, New York.
EXPERTS
The financial statements of FGI Industries Ltd. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended December 31, 2020, have been audited by Marcum, LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm as stated in their report, and included in this prospectus and registration statement in reliance upon the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act, with respect to the ordinary shares being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to us and the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference. You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the Internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Upon the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection at the web site of the SEC referred to above. We will also maintain a website at www.fgi-industries.com, at which, following the completion of this offering, you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. Information contained on or accessible through our website is not a part of this prospectus, and the inclusion of our website address in this prospectus is an inactive textual reference only.
 
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
F-6
F-7 – F-22
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
F-27 – F-42
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
FGI Industries Ltd.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of FGI Industries Ltd. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of income, and comprehensive income, parent’s net investment and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB and in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/s/ Marcum llp
Marcum llp
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.
Melville, NY
June 6, 2021
 
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash
$ 4,018,558 $ 2,416,879
Accounts receivable, net
17,338,279 15,672,499
Inventories, net
8,308,342 9,293,371
Prepayments and other current assets
799,724 953,863
Prepayments and other receivables – related parties
3,263,136 14,058
Income tax receivable
52,697
Total current assets
33,728,039 28,403,367
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
545,697 795,496
OTHER ASSETS
Intangible assets
128,050 213,417
Right-of-use assets
9,311,277 8,785,379
Deferred tax assets, net
1,263,395 941,047
Other noncurrent assets
171,003 379,336
Total other assets
10,873,725 10,319,179
Total assets
$ 45,147,461 $ 39,518,042
LIABILITIES AND PARENT’S NET INVESTMENT
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term loans
$ 11,074,383 $ 8,207,165
Accounts payable
19,510,272 15,999,049
Accounts payable – related parties
697,500
Income tax payable
580,036
Operating lease liabilities – current
1,245,629 1,761,260
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
3,008,959 2,144,481
Total current liabilities
35,419,279 28,809,455
OTHER LIABILITIES
Operating lease liabilities – noncurrent
8,196,486 7,088,231
Total liabilities
43,615,765 35,897,686
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
PARENT’S NET INVESTMENT
Ordinary shares ($0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2020 and 2019)
Parent’s net investment
1,531,696 3,620,356
Total parent’s net investment
1,531,696 3,620,356
Total liabilities and parent’s net investment
$ 45,147,461 $ 39,518,042
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
REVENUES
$ 134,827,701 $ 126,282,212
COST OF REVENUES
106,423,061 100,843,143
GROSS PROFIT
28,404,640 25,439,069
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling and distribution
15,487,306 14,917,601
General and administrative
5,820,967 7,355,632
Research and development
814,254 703,779
Total operating expenses
22,122,527 22,977,012
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
6,282,113 2,462,057
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Interest income
32,244 11,665
Interest expense
(418,867) (448,412)
Other income (expenses), net
(390,298) (50,212)
Total other income (expenses), net
(776,921) (486,959)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
5,505,192 1,975,098
PROVISION FOR (BENEFIT OF) INCOME TAXES
Current
1,074,928 587,290
Deferred
(300,484) (183,286)
Total provision for income taxes
774,444 404,004
NET INCOME
4,730,748 1,571,094
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Foreign currency translation adjustment
298,106 279,106
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
5,028,854 1,850,200
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
Basic and diluted
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic and diluted
$ $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARENT’S NET INVESTMENT
Parent’s net
investment
BALANCE, January 1, 2019
$ 3,813,915
Net income for the year
1,571,094
Net distribution to Parent
(2,043,759)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
279,106
BALANCE, December 31, 2019
3,620,356
Net income for the year
4,730,748
Net distribution to Parent
(7,117,514)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
298,106
BALANCE, December 31, 2020
$ 1,531,696
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Years Ended December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
$ 4,730,748 $ 1,571,094
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
560,804 525,128
Bad debt recovery
(10,172) (87,418)
Provision (reversal) of defective return
378,248 (627,028)
Foreign exchange transaction loss
181,599 51,706
Interest expenses
418,867 448,412
Deferred income taxes
(322,349) (183,624)
Loss on disposal of property and equipment
64,125 2,320
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable
(2,033,856) 2,064,701
Inventories
985,029 381,763
Prepayments and other current assets
154,139 (194,653)
Prepayments and other receivables – related parties
(3,249,078) (12,880)
Income taxes
632,734 480,732
Right-of-use assets
(543,037) (8,785,379)
Accounts payable
3,511,223 (4,590)
Accounts payables – related parties
(697,500) (3,056,519)
Operating lease liabilities
592,623 8,849,492
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
445,612 (130,022)
Net cash provided by operating activities
5,799,759 1,293,235
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property and equipment
(76,532) (233,861)
Net cash used in investing activities
(76,532) (233,861)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from revolving credit facility
2,867,216 65,716
Net changes in parent company investment
(7,117,514) (2,043,759)
Net cash provided by financing activities
(4,250,298) (1,978,043)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATION ON CASH
128,750 229,662
NET CHANGE IN CASH
1,601,679 (689,007)
CASH, BEGINNING OF YEAR
2,416,879 3,105,886
CASH, END OF YEAR
$ 4,018,558 $ 2,416,879
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid during the year for interest
(421,393) (449,206)
Cash received during the year for income taxes
439,793 99,908
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net changes in parent company investment
(7,117,514) (2,043,759)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 — Nature of business and organization
FGI Industries Ltd. (“FGI” or the “Company”) is a holding company organized on May 26, 2021, under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The Company has no substantive operations other than holding all of the outstanding equity of its operating subsidiaries as described below. The Company is a leading supplier of global kitchen and bath products and currently focuses on the following categories: sanitaryware (primarily toilets, sinks, pedestals and toilet seats), bath furniture (vanities, mirrors and cabinets), shower systems, customer kitchen cabinetry and other accessory items. These products are sold primarily for repair and remodeling (“R&R”) activity and, to a lesser extent, new home or commercial construction. The Company sells its products through numerous partners, including mass retail centers, wholesale and commercial distributors, online retailers and independent dealers and distributors.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements reflect the activities of FGI and each of the following entities in each case, as contemplated after the Reorganization, as described below:
Name
Background
Ownership
FGI Industries, Inc. (formerly named Foremost Groups, Inc.)

A New Jersey corporation

Incorporated on January 5, 1988

Sales and distribution in the United States
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI
FGI Europe Investment Limited

A British Virgin Islands company (incorporation of this entity is currently in process)

Sales and distribution in Europe
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI
FGI International, Limited

A Hong Kong company

Incorporated on June 2, 2021

Sales, sourcing and product development
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI
Foremost International Ltd.

A Canada company

Incorporated on October 17, 1997

Sales and distribution in Canada
100% owned by FGI Industries, Inc.
FGI Germany GmbH & Co. KG

A German company

Incorporated on January 24, 2013

Sales and distribution in Germany
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI Europe Investment Limited
FGI China, Ltd.

A PRC limited liability company (incorporation of this entity is currently in process)

Sourcing and product development
100% owned by FGI International
 
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Reorganization
The following reorganization steps are currently in process and not yet completed as of the date these consolidated financial statements were available to be issued: (i) the incorporation of FGI Europe Investment Limited (“FGI Europe”), FGI International, Limited (“FGI International”) and FGI China, Ltd., (ii) FGI Industries, Inc. (formerly Foremost Groups, Inc.) (“FGI Industries”), which operates the kitchen and bath (“K&B”) sales and distribution business in the United States and, through its wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary, Foremost International Limited, in Canada, is expected to distribute 100% of the outstanding shares of stock of Foremost Kingbetter Food Equipment Inc. (“FKB”), which operates a separate furniture line of business, to Foremost Groups Ltd. (“Foremost”), FGI Industries’ sole shareholder; (iii) Foremost is expected to contribute the FKB shares to Foremost Home Inc. (“FHI”), a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost; and (iv) Foremost is expected to contribute 100% of the outstanding shares of stock of each of FGI Industries, FGI Europe, which, directly and, after the proposed Reorganization, through its wholly-owned German subsidiary, FGI Germany GmbH & Co., operates the K&B sales and distribution business in Europe, and FGI International, which, directly and through its wholly-owned Chinese subsidiary, FGI China, Ltd., operates the K&B sales and distribution business in the remainder of the world, K&B product development and sourcing of K&B products in China, to the Company (collectively, the “Reorganization”), such that, immediately following the Reorganization, (x) Foremost is expected to own 100% of the equity interests in each of the Company and FHI, (y) the Company is expected to own 100% of the equity interests in each of FGI Industries, FGI Europe and FGI International, which collectively, and through subsidiaries, operate the K&B business worldwide (the “K&B Business”), and (z) FHI is expected to own 100% of the equity interests in FKB.
Immediately before and as contemplated by the proposed Reorganization, each of the Company, FGI Industries, FGI Europe and FGI International, and each of their respective subsidiaries was and is expected to be ultimately controlled by Foremost. As such, the accompanying consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows that are directly attributable to the K&B Business (excluded otherwise) before the anticipated Reorganization. The consolidated financial statements are presented as if the Company had been in existence and the Reorganization had been in effect during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. However, such presentation may not necessarily reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows if the K&B Business had actually existed on a stand-alone basis during the years presented before the completion of the anticipated Reorganization.
Immediately following the Reorganization, FGI Industries, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is expected to enter into a shared services agreement (the “FHI Shared Services Agreement”) with Foremost Home Industries, Inc., a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost (“FHI”). Pursuant to the FHI Shared Services Agreement, FGI Industries will provide FHI with general and administrative services, information technology systems services and human resources services, as well as warehouse space services and supply chain services in the United States. Under the FHI Shared Services Agreement, FHI will reimburse any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees incurred by FGI Industries as well as pay a service fee for each service. For warehouse services, FHI will pay FGI Industries a $500,000 annual fee as well as a fee equal to 4% of gross product sales of all products stored in such warehouses. For all other services provided, FHI will pay a service fee equal to the total costs incurred by FGI Industries for such service generally divided by the number of FHI employees relative to FGI Industries employees. The FHI Shared Services Agreement will have an initial term of one year and will renew automatically unless cancelled by either party upon the giving of at least 60 days in advance of the expiration of the then-current term.
Immediately following the Reorganization, the Company expects to enter into a shared services agreement (the “Worldwide Shared Services Agreement”) with Foremost Worldwide Co., Ltd. (“Foremost Worldwide”) pursuant to which Foremost Worldwide will provide FGI Industries with general and administrative services, information technology system services and human resources services, in Taiwan. The terms of the Worldwide Services Agreement as between the service provider and recipient are expected to be substantially identical to those of the FHI Shared Services Agreement, including calculation of service fees and termination provisions, with Foremost Worldwide providing services and FGI Industries paying Foremost Worldwide for such services.
The assets and liabilities have been stated at historical carrying amounts. Only those assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable to the K&B Business are included in the Company’s consolidated
 
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
balance sheets. The Company’s statements of income and comprehensive income consists all the revenues, costs and expenses of the K&B Business, including allocations to the selling and distribution expenses, general and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses, and which were incurred by FGI but related to the K&B Business prior to the Reorganization.
All revenues and cost of revenues attributable to selling of kitchen and bath products were allocated to the Company. Operating expenses were allocated to the Company based on employees and activities that are involved in the K&B Business. Any expenses that were not directly attributable to any specific business were allocated to the Company based on the proportion of the number of employees of the K&B Business to the total number of employees of both the K&B Business and FHI.
The following table sets forth the revenues, cost of revenues and operating expenses that were irrelevant to the K&B Business allocated from FGI Industries to Foremost Home, Inc. for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In accordance with SAB Topic 5.z.7, the Company retroactively reflected the Reorganization in its consolidated financial statements since the spin-off transaction is expected to occur prior to effectiveness of the registration statement.
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Revenues
$ 47,126,107 $ 46,172,790
Cost of revenues
(38,743,695) (38,373,659)
Gross profit
8,382,412 7,799,131
Selling and distribution expenses
(4,104,345) (6,012,731)
General and administrative expenses
(1,824,792) (2,124,229)
Research and development expenses
(800,010) (1,245,698)
Income (loss) from operations
$ 1,653,265 $ (1,583,527)
The following table sets forth the revenues, cost of revenues and operating expenses that were directly related to the K&B Business allocated from Foremost Worldwide Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost, to FGI International for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Revenues
$ 74,357,895 $ 84,723,675
Cost of revenues
(67,213,516) (78,067,249)
Gross profit
7,144,379 6,656,426
Selling and distribution expenses
(1,017,317) (1,161,929)
General and administrative expenses
(1,181,791) (2,676,402)
Research and development expenses
(72,971) (93,426)
Income from operations
$ 4,872,300 $ 2,724,669
Income tax liability is calculated based on a separate return basis as if the K&B Business had filed separate tax returns before the completion of the Reorganization. Immediately following the Reorganization, the K&B Business began to file separate tax returns and report taxation based on the actual tax return of each legal entity.
Management believes the basis and amounts of these allocations are reasonable. While the expenses allocated to the Company for these items are not necessarily indicative of the expenses that would have been incurred if the Company had been a separate, stand-alone entity, the Company does not believe that there
 
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
is any significant difference between the nature and amounts of these allocated expenses and the expenses that would have been incurred if the Company had been a separate, stand-alone entity.
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commissions (the “SEC”).
Principles of consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries are eliminated upon consolidation.
Subsidiaries are those entities which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting power; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors, or to cast a majority of votes at a meeting of directors.
Use of estimates and assumptions
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s consolidated financial statements include the useful lives of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, provision for contingent liabilities, revenue recognition, deferred taxes and uncertain tax position. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Foreign currency translation and transaction
The functional currencies of the Company and its subsidiaries are the local currency of the country in which the subsidiaries operate, except for FGI International which is incorporated in Hong Kong while adopting the United States Dollar (“U.S. Dollar or “USD”) as its functional currency. The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currencies is translated at the historical rates of exchange at the time of capital contributions. The results of operations and the cash flows denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the average rates of exchange during the reporting period. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rates, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income included in consolidated statements of changes in parent's net investment. Transaction gains and losses arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency in the consolidated statement of income and comprehensive income.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of subsidiaries using the Renminbi (“RMB”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which was 6.5037 and 6.9739 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; parent's net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which was 6.9416 and 6.8995 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of the subsidiary using the Canadian Dollar (“CAD”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. Dollars at the
 
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which was 1.2741 and 1.3066 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; parent's net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which was 1.3437 and 1.3254 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of the subsidiary using the Euro (“EUR”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which was 0.8153 and 0.8929 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively; shareholders’ equity accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which was 0.8803 and 0.8924 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Cash
Cash consists of cash on hand, demand deposits and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions that have original maturities of three months or less.
Accounts receivable, net
Bills and trade receivables include trade accounts due from customers. In establishing the required allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers historical collection experience, aging of the receivables, the economic environment, industry trend analysis, and the credit history and financial conditions of the customers. Management reviews its receivables on a regular basis to determine if the bad debt allowance is adequate, and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written off against allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.
Inventories, net
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost consists of purchase price and related shipping and handling expenses, and is determined using the weighted average cost method, based on individual products. The methods of determining inventory costs are used consistently from year to year. A provision for slow-moving items is calculated based on historical experience. Management reviews this provision annually to assess whether, based on economic conditions, it is adequate.
Prepayments
Prepayments are cash deposited or advanced to suppliers for the purchase of goods or services that have not been received or provided and deposits made to the Company’s suppliers and landlord. This amount is refundable and bears no interest. Prepayments and deposits are classified as either current or non-current based on the terms of the respective agreements. These advances are unsecured and are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired.
Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method from the time the assets are placed in service. Estimated useful lives are as follows:
Useful Life
Leasehold Improvements
Lesser of lease term and expected useful life
Machinery and equipment
3 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures
3 – 5 years
Vehicles
5 years
Molds
3 – 5 years
 
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Intangible assets, net
The Company’s intangible assets with definite useful lives primarily consist of software acquired for internal use. The Company amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives over their estimated useful lives and reviews these assets for impairment. The Company typically amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of ten years.
Impairment for long-lived assets
Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with definite useful lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever material events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of an asset based on the undiscounted future cash flows the asset is expected to generate and recognize an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, the Company would reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized.
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in right-of-use assets (“ROU assets”), operating lease liabilities — current and operating lease liabilities — noncurrent on our consolidated balance sheets.
ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the duration of the lease term while lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments in exchange for the right to use an underlying asset. ROU assets and lease liabilities are measured based on the present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to the commencement date and initial direct costs incurred, and is reduced by any lease incentives received. The Company reviews its ROU assets as material events occur or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount of the ROU assets are not recoverable and exceed their fair values. If the carrying amount of an ROU asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows, then the Company would recognize an impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the current fair value.
As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate on the commencement date of the lease as the discount rate in determining the present value of future lease payments. The Company determines the incremental borrowing rate for each lease by using the incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments at commencement date. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when there are relevant economic incentives present that make it reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The Company accounts for any non-lease components separately from lease components.
Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Fair Value Measurement
The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.
The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
 
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 

Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.
Financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities are reported in the consolidated balance sheets at face value or cost, which approximate fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and their current market rates of interest.
Revenue recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” ​(“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it became effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method, the adoption did not have material impact on the on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
The Company generates revenues from sales of kitchen and bath products, and recognizes revenue as control of its products is transferred to its customers, which is generally at the time of shipment or upon delivery based on the contractual terms with the Company’s customers. The Company’s customers’ payment terms generally range from 15 to 60 days of fulfilling its performance obligations and recognizing revenue.
The Company provides customer programs and incentive offerings, including co-operative marketing arrangements and volume-based incentives. These customer programs and incentives are considered variable consideration. The Company includes in revenue variable consideration only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the variable consideration is resolved. This determination is made based upon known customer program and incentive offerings at the time of sale, and expected sales volume forecasts as it relates to the Company’s volume-based incentives. This determination is updated on a monthly basis.
Certain product sales include a right of return. The Company estimates future product returns at the time of sale based on historical experience and records a corresponding reduction in accounts receivable.
The Company records receivables related to revenue when it has an unconditional right to invoice and receive payment. The Company invoices its customers for products sold upon placement of purchase orders.
The Company’s disaggregated revenues are summarized as follows:
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Revenues by product line
Sanitaryware
$ 88,392,378 $ 90,928,256
Bath Furniture
38,214,235 28,558,130
Others
8,221,088 6,795,826
Total
$ 134,827,701 $ 126,282,212
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Revenues by geographic location
United States
$ 83,700,229 $ 76,829,764
Canada
35,008,869 32,105,878
Europe
16,118,603 17,346,570
Total
$ 134,827,701 $ 126,282,212
 
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Income Taxes
Deferred taxes are recognized based on the future tax consequences of the differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. The future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in future periods. Possible sources of taxable income include taxable income in carryback periods, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as a deferred tax liability, tax-planning strategies that generate future income or gains in excess of anticipated losses in the carryforward period and projected future taxable income.
If, based upon all available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not (i.e., more than 50 percent likely) that such deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable. A company’s three-year cumulative loss position is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable, and the accounting guidance restricts the amount of reliance we can place on projected taxable income to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets.
The current accounting guidance allows the recognition of only those income tax positions that have a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The Company believes that there is an increased potential for volatility in its effective tax rate because this threshold allows for changes in the income tax environment and, to a greater extent, the inherent complexities of income tax law in a substantial number of jurisdictions, which may affect the computation of its liability for uncertain tax positions.
The Company records interest and penalties on our uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
We record the tax effects of Foreign Derived Intangible Income (FDII) and Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) related to our foreign operations as a component of income tax expense in the period in which the tax arises.
Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income consists of two components: net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that under GAAP are recorded as an element of equity but are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income consists of a foreign currency translation adjustment resulting from the Company not using the U.S. Dollar as its functional currencies.
Earnings per share
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, there were no dilutive shares.
Segment reporting
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for detailing the Company’s business segments.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit
 
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Losses on Financial Instruments,” amending the accounting for the impairment of financial instruments, including trade receivables. Under previous guidance, credit losses were recognized when the applicable losses had a probable likelihood of occurring and this assessment was based on past events and current conditions. The amended current guidance eliminates the “probable” threshold and requires an entity to use a broader range of information, including forecast information when estimating expected credit losses. Generally, this should result in a more timely recognition of credit losses. This guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The requirements of the amended guidance should be applied using a modified retrospective approach except for debt securities, which require a prospective transition approach. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 which finalized the delay of such effective date to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 for private and all other companies including emerging growth companies. As an emerging growth company, the Company plans to adopt this guidance from January 1, 2023 and is currently evaluating the impact on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption.
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. ASUs not listed above were assessed and determined not to be applicable.
Note 3 — Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Accounts receivable
$ 18,703,026 $ 16,669,170
Allowance for doubtful accounts
(146,637) (156,809)
Accrued defective return and discount
(1,218,110) (839,862)
Accounts receivable, net
$ 17,338,279 $ 15,672,499
Movements of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Beginning balance
$ 156,809 $ 244,227
Reversal
(10,172) (87,418)
Ending balance
$ 146,637 $ 156,809
Movements of accrued defective return and discount accounts are as follows:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Beginning balance
$ 839,862 $ 1,466,890
Provision (reversal)
378,248 (627,028)
Ending balance
$ 1,218,110 $ 839,862
 
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 4 — Inventories, net
Inventories, net consisted of the following:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Finished product
$ 8,903,767 $ 10,106,782
Reserves for slow-moving inventories
(595,425) (813,411)
Inventories, net
$ 8,308,342 $ 9,293,371
Movements of inventory reserves are as follows:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Beginning balance
$ 813,411 $ 889,741
Reversal
(217,986) (76,330)
Ending balance
$ 595,425 $ 813,411
Note 5 — Prepayments and other assets
Prepayments and other assets consisted of the following:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Prepayments
$ 671,924 $ 810,255
Others
127,800 143,608
Total prepayments and other assets
$ 799,724 $ 953,863
Note 6 — Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment, net consist of the following:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Leasehold Improvements
$ 1,122,092 $ 1,157,495
Machinery and equipment
2,299,527 2,486,340
Furniture and fixtures
499,154 492,250
Vehicles
178,218 176,175
Molds
26,377 18,251
Subtotal
4,125,368 4,330,511
Less: accumulated depreciation
(3,579,671) (3,535,015)
Total
$ 545,697 $ 795,496
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 amounted to $267,103 and $231,428, respectively, which were included in general and administrative expenses on the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
 
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 7 — Leases
The Company has operating leases primarily for corporate offices, warehouses and showrooms. As of December 31, 2020, the Company’s leases have remaining lease terms up to 9 years. Total operating lease cost as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 amounted to $10,014,379 and $9,143,308, respectively.
The table below presents the operating lease related assets and liabilities recorded on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Right-of-use assets
$ 9,311,277 $ 8,785,379
Operating lease liabilities – current
$ 1,245,629 $ 1,761,260
Operating lease liabilities – noncurrent
8,196,486 7,088,231
Total operating lease liabilities
$ 9,442,115 $ 8,849,491
Information relating to the lease term and discount rate are as follows:
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Weighted-average remaining lease term
Operating leases
7 years
7 years
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases
4.7% 4.7%
As of December 31, 2020, the maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:
2021
$ 1,631,392
2022
1,671,751
2023
1,580,868
2024
1,549,033
2025
1,242,115
Thereafter
3,478,406
Total lease payments
11,153,565
Less: imputed interest
(1,711,450)
Present value of lease liabilities
$ 9,442,115
Note 8 — Short-term loans
Bank loan
FGI Industries (formerly named Foremost Groups, Inc.) has a line of credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with East West Bank, which is collateralized by all assets of FGI Industries and personally guaranteed by Liang Chou Chen, who holds approximately 49.75% of the voting control of Foremost. For the year ended December 31, 2018 and through September 30, 2019, the Credit Agreement allowed for borrowings up to $25,000,000, which previously included a discretionary loan in the amount of $3,000,000 that could only be drawn upon under certain circumstances as described in the Credit Agreement. The discretionary line expired on September 30, 2019. The non-discretionary line of credit was renewed through September 23, 2020 and maximum borrowings were decreased to $22,000,000. On August 13, 2020,
 
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the line of credit was renewed with an extended maturity date of September 23, 2022 and maximum borrowings were further decreased to $18,000,000.
Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, FGI Industries is required to maintain (a) a debt coverage ratio (defined as earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) divided by current portion of long-term debt plus interest expense) of not less than 1.25 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter; (b) an effective tangible net worth (defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less amounts due from officers, stockholders and affiliates, minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization, plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than $9,500,000 for the quarters ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, and not less than $10,000,000 for the quarter ended March 31, 2021 and thereafter; and (c) a total debt to tangible net worth ratio (defined as total liabilities divided by tangible net worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan to officers, stockholders, and affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and through August 26, 2020, the loan bore interest at a rate per annum equal to 0.1 percentage points below the Prime Rate as quoted by the Wall Street Journal (“Prime Rate”). Effective August 26, 2020, the annual interest rate was amended to 0.25 percentage points above the Prime Rate. Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this loan be less than 3.250% per annum or more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. The interest rate as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 was 4.65% and 3.50%, respectively.
Each sum of borrowings under the Credit Agreement is deemed due on demand and is classified as a short-term loan. The outstanding balance of such loan was $9,393,481 and $8,207,165 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
As of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the outstanding balances under this bank loan were $9,393,483 and $8,207,165, respectively.
PPP loan
On April 9, 2020, FGI Industries (formerly named Foremost Groups, Inc.) entered into a loan agreement in connection with the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) and received proceeds of approximately $1.68 million (the “PPP loan”) under the CARES Act. Interest on the loan accrued at a fixed interest rate of 1.0%. Under Section 1106 of the CARES Act, borrowers are eligible for forgiveness of principal and accrued interest on the loans to the extent that the proceeds are used to cover eligible payroll costs, mortgage interest costs, rent and utility costs, otherwise described as qualified expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2020, FGI Industries used all of the PPP loan proceeds to pay for qualified expenses. 100% of the PPP loan proceeds were used for payroll related expenses. Under the current provisions of the CARES Act, any recipient of a PPP loan may be subject to an audit by the SBA to confirm it qualifies for the loan and that the proceeds were used for qualified expenses as prescribed by the PPP rules. FGI Industries submitted its application and supporting documentation for forgiveness on December 22, 2020 and received approval of forgiveness from the SBA on February 8, 2021. As of December 31, 2020, the balance of the PPP loan was included in the short-term loan on the consolidated balance sheet.
Note 9 —  Parent's net investment
FGI Industries was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on May 26, 2021 in connection with the planned Reorganization, as described in Note 1. The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.001 per share.
 
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 10 — Income taxes
The source of pre-tax income and the components of income tax expense are as follows:
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Income components
United States
$ 80,320 $ (926,417)
Outside United States
6,424,872 3,901,515
Intercompany eliminations
(1,000,000) (1,000,000)
Total pre-tax income (loss)
$ 5,505,192 $ 1,975,098
Provision for (benefit of) income taxes
Current
Federal
$ $ 30,958
State
7,954 (56,416)
Foreign
1,066,974 612,748
1,074,928 587,290
Deferred
Federal
(245,174) (123,043)
State
(55,310) (35,948)
Foreign
(24,295)
(300,484) (183,286)
Total provision for (benefit of) income taxes
$ 774,444 $ 404,004
Reconciliations between taxes at the U.S. federal income tax rate and taxes at the Company’s effective income tax rate on earnings before income taxes are as follows:
For the Years Ended
December 31,
2020
2019
Federal statutory rate
21.0% 21.0%
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit
(1.0) (6.5)
Foreign operations/Other
(12.1) (5.5)
Permanent items
0.9 0.4
Deferred rate changes
0.1 (0.5)
Foreign dividends and earnings taxable in the United States
5.2 11.6
Effective tax rate
14.1% 20.5%
 
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The following is a summary of the components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the consolidated balance sheets:
As of December 31,
2020
2019
USD
USD
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$ 36,472 $ 39,303
Other reserve
92,025 130,713
Accrued expenses
143,735 90,169
Lease liability
1,752,546 1,766,104
Charitable contributions
8,553 8,586
Business interest limitation
370,640 289,160
Net operating loss, federal
536,212 385,106
Net operating loss, state
103,489 75,940
Other
66,636 44,770
Total deferred tax assets
3,110,308 2,829,851
Less: valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
3,110,308 2,829,851
Deferred tax liabilities
Fixed assets
1,815,064 1,835,314
Intangibles
31,849 53,490
Total deferred tax liabilities
1,846,913 1,888,804
Deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities
$ 1,263,395 $ 941,047
The deferred tax assets related to the net operating loss as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 have no expiration.
Note 11 — Related party transactions and balances
Prepayments — related parties
Name of Related Party
Relationship
Nature of
transactions
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
USD
USD
Rizhao Foremost Woodwork
Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
An entity under common control
Purchase
$ 1,138,316 $
Focal Capital Holding Limited
An entity under common control
Purchase
2,098,461
$ 3,236,777 $    —
Other receivables — related parties
Name of Related Party
Relationship
Nature of
transactions
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
USD
USD
Foremost Xingye Business
Consultancy (Shenzhen) Co.,
Ltd.
An entity under common control
Miscellaneous
expenses
26,359 14,058
$ 26,359 $ 14,058
 
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Accounts payable — related parties
Name of Related Party
Relationship
Nature of
transactions
December 31,
2020
December 31,
2019
USD
USD
Rizhao Foremost Woodwork
Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
An entity under common control
Purchase
$ $ 536,533
Focal Capital Holding Limited
An entity under common control
Purchase
160,092
Sunrise Investment Limited
An entity under common control
Purchase
875
$    — $ 697,500
Loan guarantee by a related party
Liang Chou Chen holds approximately 49.75% of the voting control of Foremost, the Company’s majority shareholder and guarantor of the loan obtained by FGI Industries from East West Bank under the Credit Agreement. See Note 8 for details.
Note 12 — Concentrations of risks
Customer concentration risk
For the year ended December 31, 2020, two customers accounted for 31.2% and 13.3% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. For the year ended December 31, 2019, three customers accounted for 20.5%, 15.3% and 11.3% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. No other customer accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue for the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019. As of December 31, 2020, three customers accounted for 29.5%, 17.4% and 14.0% of the total balance of accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2019, four customers accounted for 26.3%, 18.0, 14.3% and 10.6% of the total balance of accounts receivable, respectively. No other customer accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable as of December 31, 2020, and December 31, 2019.
Vendor concentration risk
For the year ended December 31, 2020, one supplier, Tangshan Huida Ceramic Group Co., Ltd (“Huida”), accounted for 45.6% of the Company’s total purchases. For the year ended December 31, 2019, Huida accounted for 50.0% of the Company’s total purchases. No other supplier accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s total purchases for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2020, Huida accounted for 59.7% of the total balance of accounts payable. As of December 31, 2019, Huida accounted for 69.5% of the total balance of accounts payable. No other supplier accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts payable as of December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Note 13 — Commitments and contingencies
Litigation
From time to time, the Company is involved in legal and regulatory proceedings that are incidental to the operation of its businesses. These proceedings may seek remedies relating to matters including environmental, tax, intellectual property, acquisitions or divestitures, product liability, property damage, personal injury, privacy, employment, labor and pension, government contract issues and commercial or contractual disputes. Although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on present information, including management assessment of the merits of the particular claims, the Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that any asserted or unasserted legal claims or proceedings, individually or in aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, or financial condition. For more information about the Company’s pending legal proceedings, refer to the section of this prospectus entitled “Legal Proceedings.”
 
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 14 — Segment information
The Company follows ASC 280, Segment Reporting, which requires that companies disclose segment data based on how management makes decisions about allocating resources to each segment and evaluating their performances. The Company has one reporting segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the chief executive officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company and hence the Company has only one reportable segment.
Note 15 — Subsequent events
On February 8, 2021, FGI Industries received approval of forgiveness of the PPP loan from the SBA. Upon such approval, the entire balance including principal and interest was forgiven and recorded as other income on the Company’s consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date through June 6, 2021 when the consolidated financial statements were issued. Based on this review, the Company did not identify any other subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.
 
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
As of
September 30, 2021
(Unaudited)
As of
December 31, 2020
USD
USD
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS
Cash
$ 3,200,396 $ 4,018,558
Accounts receivable, net
25,614,379 17,338,279
Inventories, net
19,003,376 8,308,342
Prepayments and other current assets
1,300,511 799,724
Prepayments and other receivables – related parties
3,136,664 3,263,136
Total current assets
52,255,326 33,728,039
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, NET
408,653 545,697
OTHER ASSETS
Intangible assets
64,025 128,050
Operating lease right-of-use assets, net
8,400,808 9,311,277
Deferred tax assets, net
1,037,040 1,263,395
Other noncurrent assets
3,487,294 171,003
Total other assets
12,989,167 10,873,725
Total assets
$ 65,653,146 $ 45,147,461
LIABILITIES AND PARENT’S NET INVESTMENT
CURRENT LIABILITIES
Short-term loans
$ 13,592,300 $ 11,074,383
Accounts payable
33,580,529 19,510,272
Income tax payable
1,201,478 580,036
Operating lease liabilities – current
1,016,009 1,245,629
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
5,953,766 3,008,959
Total current liabilities
55,344,082 35,419,279
OTHER LIABILITIES
Operating lease liabilities – noncurrent
7,492,043 8,196,486
Total liabilities
62,836,125 43,615,765
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
PARENT’S NET INVESTMENT
Ordinary shares ($0.001 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized, no shares issued and outstanding as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020)
Parent’s net investment
2,817,021 1,531,696
Total parent’s net investment
2,817,021 1,531,696
Total liabilities and parent’s net investment
$ 65,653,146 $ 45,147,461
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
For the Nine Months Periods Ended
September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
REVENUES
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193
COST OF REVENUES
105,117,467 78,018,552
GROSS PROFIT
24,634,970 21,300,641
OPERATING EXPENSES
Selling and distribution
12,635,857 11,352,436
General and administrative
4,500,692 4,206,611
Research and development
486,156 640,529
Total operating expenses
17,622,705 16,199,576
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS
7,012,265 5,101,065
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSES)
Interest income
10,710 2
Interest expense
(287,855) (233,694)
Other income (expenses), net
1,445,554 (208,090)
Total other income (expenses), net
1,168,409 (441,782)
INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES
8,180,674 4,659,283
PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES
Current
1,089,607 541,322
Deferred
225,938 100,804
Total provision for income taxes
1,315,545 642,126
NET INCOME
6,865,129 4,017,157
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(29,655) 161,230
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
$ 6,835,474 $ 4,178,387
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
Basic and diluted
EARNINGS PER SHARE
Basic and diluted
$ $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN PARENT’S NET INVESTMENT
Parent’s net (deficit)
investment
BALANCE, January 1, 2021
$ 1,531,696
Net income for the period
6,865,129
Net distribution to Parent
(5,550,149)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
(29,655)
BALANCE, September 30, 2021
$ 2,817,021
BALANCE, January 1, 2020
$ 3,620,356
Net income for the period
4,017,157
Net distribution to Parent
(4,012,047)
Foreign currency translation adjustment
161,230
BALANCE, September 30, 2020
$ 3,786,696
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
For the Nine Months Ended September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income
$ 6,865,129 $ 4,017,157
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities
Depreciation and amortization
213,281 249,986
Bad debt expenses
35,200 59,311
Provision of defective return
2,133,028 585,313
Foreign exchange transaction loss
289,406 255
Interest expenses
287,855 233,694
Forgiveness of PPP loan
(1,680,900)
Deferred income taxes
226,356 220
(Gain) loss on disposal of property and equipment
(3,000) 69,944
Changes in operating assets and liabilities
Accounts receivable
(10,444,327) (626,101)
Inventories
(10,695,034) 1,967,857
Prepayments and other current assets
(500,787) (192,821)
Prepayments and other receivables – related parties
(13,736) (13,790)
Other noncurrent assets
(3,316,292) (198,393)
Right-of-use assets
910,468 251,616
Income taxes
621,442 421,674
Accounts payable
14,070,256 (881,007)
Accounts payable-related parties
140,208 (5,606,823)
Operating lease liabilities
(934,063) (194,361)
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities
2,656,952 (114,425)
Net cash provided by operating activities
861,442 29,306
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment
3,000 15,000
Purchase of property and equipment
(13,261) (61,106)
Net cash used in investing activities
(10,261) (46,106)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from revolving credit facility
4,198,817 3,833,299
Net changes in parent company investment
(5,550,149) (4,012,047)
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,351,332) (178,748)
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE FLUCTUATION ON CASH
(318,011) 135,951
NET CHANGES IN CASH
(818,162) (59,597)
CASH, BEGINNING OF PERIOD
4,018,558 2,416,879
CASH, END OF PERIOD
$ 3,200,396 $ 2,357,282
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION
Cash paid during the period for interest
(285,344) (234,466)
Cash paid during the period for income taxes
(470,111) (216,460)
NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net changes in parent company investment
(5,550,149) (4,012,047)
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
FGI INDUSTRIES LTD.
NOTES TO UNAUDTED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Note 1 — Nature of business and organization
FGI Industries Ltd. (“FGI” or the “Company”) is a holding company organized on May 26, 2021, under the laws of the Cayman Islands. The Company has no substantive operations other than holding all of the outstanding equity of its operating subsidiaries as described below. The Company is a leading supplier of global kitchen and bath products and currently focuses on the following categories: sanitaryware (primarily toilets, sinks, pedestals and toilet seats), bath furniture (vanities, mirrors and cabinets), shower systems, customer kitchen cabinetry and other accessory items. These products are sold primarily for repair and remodeling (“R&R”) activity and, to a lesser extent, new home or commercial construction. The Company sells its products through numerous partners, including mass retail centers, wholesale and commercial distributors, online retailers and independent dealers and distributors.
The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements reflect the activities of FGI and each of the following entities, in each case, as contemplated after the Reorganization, as described below:
Name
Background
Ownership
FGI Industries, Inc. (formerly named Foremost Groups, Inc.)

A New Jersey corporation

Incorporated on January 5, 1988

Sales and distribution in the United States
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI
FGI Europe Limited

A British Virgin Islands company (incorporation of this entity is currently in process)
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI
FGI International, Limited

A Hong Kong company

Incorporated on June 2, 2021

Sales, sourcing and product development
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI
Foremost International Ltd.

A Canada company

Incorporated on October 17, 1997

Sales and distribution in Canada
100% owned by FGI Industries, Inc.
FGI Germany GmbH & Co. KG

A German company

Incorporated on January 24, 2013

Sales and distribution in Germany
Expected to be 100% owned by FGI Europe Limited
FGI China, Ltd.

A PRC limited liability company (incorporation of this entity is currently in process)

Sourcing and product development
100% owned by FGI International, Limited
Reorganization
The following reorganization steps are currently in process and not yet completed as of the date these unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were available to be issued: (i) the incorporation of FGI Europe Limited (“FGI Europe”), FGI International, Limited (“FGI International”) and FGI China, Ltd., (ii) FGI Industries, Inc. (formerly Foremost Groups, Inc.) (“FGI Industries”), which operates the kitchen and bath (“K&B”) sales and distribution business in the United States and, through its wholly-owned Canadian subsidiary, Foremost International Limited, in Canada, is expected to distribute 100% of
 
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
the outstanding shares of stock of Foremost Kingbetter Food Equipment Inc. (“FKB”), which operates a separate furniture line of business, to Foremost Groups Ltd. (“Foremost”), FGI Industries’ sole shareholder; (iii) Foremost is expected to contribute the FKB shares to Foremost Home Inc. (“FHI”), a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost; and (iv) Foremost is expected to contribute 100% of the outstanding shares of stock of each of FGI Industries, FGI Europe, which, directly and, after the proposed reorganization, through its wholly-owned German subsidiary, FGI Germany GmbH & Co., operates the K&B sales and distribution business in Europe, and FGI International, which, directly and through its wholly-owned Chinese subsidiary, FGI China, Ltd., operates the K&B sales and distribution business in the remainder of the world, K&B product development and sourcing of K&B products in China, to the Company (collectively, the “Reorganization”), such that, immediately following the Reorganization, (x) Foremost is expected to own 100% of the equity interests in each of the Company and FHI, (y) the Company is expected to own 100% of the equity interests in each of FGI Industries, FGI Europe and FGI International, which collectively, and through subsidiaries, operate the K&B business worldwide (the “K&B Business”), and (z) FHI is expected to own 100% of the equity interests in FKB.
Immediately before and as contemplated by the proposed Reorganization, each of the Companies, FGI Industries, FGI Europe and FGI International, and each of their respective subsidiaries was and is expected to be ultimately controlled by Foremost. As such, the accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and cash flows that are directly attributable to the K&B Business (excluded otherwise) before the anticipated Reorganization. The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements are presented as if the Company had been in existence and the Reorganization had been in effect as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 and during the nine months periods ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. However, such presentation may not necessarily reflect the results of operations, financial position and cash flows if the K&B Business had actually existed on a stand-alone basis during the years presented before the completion of the anticipated Reorganization.
Immediately following the Reorganization, FGI Industries, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, is expected to enter into a shared services agreement (the “FHI Shared Services Agreement”) with Foremost Home Industries, Inc., a newly-formed wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost (“FHI”). Pursuant to the FHI Shared Services Agreement, FGI Industries will provide FHI with general and administrative services, information technology systems services and human resources services, as well as warehouse space services and supply chain services in the United States. Under the FHI Shared Services Agreement, FHI will reimburse any reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees incurred by FGI Industries as well as pay a service fee for each service. For warehouse services, FHI will pay FGI Industries a $500,000 annual fee as well as a fee equal to 4% of gross product sales of all products stored in such warehouses. For all other services provided, FHI will pay a service fee equal to the total costs incurred by FGI Industries for such service generally divided by the number of FHI employees relative to FGI Industries employees. The FHI Shared Services Agreement will have an initial term of one year and will renew automatically unless cancelled by either party upon the giving of at least 60 days in advance of the expiration of the then-current term.
Immediately following the Reorganization, the Company expects to enter into a shared services agreement (the “ Worldwide Shared Services Agreement”) with Foremost Worldwide Co., Ltd. (“Foremost Worldwide”) pursuant to which Foremost Worldwide will provide FGI Industries with general and administrative services, information technology system services and human resources services, in Taiwan. The terms of the Worldwide Services Agreement as between the service provider and recipient are expected to be substantially identical to those of the FHI Shared Services Agreement, including calculation of service fees and termination provisions, with Foremost Worldwide providing services and FGI Industries paying Foremost Worldwide for such services.
The assets and liabilities have been stated at historical carrying amounts. Only those assets and liabilities that are specifically identifiable to the K&B Business are included in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income consists all the revenues, costs and expenses of the K&B Business, including allocations to the selling and distribution expenses, general and administrative expenses, and research and development expenses, and which were incurred by FGI but related to the K&B Business prior to the Reorganization.
 
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
All revenues and cost of revenues attributable to selling of kitchen and bath products were allocated to the Company. Operating expenses were allocated to the Company based on employees and activities that are involved in the K&B Business. Any expenses that were not directly attributable to any specific business were allocated to the Company based on the proportion of the number of employees of the K&B Business to the total number of employees of both the K&B Business and FHI.
The following table sets forth the revenues, cost of revenues and operating expenses that were irrelevant to the K&B Business allocated from FGI Industries to Foremost Home, Inc. for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020 respectively. In accordance with SAB Topic 5.z.7, the Company retroactively reflected the Reorganization in its unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements since the spin-off transaction is expected to occur prior to effectiveness of the registration statement.
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Revenues
$ 42,534,691 $ 36,057,017
Cost of revenues
(36,495,493) (29,667,777)
Gross profit
6,039,198 6,389,240
Selling and distribution expenses
(3,620,940) (3,639,172)
General and administrative expenses
(1,144,992) (1,471,712)
Research and development expenses
(444,771) (679,644)
Income from operations
$ 828,495 $ 598,712
The following table sets forth the revenues, cost of revenues and operating expenses that were directly related to the K&B Business allocated from Foremost Worldwide Co., Ltd., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Foremost, to FGI International for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
For the Nine Months Ended
September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Revenues
$ 84,095,512 $ 55,443,341
Cost of revenues
(74,694,183) (49,992,950)
Gross profit
9,401,329 5,450,391
Selling and distribution expenses
(1,261,384) (860,938)
General and administrative expenses
(913,683) (884,240)
Research and development expenses
(73,782) (44,648)
Income from operations
$ 7,152,480 $ 3,660,565
Income tax liability is calculated based on a separate return basis as if the K&B Business had filed separate tax returns before the completion of the Reorganization. Immediately following the Reorganization, the K&B Business began to file separate tax returns and report taxation based on the actual tax return of each legal entity.
Management believes the basis and amounts of these allocations are reasonable. While the expenses allocated to the Company for these items are not necessarily indicative of the expenses that would have been incurred if the Company had been a separate, stand-alone entity, the Company does not believe that there is any significant difference between the nature and amounts of these allocated expenses and the expenses that would have been incurred if the Company had been a separate, stand-alone entity.
 
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 2 — Summary of significant accounting policies
Basis of presentation
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”) and applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commissions (the “SEC”), regarding financial reporting, and include all normal and recurring adjustments that management of the Company considers necessary for a fair presentation of its financial position and operation results. Certain information and footnote disclosures normally included in financial statements prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP have been condensed or omitted pursuant to such rules and regulations. The results of operations are not necessarily indicative of results to be expected for any other interim period or for the full year. Accordingly, these statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.
Principles of consolidation
The unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the unaudited condensed financial statements of the Company and its subsidiaries. All significant intercompany transactions and balances between the Company and its subsidiaries are eliminated upon consolidation.
Subsidiaries are those entities which the Company, directly or indirectly, controls more than one half of the voting power; or has the power to govern the financial and operating policies, to appoint or remove the majority of the members of the board of directors, or to cast a majority of votes at a meeting of directors.
Use of estimates and assumptions
The preparation of unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the periods presented. Significant accounting estimates reflected in the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements include the useful lives of property and equipment, impairment of long-lived assets, allowance for doubtful accounts, provision for contingent liabilities, revenue recognition, deferred taxes and uncertain tax position. Actual results could differ from these estimates.
Foreign currency translation and transaction
The functional currencies of the Company and its subsidiaries are the local currency of the country in which the subsidiaries operate, except for FGI International which is incorporated in Hong Kong while adopting the United States Dollar (“U.S. Dollar” or “USD”) as its functional currency. The reporting currency of the Company is the U.S. Dollar. Assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies at the balance sheet date are translated at the applicable rates of exchange in effect at that date. The equity denominated in the functional currencies is translated at the historical rates of exchange at the time of capital contributions. The results of operations and the cash flows denominated in foreign currencies are translated at the average rates of exchange during the reporting period. Because cash flows are translated based on the average translation rates, amounts related to assets and liabilities reported on the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of cash flows will not necessarily agree with changes in the corresponding balances on the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets. Translation adjustments arising from the use of different exchange rates from period to period are included as a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income included in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of changes in parent’s net investment. Transaction gains and losses arise from exchange rate fluctuations on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency in the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of subsidiaries using the Renminbi (“RMB”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which was 6.4693 and 6.5037 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020,
 
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
respectively; parent’s net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which was 6.4683 and 7.0243 the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of the subsidiary using the Canadian Dollar (“CAD”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which was 1.2714 and 1.2741 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively; parent’s net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which was 1.2494 and 1.3551 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
For the purpose of presenting the financial statements of the subsidiary using the Euro (“EUR”) as functional currency, the Company’s assets and liabilities are expressed in U.S. Dollars at the exchange rate on the balance sheet date, which was 0.8589 and 0.8153 as of September 30, 2021 December 31, 2020, respectively; parent’s net investment accounts are translated at historical rates, and income and expense items are translated at the average exchange rate during the period, which was 0.8317 and 0.8907 for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Cash
Cash consists of cash on hand, demand deposits and time deposits placed with banks or other financial institutions that have original maturities of three months or less. The Company did not have any cash equivalents as of September 30, 2021 or December 31, 2020.
Accounts receivable, net
Bills and trade receivables include trade accounts due from customers. In establishing the required allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers historical collection experience, aging of the receivables, the economic environment, industry trend analysis, and the credit history and financial conditions of the customers. Management reviews its receivables on a regular basis to determine if the bad debt allowance is adequate, and adjusts the allowance when necessary. Delinquent account balances are written off against allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.
Inventories, net
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realizable value. Cost consists of purchase price and related shipping and handling expenses, and is determined using the weighted average cost method, based on individual products. The methods of determining inventory costs are used consistently from year to year. A provision for slow-moving items is calculated based on historical experience. Management reviews this provision annually to assess whether, based on economic conditions, it is adequate.
Prepayments
Prepayments are cash deposited or advanced to suppliers for the purchase of goods or services that have not been received or provided and deposits made to the Company’s suppliers and landlord. This amount is refundable and bears no interest. Prepayments and deposits are classified as either current or non-current based on the terms of the respective agreements. These advances are unsecured and are reviewed periodically to determine whether their carrying value has become impaired.
Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment are stated at cost net of accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided over the estimated useful lives of the assets using the straight-line method from the time the assets are placed in service. Estimated useful lives are as follows:
Useful Life
Leasehold Improvements
Lesser of lease term and expected useful life
 
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Useful Life
Machinery and equipment
3 – 5 years
Furniture and fixtures
3 – 5 years
Vehicles
5 years
Molds
3 – 5 years
Intangible assets, net
The Company’s intangible assets with definite useful lives primarily consist of software acquired for internal use. The Company amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives over their estimated useful lives and reviews these assets for impairment. The Company typically amortizes its intangible assets with definite useful lives on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of ten years.
Impairment for long-lived assets
Long-lived assets, including property and equipment and intangible assets with definite useful lives, are reviewed for impairment whenever material events or changes in circumstances (such as a significant adverse change to market conditions that will impact the future use of the assets) indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company assesses the recoverability of an asset based on the undiscounted future cash flows the asset is expected to generate and recognize an impairment loss when estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset plus net proceeds expected from disposition of the asset, if any, are less than the carrying value of the asset. If an impairment is identified, the Company would reduce the carrying amount of the asset to its estimated fair value based on a discounted cash flows approach or, when available and appropriate, to comparable market values. As of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, no impairment of long-lived assets was recognized.
Leases
The Company determines if an arrangement is a lease at inception. Operating leases are included in right-of-use assets (“ROU assets”), operating lease liabilities — current and operating lease liabilities — noncurrent on our unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets.
ROU assets represent our right to use an underlying asset for the duration of the lease term while lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments in exchange for the right to use an underlying asset. ROU assets and lease liabilities are measured based on the present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term at the commencement date. The ROU asset also includes any lease payments made prior to the commencement date and initial direct costs incurred, and is reduced by any lease incentives received. The Company reviews its ROU assets as material events occur or circumstances change that would indicate the carrying amount of the ROU assets are not recoverable and exceed their fair values. If the carrying amount of an ROU asset is not recoverable from its undiscounted cash flows, then the Company would recognize an impairment loss for the difference between the carrying amount and the current fair value.
As most of the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company generally uses its incremental borrowing rate on the commencement date of the lease as the discount rate in determining the present value of future lease payments. The Company determines the incremental borrowing rate for each lease by using the incremental borrowing rate based on the estimated rate of interest for collateralized borrowing over a similar term of the lease payments at commencement date. The Company’s lease terms may include options to extend or terminate the lease when there are relevant economic incentives present that make it reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. The Company accounts for any non-lease components separately from lease components.
Lease expense for lease payments is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Fair Value Measurement
The accounting standard regarding fair value of financial instruments and related fair value measurements defines financial instruments and requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company.
 
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
The accounting standards define fair value, establish a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosures of fair value measurement and enhance disclosure requirements for fair value measures. The three levels of the fair value hierarchy are as follows:

Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the assets or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instruments.

Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value.
Financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities are reported in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets at face value or cost, which approximate fair value because of the short period of time between the origination of such instruments and their expected realization and their current market rates of interest.
Revenue recognition
In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)” ​(“ASU 2014-09”). ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to recognize the amount of revenue to which it expects to be entitled for the transfer of promised goods or services to customers. ASU 2014-09 replaced most existing revenue recognition guidance in U.S. GAAP when it became effective and permits the use of either the retrospective or cumulative effect transition method. The Company adopted Topic 606 on January 1, 2018 using the modified retrospective transition method, the adoption did not have material impact on the on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.
The Company generates revenues from sales of kitchen and bath products, and recognizes revenue as control of its products is transferred to its customers, which is generally at the time of shipment or upon delivery based on the contractual terms with the Company’s customers. The Company’s customers’ payment terms generally range from 15 to 60 days of fulfilling its performance obligations and recognizing revenue.
The Company provides customer programs and incentive offerings, including co-operative marketing arrangements and volume-based incentives. These customer programs and incentives are considered variable consideration. The Company includes in revenue variable consideration only to the extent that it is probable that a significant reversal in the amount of cumulative revenue recognized will not occur when the variable consideration is resolved. This determination is made based upon known customer program and incentive offerings at the time of sale, and expected sales volume forecasts as it relates to the Company’s volume-based incentives. This determination is updated on a monthly basis.
Certain product sales include a right of return. The Company estimates future product returns at the time of sale based on historical experience and records a corresponding reduction in accounts receivable.
The Company records receivables related to revenue when it has an unconditional right to invoice and receive payment. The Company invoices its customers for products sold upon placement of purchase orders.
The Company’s disaggregated revenues are summarized as follows:
For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Revenues by product line
Sanitaryware
$ 74,670,772 $ 65,404,099
Bath Furniture
42,560,196 27,788,610
Others
12,521,469 6,126,484
Total
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193
 
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Revenues by geographic location
United States
$ 80,870,466 $ 62,091,223
Canada
35,177,279 25,163,693
Europe
13,704,692 12,064,277
Total
$ 129,752,437 $ 99,319,193
Income Taxes
Deferred taxes are recognized based on the future tax consequences of the differences between the carrying value of assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. The future realization of deferred tax assets depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income in future periods. Possible sources of taxable income include taxable income in carryback periods, the future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences recorded as a deferred tax liability, tax-planning strategies that generate future income or gains in excess of anticipated losses in the carryforward period and projected future taxable income.
If, based upon all available evidence, both positive and negative, it is more likely than not (i.e., more than 50 percent likely) that such deferred tax assets will not be realized, a valuation allowance is recorded. Significant weight is given to positive and negative evidence that is objectively verifiable. A company’s three-year cumulative loss position is significant negative evidence in considering whether deferred tax assets are realizable, and the accounting guidance restricts the amount of reliance we can place on projected taxable income to support the recovery of the deferred tax assets.
The current accounting guidance allows the recognition of only those income tax positions that have a greater than 50 percent likelihood of being sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities. The Company believes that there is an increased potential for volatility in its effective tax rate because this threshold allows for changes in the income tax environment and, to a greater extent, the inherent complexities of income tax law in a substantial number of jurisdictions, which may affect the computation of its liability for uncertain tax positions.
The Company records interest and penalties on our uncertain tax positions in income tax expense.
We record the tax effects of Foreign Derived Intangible Income (FDII) and Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) related to our foreign operations as a component of income tax expense in the period in which the tax arises.
Comprehensive income
Comprehensive income consists of two components: net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income refers to revenue, expenses, gains and losses that under GAAP are recorded as an element of equity but are excluded from net income. Other comprehensive income consists of a foreign currency translation adjustment resulting from the Company not using the U.S. Dollar as its functional currencies.
Earnings per share
The Company computes earnings per share (“EPS”) in accordance with ASC 260, “Earnings per Share”. ASC 260 requires companies to present basic and diluted EPS. Basic EPS is measured as net income divided by the weighted average ordinary shares outstanding for the period. Diluted EPS presents the dilutive effect on a per share basis of the potential ordinary shares (e.g., convertible securities, options and warrants) as if they had been converted at the beginning of the periods presented, or issuance date, if later. Potential ordinary shares that have an anti-dilutive effect (i.e., those that increase income per share or decrease loss per share) are excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS. For the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020, there were no dilutive shares.
 
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Segment reporting
ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for detailing the Company’s business segments.
Recently issued accounting pronouncements
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, “Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326), Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments,” amending the accounting for the impairment of financial instruments, including trade receivables. Under previous guidance, credit losses were recognized when the applicable losses had a probable likelihood of occurring and this assessment was based on past events and current conditions. The amended current guidance eliminates the “probable” threshold and requires an entity to use a broader range of information, including forecast information when estimating expected credit losses. Generally, this should result in a more timely recognition of credit losses. This guidance became effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019 with early adoption permitted for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The requirements of the amended guidance should be applied using a modified retrospective approach except for debt securities, which require a prospective transition approach. In November 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-10 which finalized the delay of such effective date to fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 for private and all other companies including emerging growth companies. As an emerging growth company, the Company plans to adopt this guidance from January 1, 2023 and is currently evaluating the impact on its consolidated financial statements upon adoption. In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes,” which simplifies the accounting for income taxes by removing certain exceptions to the general principles in Topic 740. The amendments also improve consistent application of and simplify GAAP for other areas of Topic 740 by clarifying and amending existing guidance. The adoption of the standard did not have an impact on our financial position or results of operation.
The Company considers the applicability and impact of all ASUs. ASUs not listed above were assessed and determined not to be applicable.
Note 3 — Accounts receivable, net
Accounts receivable, net consisted of the following:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Accounts receivable
$ 29,147,354 $ 18,703,026
Allowance for doubtful accounts
(181,837) (146,637)
Accrued defective return and discount
(3,351,138) (1,218,110)
Accounts receivable, net
$ 25,614,379 $ 17,338,279
Movements of allowance for doubtful accounts are as follows:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Beginning balance
$ 146,637 $ 156,809
Addition (reversal)
35,200 (10,172)
Ending balance
$ 181,837 $ 146,637
 
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Movements of accrued defective return and discount accounts are as follows:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Beginning balance
$ 1,218,110 $ 839,862
Provision
2,133,028 378,248
Ending balance
$ 3,351,138 $ 1,218,110
Note 4 — Inventories, net
Inventories, net consisted of the following:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Finished product
$ 19,569,174 $ 8,903,767
Reserves for slow-moving inventories
(565,798) (595,425)
Inventories, net
$ 19,003,376 $ 8,308,342
Movements of inventory reserves are as follows:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Beginning balance
$ 595,425 $ 813,411
(Reversal)
(29,627) (217,986)
Ending balance
$ 565,798 $ 595,425
Note 5 — Prepayments and other assets
Prepayments and other assets consisted of the following:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Prepayments
$ 1,105,005 $ 671,924
Others
195,506 127,800
Total prepayments and other assets
$ 1,300,511 $ 799,724
 
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 6 — Property and equipment, net
Property and equipment, net consist of the following:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Leasehold Improvements
$ 1,122,445 $ 1,122,092
Machinery and equipment
2,245,062 2,299,527
Furniture and fixtures
499,314 499,154
Vehicles
178,379 178,218
Molds
26,377 26,377
Subtotal
4,071,577 4,125,368
Less: accumulated depreciation
(3,662,924) (3,579,671)
Total
$ 408,653 $ 545,697
Depreciation expense for the nine months ended September 30 , 2021 and 2020 amounted to $149,256 and $185,961, respectively, which were included in general and administrative expenses on the unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
Note 7 — Leases
The Company has operating leases primarily for corporate offices, warehouses and showrooms. As of September 30, 2021, the Company’s leases have remaining lease terms up to 8 years. Total operating lease cost as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 amounted to $9,359,413 and $10,014,379, respectively.
The table below presents the operating lease related assets and liabilities recorded on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Operating lease right-of-use assets
$ 8,400,808 $ 9,311,277
Operating lease liabilities – current
$ 1,016,009 $ 1,245,629
Operating lease liabilities – noncurrent
7,492,043 8,196,486
Total operating lease liabilities
$ 8,508,052 $ 9,442,115
Information relating to the lease term and discount rate are as follows:
As of
September 30,
201
As of
December 31,
2020
Weighted-average remaining lease term
Operating leases
5.6 years
6.1 years
Weighted-average discount rate
Operating leases
4.7%
4.7%
 
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
As of September 30, 2021, the maturities of operating lease liabilities were as follows:
For the 12 months ending September 30,
2022
$ 1,660,097
2023
1,619,291
2024
1,546,346
2025
1,331,802
2026
1,203,127
Thereafter
2,541,018
Total lease payments
9,901,681
Less: imputed interest
(1,393,629)
Present value of lease liabilities
$ 8,508,052
Note 8 — Short-term loans
Bank loan
FGI Industries (formerly named Foremost Groups, Inc.) has a line of credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with East West Bank, which is collateralized by all assets of FGI Industries and personally guaranteed by Liang Chou Chen, who holds approximately 49.75% of the voting control of Foremost. For the year ended December 31, 2018 and through September 30, 2019, the Credit Agreement allowed for borrowings up to $25,000,000, which previously included a discretionary loan in the amount of $3,000,000 that could only be drawn upon under certain circumstances as described in the Credit Agreement. The discretionary line expired on September 30, 2019. The non-discretionary line of credit was renewed through September 23, 2020 and maximum borrowings were amended to $22,000,000. On August 13, 2020, the line of credit was renewed with an extended maturity date of September 23, 2022 and maximum borrowings were further amended to $18,000,000.
Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, FGI Industries is required to maintain (a) a debt coverage ratio (defined as earnings before interest, taxes depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”) divided by current portion of long-term debt plus interest expense) of not less than 1.25 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter; (b) an effective tangible net worth (defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less amounts due from officers, stockholders and affiliates, minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization, plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than $9,500,000 for the quarters ended September 30, 2020 and December 31, 2020, and not less than $10,000,000 for the quarter ended June 30, 2021 and thereafter; and (c) a total debt to tangible net worth ratio (defined as total liabilities divided by tangible net worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan to officers, stockholders, and affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.
For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, and through August 26, 2020, the loan bore interest at a rate per annum equal to 0.1 percentage points below the Prime Rate as quoted by the Wall Street Journal (“Prime Rate”). Effective August 26, 2020, the annual interest rate was amended to 0.25 percentage points above the Prime Rate. Under no circumstances will the interest rate on this loan be less than 3.250% per annum or more than the maximum rate allowed by applicable law. The interest rate as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 was 3.50%.
Each sum of borrowings under the Credit Agreement is deemed due on demand and is classified as a short-term loan. The outstanding balance of such loan was $13,592,300 and $9,393,481 as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
PPP loan
On April 9, 2020, Foremost Groups, Inc. entered into a loan agreement in connection with the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) and received proceeds of approximately $1.68 million (the “PPP
 
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
loan”) under the CARES Act. Interest on the loan accrued at a fixed interest rate of 1.0%. Under Section 1106 of the CARES Act, borrowers are eligible for forgiveness of principal and accrued interest on the loans to the extent that the proceeds are used to cover eligible payroll costs, mortgage interest costs, rent and utility costs, otherwise described as qualified expenses. During the year ended December 31, 2020, Foremost Groups, Inc. used all of the PPP loan proceeds to pay for qualified expenses. 100% of the PPP loan proceeds were used for payroll related expenses. Under the current provisions of the CARES Act, any recipient of a PPP loan may be subject to an audit by the SBA to confirm it qualifies for the loan and that the proceeds were used for qualified expenses as prescribed by the PPP rules. Foremost Groups, Inc. submitted its application and supporting documentation for forgiveness on December 22, 2020 As of December 31, 2020, the balance of the PPP loan was included in the short-term loan on the consolidated balance sheet. On February 8, 2021, FGI Industries received approval of forgiveness of the PPP loan from the SBA. Upon such approval, the entire balance including principal and interest was forgiven and recorded as other income on the Company’s unaudited condensed consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.
Note 9 — Parent’s net investment
FGI was incorporated in the Cayman Islands on May 26, 2021 in connection with the planned Reorganization, as described in Note 1. The Company is authorized to issue 50,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of $0.001 per share.
Note 10 — Income taxes
The source of pre-tax income and the components of income tax expense are as follows:
For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2021
2020
USD
USD
Income components
United States
$ 262,433 $ 247,839
Outside United States
7,918,241 4,411,444
Total pre-tax income
$ 8,180,674 $ 4,659,283
Provision for income taxes
Current
Federal
$ $
State
(3,274) 7,761
Foreign
1,092,881 533,561
1,089,607 541,322
Deferred
Federal
250,606 69,106
State
(24,668) 31,166
Foreign
532
225,938 100,804
Total provision for income taxes
$ 1,315,545 $ 642,126
 
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Reconciliations between taxes at the U.S. federal income tax rate and taxes at the Company’s effective income tax rate on earnings before income taxes are as follows:
For the Nine Months
Ended September 30,
2021
2020
Federal statutory rate
21.0% 21.0%
Increase (decrease) in tax rate resulting from:
State and local income taxes, net of federal benefit
(0.1) 0.6
Foreign operations
(7.0) (6.1)
Permanent items
(4.2) 0.5
Deferred rate changes
0.1
Foreign dividends and earnings taxable in the United States
2.1 1.6
Others
4.3 (3.9)
Effective tax rate
16.1% 13.8%
The following is a summary of the components of the net deferred tax assets and liabilities recognized in the unaudited condensed consolidated balance sheets:
As of
September 30,
2021
As of
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Deferred tax assets
Allowance for doubtful accounts
$ 45,227 $ 36,472
Other reserve
109,750 92,025
Accrued expenses
189,623 143,735
Lease liability
1,796,398 1,752,546
Charitable contributions
8,520 8,553
Business interest limitation
349,085 370,640
Net operating loss – federal
306,840 536,212
Net operating loss – state
48,032 103,489
Other
66,217 66,636
Total deferred tax assets
2,919,692 3,110,308
Less: valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets
2,919,692 3,110,308
Deferred tax liabilities
Fixed assets
1,866,728 1,815,064
Intangibles
15,924 31,849
Total deferred tax liabilities
1,882,652 1,846,913
Deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities
$ 1,037,040 $ 1,263,395
The deferred tax assets related to the net operating loss as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020 have no expiration.
 
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Note 11 — Related party transactions and balances
Prepayments — related parties
Name of Related Party
Relationship
Nature of
transactions
September 30,
2021
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Rizhao Foremost Woodwork
Manufacturing Co., Ltd.
An entity under
common control
Purchase
$ 1,549,335 $ 1,138,316
Focal Capital Holding Limited
An entity under
common control
Purchase
1,547,233 2,098,461
$ 3,096,568 $ 3,236,777
Other receivables — related parties
Name of Related Party
Relationship
Nature of
transactions
September 30,
2021
December 31,
2020
USD
USD
Foremost Xingye Business Consultancy
(Shenzhen) Co., Ltd.
An entity under
common control
Miscellaneous
expenses
$ 40,096 $ 26,359
Loan guarantee by a related party
Liang Chou Chen holds approximately 49.75% of the voting control of Foremost, the Company’s majority shareholder and guarantor of the loan obtained by FGI Industries from East West Bank under the Credit Agreement. See Note 8 for details.
Note 12 — Concentrations of risks
Customer concentration risk
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, three customers accounted for 24.7%, 14.0% and 12.0% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, two customers accounted for 29.8% and 13.6% of the Company’s total revenues, respectively. No other customer accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. As of September 30, 2021, three customers accounted for 18.9%, 13.6% and 11.7% of the total balance of accounts receivable, respectively. As of December 31, 2020, three customers accounted for 29.5%, 17.4% and 14.0% of the total balance of accounts receivable, respectively. No other customer accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable as of September 30, 2021, and December 31, 2020.
Vendor concentration risk
For the nine months ended September 30, 2021, Tangshan Huida Ceramic Group Co., Ltd (“Huida”) accounted for 40.8% of the Company’s total purchases, respectively. For the nine months ended September 30, 2020, Huida accounted for 48.9% of the Company’s total purchases. No other supplier accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s total purchases for the nine months ended September 30, 2021 and 2020. As of September 30, 2021, Huida accounted for 64.7% of the total balance of accounts payable. As of December 31, 2020, Huida accounted for 59.7% of the total balance of accounts payable. No other supplier accounts for more than 10% of the Company’s accounts payable as of September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Note 13 — Commitments and contingencies
Litigation
From time to time, the Company is involved in legal and regulatory proceedings that are incidental to the operation of its businesses. These proceedings may seek remedies relating to matters including
 
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
environmental, tax, intellectual property, acquisitions or divestitures, product liability, property damage, personal injury, privacy, employment, labor and pension, government contract issues and commercial or contractual disputes. Although the ultimate outcome of any legal matter cannot be predicted with certainty, based on present information, including management assessment of the merits of the particular claims, the Company does not believe it is reasonably possible that any asserted or unasserted legal claims or proceedings, individually or in aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, or financial condition.
Note 14 — Segment information
The Company follows ASC 280, Segment Reporting, which requires that companies disclose segment data based on how management makes decisions about allocating resources to each segment and evaluating their performances. The Company has one reporting segment. The Company’s chief operating decision maker has been identified as the chief executive officer, who reviews consolidated results when making decisions about allocating resources and assessing performance of the Company and hence the Company has only one reportable segment.
Note 15 — Subsequent events
The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date through November 11, 2021 when the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements were issued. Based on this review, the Company did not identify any other subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.
 
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS
        Shares
FGI Industries Ltd.
Ordinary Shares
PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS
The Benchmark Company Northland Capital Markets
                 , 2021
Through and including                 , 2021 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our ordinary shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Part II
Information Not Required In Prospectus
Item 13.   Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, paid or payable by us in connection with the sale of our ordinary shares being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, registration fee, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee and the Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee.
Item
Amount
SEC registration fee
$ 2,174.65
FINRA filing fee
3,500.00
Nasdaq Capital Market listing fee
5,000
Printing expenses
200,000
Legal fees and expenses
1,000,000
Accounting fees and expenses
125,000
Underwriter Expense Reimbursement
157,500
Miscellaneous expenses
6,825.35
Total
$ 1,500,000
Item 14.   Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against willful default, willful neglect, civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association will provide for indemnification of our officers and directors to the maximum extent permitted by law, including for any liability incurred in their capacities as such, except through their own actual fraud, willful default or willful neglect.
We will enter into agreements with our directors and officers to provide contractual indemnification in addition to the indemnification provided for in our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association. We expect to purchase a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance that insures our officers and directors against the cost of defense, settlement or payment of a judgment in some circumstances and insures us against our obligations to indemnify our officers and directors.
Our officers and directors have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account, and have agreed to waive any right, title, interest or claim of any kind they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any services provided to us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever (except to the extent they are entitled to funds from the trust account due to their ownership of public shares). Accordingly, any indemnification provided will only be able to be satisfied by us if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
Item 15.   Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
As part of its incorporation and the Reorganization, the Company issued to Foremost a total of seven million shares. As of the date of this registration statement, the Company has not issued or sold any other unregistered securities since January 1, 2018.
Item 16.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
a.
Exhibits.    See Exhibit Index attached to this registration statement, which is incorporated by reference herein.
 
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
b.
Financial statement schedule.    Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17.   Undertakings.
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
1.
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant. pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
2.
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
Exhibit Index
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
 1.1**
3.1**
3.2**
4.1**
4.2**
4.3**
5.1* Opinion of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP
5.2* Opinion of Travers Thorp Alberga
10.1#**
10.2**
10.3**
10.4**
10.5**
10.6+**
10.7+**
10.8+**
 
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
10.9+**
10.10+**
10.11+**
10.12+**
10.13**
10.14
21.1**
23.1
23.2** Consent of Faegre Drinker Biddle & Reath LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3** Consent of Travers Thorp Alberga (included in Exhibit 5.2)
24.1**
*
To be filed by amendment.
**
Previously filed.
#
Portions of this exhibit (indicated by asterisks) have been redacted in compliance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(10)(iv).
+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
 
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in East Hanover, New Jersey, on the 12th day of November, 2021.
FGI Industries Ltd.
By:
/s/ John Chen
Name: John Chen
Title:
Executive Chairman
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
*
David Bruce
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
November 12, 2021
*
Perry Lin
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)
November 12, 2021
/s/ John Chen
John Chen
Executive Chairman and Director
November 12, 2021
*
Todd Heysse
Director
November 12, 2021
*
Kellie Zesch Weir
Director
November 12, 2021
*
Jae Chung
Director
November 12, 2021
*By
/s/ John Chen
John Chen, Attorney-in-fact
 
II-4

 

Exhibit 10.14 

 

BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED)

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED) dated April 23, 2012, is made and executed between Foremost Groups, Inc. (“Borrower”) and East West Bank (“Lender”) on the following terms and conditions. Borrower has received prior commercial loans from Lender or has applied to Lender for a commercial loan or loans or other financial accommodations, including those which may be described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement. Borrower understands and agrees that: (A) in granting, renewing, or extending any Loan, Lender is relying upon Borrower’s representations, warranties, and agreements as set forth in this Agreement; (B) the granting, renewing, or extending of any Loan by Lender at all times shall be subject to Lender’s sole judgment and discretion; and (C) all such Loans shall be and remain subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

TERM. This Agreement shall be effective as of April 23, 2012, and shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all of Borrower’s Loans in favor of Lender have been paid in full, including principal, interest, costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees, and other fees and charges, or until such time as the parties may agree in writing to terminate this Agreement.

 

ADVANCE AUTHORITY. The following person or persons are authorized to request advances and authorize payments under the line of credit until Lender receives from Borrower, at Lender’s address shown above, written notice of revocation of such authority: Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc. and Liang Chou Chen, President.

 

LINE OF CREDIT. Lender agrees to make Advances to Borrower from time to time from the date of this Agreement to the Expiration Date, provided the aggregate amount of such Advances outstanding at any time does not exceed the Borrowing Base. Within the foregoing limits, Borrower may borrow, partially or wholly prepay, and reborrow under this Agreement as follows:

 

Conditions Precedent to Each Advance. Lender’s obligation to make any Advance to or for the account of Borrower under this Agreement is subject to the conditions precedent set forth in the Conditions Precedent to Each Advance section of this Agreement, below.

 

Making Loan Advances. Advances under this credit facility, as well as directions for payment from Borrower’s accounts, may be requested orally or in writing by authorized persons. Lender may, but need not, require that all oral requests be confirmed in writing. Each Advance shall be conclusively deemed to have been made at the request of and for the benefit of Borrower (1) when credited to any deposit account of Borrower maintained with Lender or (2) when advanced in accordance with the instructions of an authorized person. Lender, at its option, may set a cutoff time, after which all requests for Advances will be treated as having been requested on the next succeeding Business Day. Lender will notify Borrower in writing of any change in cutoff time applicable to requests for Advances.

 

Mandatory Loan Repayments. If at any time the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Advances shall exceed the applicable Borrowing Base, Borrower, immediately upon written notice from Lender, shall pay to Lender an amount equal to the difference between the outstanding principal balance of the Advances and the Borrowing Base. On the Expiration Date, Borrower shall pay to Lender in full the aggregate unpaid principal amount of all Advances then outstanding and all accrued unpaid interest, together with all other applicable fees, costs and charges, if any, not yet paid.

 

Loan Account. Lender shall maintain on its books a record of account in which Lender shall make entries for each Advance and such other debits and credits as shall be appropriate in connection with the credit facility. Lender shall provide Borrower with periodic statements of Borrower’s account, which statements shall be considered to be correct and conclusively binding on Borrower unless Borrower notifies Lender to the contrary within forty five (45) days after Borrower’s receipt of any such statement which Borrower deems to be incorrect.

 

COLLATERAL. To secure payment of the Primary Credit Facility and performance of all other Loans, obligations and duties owed by Borrower to Lender, Borrower (and others, if required) shall grant to Lender Security Interests in such property and assets as Lender may require. Lender’s Security Interests in the Collateral shall be continuing liens and shall include the proceeds and products of the Collateral, including without limitation the proceeds of any insurance. With respect to the Collateral, Borrower agrees and represents and warrants to Lender:

 

 

Page 2

 

Perfection of Security Interests. Borrower agrees to execute all documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interest and to take whatever actions are requested by Lender to perfect and continue Lender’s Security Interests in the Collateral. Upon request of Lender, Borrower will deliver to Lender any and all of the documents evidencing or constituting the Collateral, and Borrower will note Lender’s interest upon any and all chattel paper and instruments if not delivered to Lender for possession by Lender. Contemporaneous with the execution of this Agreement, Borrower will execute one or more UCC financing statements and any similar statements as may be required by applicable law, and Lender will file such financing statements and all such similar statements in the appropriate location or locations. Borrower hereby appoints Lender as its irrevocable attorney-in-fact for the purpose of executing any documents necessary to perfect or to continue any Security Interest. Lender may at any time, and without further authorization from Borrower, file a carbon, photograph, facsimile, or other reproduction of any financing statement for use as a financing statement. Borrower will reimburse Lender for all expenses for the perfection, termination, and the continuation of the perfection of Lender’s security interest in the Collateral. Borrower promptly will notify Lender before any change in Borrower’s name including any change to the assumed business names of Borrower. Borrower also promptly will notify Lender before any change in Borrower’s or Employer Identification Number. Borrower further agrees to notify Lender in writing prior to any change in address or location of Borrower’s principal governance office or should Borrower merge or consolidate with any other entity.

 

Collateral Records. Borrower does now, and at all times hereafter shall, keep correct and accurate records of the Collateral. With respect to the Accounts, Borrower agrees to keep and maintain such records as Lender may require, including without limitation information concerning Eligible Accounts and Account balances and agings. Records related to Accounts (Receivables) are or will be located at Borrower’s address above. With respect to the Inventory, Borrower agrees to keep and maintain such records as Lender may require, including without limitation information concerning Eligible Inventory and records itemizing and describing the kind, type, quality, and quantity of Inventory, Borrower’s Inventory costs and selling prices, and the daily withdrawals and additions to Inventory. Records related to Inventory are or will be located at Borrower’s address above. The above is an accurate and complete list of all locations at which Borrower keeps or maintains business records concerning Borrower’s collateral.

 

Collateral Schedules. Concurrently with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, Borrower shall execute and deliver to Lender schedules of Accounts and Inventory and schedules of Eligible Accounts and Eligible Inventory in form and substance satisfactory to the Lender. Thereafter supplemental schedules shall be delivered according to the Affirmative Covenants section below.

 

Representations and Warranties Concerning Accounts. With respect to the Accounts, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender: (1) Each Account represented by Borrower to be an Eligible Account for purposes of this Agreement conforms to the requirements of the definition of an Eligible Account; (2) All Account information listed on schedules delivered to Lender will be true and correct, subject to immaterial variance; and (3) Lender, its assigns, or agents shall have the right at any time and at Borrower’s expense to inspect, examine, and audit Borrower’s records and to confirm with Account Debtors the accuracy of such Accounts in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

Representations and Warranties Concerning Inventory. With respect to the Inventory, Borrower represents and warrants to Lender: (1) All Inventory represented by Borrower to be Eligible Inventory for purposes of this Agreement conforms to the requirements of the definition of Eligible Inventory; (2) All Inventory values listed on schedules delivered to Lender will be true and correct, subject to immaterial variance; (3) The value of the Inventory will be determined on a consistent accounting basis; (4) Except as agreed to the contrary by Lender in writing, all Eligible Inventory is now and at all times hereafter will be in Borrower’s physical possession and shall not be held by others on consignment, sale on approval, or sale or return; (5) Except as reflected in the Inventory schedules delivered to Lender, all Eligible Inventory is now and at all times hereafter will be of good and merchantable quality, free from material defects; (6) Except as set forth on schedule { } attached hereto, Eligible Inventory is not now and will not at any time hereafter be stored with a bailee, warehouseman, or similar party, Borrower will concurrently at the time of bailment cause any such bailee, warehouseman, or similar party to issue and deliver to Lender, in form acceptable to Lender, warehouse receipts in Lender name evidencing the storage of Inventory; and (7) Lender, its assigns, or agents shall have the right in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to inspect and examine the Inventory and to check and test the same as to quality, quantity, value, and condition.

 

Notification Basis. Borrower agrees and understands that this Loan shall be on a notification basis pursuant to which Lender shall directly collect and receive all proceeds and payments from the Accounts in which Lender has a security interest. In order to facilitate the foregoing, Borrower agrees to deliver to Lender, upon written demand, any and all of Borrower’s records, ledger sheets, payment cards, and other documentation, in the form reasonably requested by Lender, with regard to the Accounts. Borrower further agrees that Lender shall have the right to notify each Account Debtor, pay such proceeds and payments directly to Lender, and to do any and all other things as Lender may deem to be necessary and appropriate, within its sole discretion, to carry out the terms and intent of this Agreement. Lender shall have the further right, upon an Event of Default and within Lender’s sole discretion, to file suit, either in its own name or in the name of Borrower, to collect any and all such Accounts. Borrower further agrees that Lender may take such other actions, either in Borrower’s name or Lender’s name, as Lender may deem appropriate within its reasonable judgment, with regard to collection and payment of the Accounts, without affecting the liability of Borrower under this Agreement or on the Indebtedness.

 

Remittance Account. Lender requires Borrower to institute procedures whereby the payments and other proceeds of the Accounts shall be paid by the Account Debtors under a remittance account or lock box arrangement with Lender, or Lender’s agent, or with one or more financial institutions designated by Lender. Borrower further agrees that, if no Event of Default exists under this Agreement, any and all of such funds received under such a remittance account or lock box arrangement shall, at Lender’s sole election and discretion, either be (1) paid or turned over to Borrower; (2) deposited into one or more accounts for the benefit of Borrower (which deposit accounts shall be subject to a security assignment in favor of Lender); (3) deposited into one or more accounts for the joint benefit of Borrower and Lender (which deposit accounts shall likewise be subject to a security assignment in favor of Lender); (4) paid or turned over to Lender to be applied to the Indebtedness in such order and priority as Lender may determine within its sole discretion; or (5) any combination of the foregoing as Lender shall determine from time to time. Borrower further agrees that, should one or more Events of Default exist, any and all funds received under such a remittance account or lock box arrangement shall be paid or turned over to Lender to be applied to the Indebtedness, again in such order and priority as Lender may determine within its sole discretion.

 

 

Page 3

 

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO EACH ADVANCE. Lender’s obligation to make the initial Advance and each subsequent Advance under this Agreement shall be subject to the fulfillment to Lender’s satisfaction of all of the conditions set forth in this Agreement and in the Related Documents.

 

Loan Documents. Borrower shall provide to Lender the following duly executed documents for the Loan which shall be in full force and effect as of the date of the Advance request: (1) the Note; (2) Security Agreements granting to Lender security interests in the Collateral; (3) financing statements and all other documents perfecting Lender’s Security Interests; (4) evidence of insurance as required below; (5) guaranties; (6) together with all such Related Documents as Lender may require for the Loan; all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Lender and Lender’s counsel; and (7) opinions of counsel, as reasonably requested by Lender.

 

Borrower’s Authorization. Borrower shall have provided in form and substance satisfactory to Lender properly certified resolutions, duly authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Note and the Related Documents. In addition, Borrower shall have provided such other resolutions, authorizations, documents and instruments as Lender or its counsel, may reasonably require.

 

Fees and Expenses Under This Agreement. Borrower shall have paid to Lender all fees, costs, and expenses specified in this Agreement and the Related Documents as are then due and payable.

 

Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in any document or certificate delivered to Lender under this Agreement are true and correct in all material respects.

 

Collateral. The security interests in the Collateral shall have been duly authorized, created, and perfected with first lien priority and shall be in full force and effect.

 

Audit and Inspection. Lender, at its option and for its sole benefit, shall have conducted an audit of Borrower’s Accounts, Inventory, books, records, and operations, as provided by this Agreement, and Lender shall be satisfied as to their condition,

 

No Event of Default. There shall not exist at the time of any Advance a condition which would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement or under any Related Document and Borrower shall have delivered to Lender the compliance certificate called for in the paragraph titled “Compliance Certificate”.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. Borrower represents and warrants to Lender, as of the date of this Agreement, as of the date of each disbursement of loan proceeds, as of the date of any renewal, extension or modification of any Loan, and at all times any Indebtedness exists:

 

Organization. Borrower is a corporation for profit which is, and at all times shall be, duly organized, validly existing, and in good standing under and by virtue of the laws of the State of New Jersey. Borrower is duly authorized to transact business in all other states in which Borrower is doing business, having obtained all necessary filings, governmental licenses and approvals for each state in which Borrower is doing business except where the failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect. Borrower has the full power and authority to own its properties and to transact the business in which it is presently engaged or presently proposes to engage. Borrower maintains an office at 906 Murray Road, East Hanover, NJ 07936. Unless Borrower has designated otherwise in writing, the principal office is the office at which Borrower keeps its books and records including its records concerning the Collateral. Borrower will notify Lender prior to any change in the location of Borrower’s state of incorporation or any change in Borrower’s name. Borrower shall do all things necessary to preserve and to keep in full force and effect its existence, rights and privileges, and shall comply with all regulations, rules, ordinances, statutes, orders and decrees of any governmental or quasi-governmental authority or court applicable to Borrower and Borrower’s business activities.

 

Assumed Business Names. Borrower has filed or recorded all documents or filings required by law relating to all assumed business names used by Borrower. Excluding the name of Borrower, the following is a complete list of all assumed business names under which Borrower does business: Foremost Industries and Performance Patio.

 

Authorization. Borrower’s execution, delivery, and performance of this Agreement and all the Related Documents have been duly authorized by all necessary action by Borrower and do not conflict with, result in a violation of, or constitute a default under (1) any provision of (a) Borrower’s articles of incorporation or organization, or bylaws, or (b) any agreement or other instrument binding upon Borrower or (2) any law, governmental regulation, court decree, or order applicable to Borrower or to Borrower’s properties.

 

Financial Information. Each of Borrower’s financial statements supplied to Lender truly and completely disclosed Borrower’s financial condition as of the date of the statement, and there has been no material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition subsequent to the date of the most recent financial statement supplied to Lender. Borrower has no material contingent obligations except as disclosed in such financial statements.

 

 

Page 4

 

Legal Effect. This Agreement constitutes, and any instrument or agreement Borrower is required to give under this Agreement when delivered will constitute legal, valid, and binding obligations of Borrower enforceable against Borrower in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general applicable principles of equity, regardless whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

Properties. Except as contemplated by this Agreement or as previously disclosed in Borrower’s financial statements, Borrower leases all of Borrower’s properties. Each lease is valid and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect, and no default by the Borrower exists under any such lease. The Borrower has a valid leasehold interest in its properties. Borrower has not used or filed a financing statement under any other name for at least the last five (5) years other than Foremost Industries and Performance Patio.

 

Hazardous Substances. Except as disclosed to and acknowledged by Lender in writing , Borrower represents and warrants that: (1) During the period of Borrower’s ownership of the Collateral, there has been no use, generation, manufacture, storage, treatment, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Substance by any person on, under, about or from any of the Collateral. (2) Borrower has no knowledge of, or reason to believe that there has been (a) any breach or violation of any Environmental Laws; (b) any actual or threatened litigation or claims of any kind by any person relating to such matters. (3) Neither Borrower nor any tenant, contractor, agent or other authorized user of any of the Collateral shall use, generate, manufacture, store, treat, dispose of or release any Hazardous Substance on, under, about or from any of the Collateral; and any such activity shall be conducted in compliance with all applicable federal, state, and local laws, regulations, and ordinances, including without limitation all Environmental Laws. Borrower authorizes Lender and its agents to enter upon the Collateral to make such inspections and tests as Lender may deem appropriate to determine compliance of the Collateral with this section of the Agreement. Any inspections or tests made by Lender shall be at Borrower’s expense and for Lender’s purposes only and shall not be construed to create any responsibility or liability on the part of Lender to Borrower or to any other person. The representations and warranties contained herein are based on Borrower’s due diligence in investigating the Collateral for hazardous waste and Hazardous Substances. Borrower hereby (1) releases and waives any future claims against Lender for indemnity or contribution in the event Borrower becomes liable for cleanup or other costs under any such laws, and (2) agrees to indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Lender against any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, penalties, and expenses which Lender may directly or indirectly sustain or suffer resulting from a breach of this section of the Agreement or as a consequence of any use, generation, manufacture, storage, disposal, release or threatened release of a hazardous waste or substance on the Collateral. The provisions of this section of the Agreement, including the obligation to indemnify and defend, shall survive the payment of the Indebtedness and the termination, expiration or satisfaction of this Agreement and shall not be affected by Lender’s acquisition of any interest in any of the Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise.

 

Litigation and Claims. No litigation, claim, investigation, administrative proceeding or similar action (including those for unpaid taxes) against Borrower is pending or threatened, and no other event has occurred which may materially adversely affect Borrower’s financial condition or properties, other than litigation, claims, or other events, if any, that have been disclosed on Schedule 1 attached hereto.

 

Taxes. To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, all of Borrower’s tax returns and reports that are or were required to be filed, have been filed, and all taxes, assessments and other governmental charges have been paid in full, except those presently being or to be contested by Borrower in good faith in the ordinary course of business and for which adequate reserves have been provided.

 

Lien Priority. Except for Permitted Liens, Borrower has not entered into or granted any Security Agreements, or permitted the filing or attachment of any Security Interests on or affecting any of the Collateral directly or indirectly securing repayment of Borrower’s Loan and Note, that would be prior or that may in any way be superior to Lender’s Security Interests and rights in and to such Collateral.

 

Binding Effect. This Agreement, the Note, all Security Agreements (if any), and all Related Documents are binding upon the signers thereof, as well as upon their successors, representatives and assigns, and are legally enforceable in accordance with their respective terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting creditor’s rights generally and subject, as applicable, to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that, so long as this Agreement remains in effect, Borrower will:

 

Notices of Claims and Litigation. Promptly inform Lender in writing of (1) all material adverse changes in Borrower’s financial condition, and (2) all existing and all threatened litigation, claims, investigations, administrative proceedings or similar actions affecting Borrower or any Guarantor which could materially affect the financial condition of Borrower or the financial condition of any Guarantor.

 

Financial Records. Maintain its books and records in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis.

 

 

Page 5

 

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain compliance with the financial covenants set forth in this Agreement based on the following statements to be delivered to the Lender as follows:

 

Interim Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, internally prepared by Borrower.

 

Agings. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing and aging by invoice date of all accounts receivable and all accounts payable in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Inventory. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of inventory in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Borrowing Base Certificate. Within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a Borrowing Base Certificate in the form attached hereto.

 

Guarantor Annual Statements. Annually, Borrower shall provide Lender with the financial statement of each Guarantor certified by such Guarantor to be true and correct in all material respects no later than April 30th.

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Financial Projections. Within one hundred twenty (120) days, or sooner, after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with financial projections (balance sheet and income statement) in detailed format reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

Monthly Income Statements. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with income statements, prepared by Borrower

 

Debtor Information. Within thirty (30) days, or sooner, after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of all account debtors including but not limited to their addresses and telephone numbers.

 

Tax Returns. Within ten (10) days of filing, Borrower shall provide Lender with a signed copy of the Federal Income Tax Return of Borrower together with K-1’s and all other schedules pertaining to the Tax Return, or a signed copy of each of the Request for Tax Return Extensions. Tax returns are to be provided no later than nine (9) months after the fiscal year end.

 

Guarantor Tax Returns. Within ten (10) days of filing, Borrower shall provide Lender with a signed copy of the Federal Income Tax Return of each Guarantor together with K-1’s and all other schedules pertaining to the Tax Return, or a signed copy of each of the Request for Tax Return Extension. Tax returns are to be provided no later than October 31st.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct in all material respects.

 

Additional Information. Furnish such additional information and statements, as Lender may request from time to time.

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan(s) to officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.55 to 1 as of March 31, 2012; 4.0 to 1 as of June 30, 2012; and 3.75 to 1 as of September 30, 2012 and December 31, 2012.

 

Minimum Cumulative EBITDA. Maintain a Minimum Cumulative EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of no less than $950,000.00 as of March 31, 2012; $1,800,000.00 as of June 30, 2012; $1,900,000.00 as of September 30, 2012; and $2,000,000.00 as of December 31, 2012.

 

Distributions. While this agreement is in effect, there shall be no distributions for December 31, 2012 fiscal year end.

 

 

Page 6

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Insurance. Maintain fire and other risk insurance, public liability insurance, and such other insurance as Lender may reasonably require with respect to Borrower’s properties and operations, in form, amounts, coverages and with insurance companies reasonably acceptable to Lender. Borrower, upon request of Lender, will deliver to Lender from time to time the policies or certificates of insurance in form reasonably satisfactory to Lender, including stipulations that coverages will not be cancelled or diminished without at least thirty (30) days prior written notice to Lender. In addition, each insurance policy also shall include an endorsement providing that the Insurer will notify Lender of any cancellation or non-renewal of the policy in connection with all policies covering assets in which Lender holds or is offered a security interest for the Loans, Borrower will provide Lender with such lender’s loss payable or other endorsements as Lender may reasonably require.

 

Insurance Reports. Furnish to Lender, upon request of Lender, reports on each existing insurance policy showing such information as Lender may reasonably request, including without limitation the following: (1) the name of the insurer; (2) the risks insured; (3) the amount of the policy; (4) the properties insured; (5) the then current property values on the basis of which insurance has been obtained, and the manner of determining those values; and (6) the expiration date of the policy. In addition, upon request of Lender (however not more often than annually), Borrower will have an independent appraiser satisfactory to Lender determine, as applicable, the actual cash value or replacement cost of any Collateral. The cost of such appraisal shall be paid by Borrower.

 

Guaranties. Prior to disbursement of any Loan proceeds, furnish executed guaranties of the Loans in favor of Lender, executed by the guarantor named below, on Lender’s forms, and in the amount and under the conditions set forth in those guaranties.

 

Name of Guarantor Amount
Liang Chou Chen Unlimited

 

Other Agreements. Comply with all terms and conditions of all other material agreements, whether now or hereafter existing, between Borrower and any other party and notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any other such material agreements where such default could have a material adverse effect on Borrower.

 

Loan Proceeds. Use all Loan proceeds solely for Borrower’s business operations, unless specifically consented to the contrary by Lender in writing.

 

Taxes, Charges and Liens. Pay and discharge when due all of its indebtedness and obligations, including without limitation all assessments, taxes, governmental charges, levies and liens, of every kind and nature, imposed upon Borrower or its properties, income, or profits, prior to the date on which penalties would attach, and all lawful claims that, if unpaid, might become a lien or charge upon any of Borrower’s properties, income, or profits. Provided however, Borrower will not be required to pay and discharge any such assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien or claim so long as (1) the legality of the same shall be contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, and (2) Borrower shall have established on Borrower’s books adequate reserves with respect to such contested assessment, tax, charge, levy, lien, or claim in accordance with GAAP.

 

Performance. Perform and comply, in a timely manner, with all terms, conditions, and provisions set forth in this Agreement, in the Related Documents, and in all other instruments and agreements between Borrower and Lender. Borrower shall notify Lender immediately in writing of any default in connection with any such agreement.

 

Operations. Maintain executive and management personnel with substantially the same qualifications and experience as the present executive and management personnel; provide written notice to Lender of any change in executive and management personnel; conduct its business affairs in a reasonable and prudent manner.

 

Environmental Studies. Promptly conduct and complete, at Borrower’s expense, all such investigations, studies, samplings and testings as may be reasonably requested by Lender or any governmental authority relative to any substance, or any waste or by-product of any substance defined as toxic or a hazardous substance under applicable federal, state, or local law, rule, regulation, order or directive, at or affecting any property or any facility owned, leased or used by Borrower.

 

Compliance with Governmental Requirements. Comply with all laws, ordinances, and regulations, now or hereafter in effect, of all governmental authorities applicable to the conduct of Borrower’s properties, businesses and operations, and to the use or occupancy of the Collateral. Borrower may contest in good faith any such law, ordinance, or regulation and withhold compliance during any proceeding, including appropriate appeals, so long as Borrower has notified Lender in writing prior to doing so and so long as, in Lender’s reasonable opinion, Lender’s interests in the Collateral are not jeopardized. Lender may reasonably require Borrower to post adequate security or surety bond, reasonably satisfactory to Lender, to protect Lender’s interest.

 

 

Page 7

 

Inspection. Upon no less than two Business days prior written notice permit employees, assigns, or agents of Lender during normal business hours to inspect any and all Collateral for the Loan or Loans and Borrower’s other properties and to examine or audit Borrower’s books, accounts, and records including but not limited to Collateral records and financial records and to make copies and memoranda of Borrower’s books, accounts, and records, and to inspect and test the Inventory for quality, quantity, and condition. If Borrower now or at any time hereafter maintains any records (including without limitation computer generated records and computer software programs for the generation of such records) in the possession of a third party, Borrower, upon written request of Lender, shall notify such party to permit Lender free access to such records during normal business hours and to provide Lender with copies of any records it may request, all at Borrower’s expense; provided, however, Borrower shall only be required to pay Lender’s reasonable inspection expense for two inspections by Lender in any twelve month period unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing in which case Borrower shall pay Lender’s reasonable inspection expenses for each inspection as required by Lender.

 

Compliance Certificates. Unless waived in writing by Lender, provide Lender at least annually, with a certificate executed by Borrower’s chief financial officer, or other officer or person acceptable to Lender, certifying that the representations and warranties set forth in this Agreement are true and correct as of the date of the certificate and further certifying that, as of the date of the certificate, no Event of Default exists under this Agreement.

 

Environmental Compliance and Reports. Borrower shall comply in all respects with any and all Environmental Laws; not cause or permit to exist, as a result of an intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part or on the part of any third party, on property owned and/or occupied by Borrower, any environmental activity where damage may result to the environment, unless such environmental activity is pursuant to and in compliance with the conditions of a permit issued by the appropriate federal, state or local governmental authorities; shall furnish to Lender promptly and in any event within thirty (30) days after receipt thereof a copy of any notice, summons, lien, citation, directive, letter or other communication from any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning any intentional or unintentional action or omission on Borrower’s part in connection with any environmental activity whether or not there is damage to the environment and/or other natural resources.

 

Additional Assurances. Make, execute and deliver to Lender such promissory notes, mortgages, deeds of trust, security agreements, assignments, financing statements, instruments, documents and other agreements as Lender or its attorneys may reasonably request to evidence and secure the Loans and to perfect all Security Interests.

 

LENDER’S EXPENDITURES. If any action or proceeding is commenced that would materially affect Lender’s interest in the Collateral or if Borrower fails to comply with any provision of this Agreement or any Related Documents, including but not limited to Borrower’s failure to discharge or pay when due any amounts Borrower is required to discharge or pay under this Agreement or any Related Documents, Lender on Borrower’s behalf may (but shall not be obligated to) take any action that Lender deems appropriate, including but not limited to discharging or paying all taxes, liens, security interests, encumbrances and other claims, at any time levied or placed on any Collateral and paying all costs for insuring, maintaining and preserving any Collateral. All such expenditures incurred or paid by Lender for such purposes will then bear interest at the rate charged under the Note from the date incurred or paid by Lender to the date of repayment by Borrower. All such expenses will become a part of the Indebtedness and, at Lender’s option, will (A) be payable within fifteen (15) days of the date of written demand therefore (B) be added to the balance of the Note and be apportioned among and be payable with any installment payments to become due during the remaining term of the Note; or (C) be treated as a balloon payment which will be due and payable at the Note’s maturity.

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS. Borrower covenants and agrees with Lender that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall not, without the prior written consent of Lender:

 

Indebtedness and Liens. (1) Except for trade debt incurred in the normal course of business, indebtedness set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto, and indebtedness to Lender contemplated by this Agreement, create, incur or assume indebtedness for borrowed money, including capital leases, (2) sell, transfer, mortgage, assign, pledge, lease, grant a security interest in, or encumber any of Borrower’s assets (except as allowed as Permitted Liens), or (3) sell with recourse any of Borrower’s accounts, except to Lender, or (4) except for indebtedness not to exceed $250,000.00 incur indebtedness for Borrower to finance the acquisition, construction or improvement of any fixed or capital assets (whether or not constituting purchase money indebtedness) including capital lease obligations, (5) or unsecured indebtedness not exceeding $500,000.00 at any time outstanding or (6) indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course related to workers’ compensation., health disability, or other employee benefits reasonably incurred by Borrower.

 

Continuity of Operations. (1) Engage in any business activities substantially different than those in which Borrower is presently engaged, (2) cease operations, liquidate, merge, transfer, acquire or consolidate with any other entity, change its name, dissolve or transfer or sell Collateral out of the ordinary course of business, or (3) pay any dividends on Borrower’s stock (other than dividends payable in its stock), provided, however that notwithstanding the foregoing, but only so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the payment of dividends, if Borrower is a “Subchapter S Corporation” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), Borrower may pay cash dividends on its stock to its shareholders from time to time in amounts necessary to enable the shareholders to pay income taxes and make estimated income tax payments to satisfy their liabilities under federal and state law which arise solely from their status as Shareholders of a Subchapter S Corporation because of their ownership of shares of Borrower’s stock, or purchase or retire any of Borrower’s outstanding shares or alter or amend Borrower’s capital structure.

 

Loans, Acquisitions and Guaranties. (1) Except in the ordinary course of business loan, invest in or advance money or assets to any other person, enterprise or entity other than a subsidiary of Borrower, (2) purchase, create or acquire any interest in any other enterprise or entity, or (3) incur any obligation as surety or guarantor other than in the ordinary course of business.

 

 

Page 8

 

Agreements. Enter into any agreement containing any provisions which would be violated or breached by the performance of Borrower’s obligations under this Agreement or in connection herewith.

 

CESSATION OF ADVANCES. If Lender has made any commitment to make any Loan to Borrower, whether under this Agreement or under any other agreement, Lender shall have no obligation to make Loan Advances or to disburse Loan proceeds if: (A) Borrower or any Guarantor is in default under the terms of this Agreement or any of the Related Documents or any other agreement that Borrower or any Guarantor has with Lender; (B) Borrower or any Guarantor dies, becomes incompetent or becomes insolvent, files a petition in bankruptcy or similar proceedings, or is adjudged a bankrupt; (C) there occurs a material adverse change in Borrower’s financial condition, in the financial condition of any Guarantor, or in the value of any Collateral securing any Loan; or (D) any Guarantor seeks, claims or otherwise attempts to limit, modify or revoke such Guarantor’s guaranty of the Loan or any other loan with Lender; or (E) Lender in good faith deems itself insecure, even though no Event of Default shall have occurred.

 

RIGHT OF SETOFF. Upon an Event of Default that occurs and that is continuing, to the extent permitted by applicable law, Lender reserves a right of setoff in all Borrower’s accounts with Lender (whether checking, savings, or some other account). This includes all accounts Borrower holds jointly with someone else and all accounts Borrower may open in the future. However, this does not include any IRA or Keogh or payroll accounts to the extent such account hold funds designated for payroll, or any trust accounts for which setoff would be prohibited by law. Upon an Event of Default that occurs and that is continuing, Borrower authorizes Lender, to the extent permitted by applicable law, to charge or setoff all sums owing on the Indebtedness against any and all such accounts.

 

DEFAULT. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement:

 

Payment Default. Borrower fails to make any payment when due under the Loan.

 

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents or to comply with or to perform any term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and Borrower.

 

False Statements. Any warranty, representation or statement made or furnished to Lender by Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under this Agreement or the Related Documents is false or misleading in any material respect, either now or at the time made or furnished or becomes false or misleading in any material respect at any time thereafter.

 

Insolvency. The dissolution or termination of Borrower’s existence as a going business, the insolvency of Borrower, the appointment of a receiver for any part of Borrower’s property, any assignment for the benefit of creditors, any type of creditor workout, or the commencement of any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws by or against Borrower ,and for any involuntary proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency laws only, if such involuntary proceeding shall continue undismissed for 30 days.

 

Defective Collateralization. This Agreement or any of the Related Documents ceases to be in full force and effect (including failure of any collateral document to create a valid and perfected security interest or lien) at any time and for any reason.

 

Creditor or Forfeiture Proceedings. Commencement of foreclosure or forfeiture proceedings, whether by judicial proceeding, self-help, repossession or any other method, by any creditor of Borrower or by any governmental agency against any collateral securing the Loan. This includes a garnishment of any of Borrower’s accounts, including deposit accounts, with Lender. However, this Event of Default shall not apply if there is a good faith dispute by Borrower as to the validity or reasonableness of the claim which is the basis of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and if Borrower gives Lender written notice of the creditor or forfeiture proceeding and deposits with Lender monies or a surety bond for the creditor or forfeiture proceeding, in an amount determined by Lender, in its sole discretion, as being an adequate reserve or bond for the dispute.

 

Events Affecting Guarantor. Any of the preceding events occurs with respect to any Guarantor of any of the Indebtedness or any Guarantor dies or becomes incompetent, or revokes or disputes the validity of, or liability under, any Guaranty of the Indebtedness.

 

Change in Ownership. Any change in ownership of twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the common stock of Borrower.

 

Adverse Change. A material adverse change occurs in Borrower’s financial condition, or Lender believes the prospect of payment or performance of the Loan is impaired.

 

Right to Cure. If any default, other than a default on Indebtedness, is curable and if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, has not been given a notice of a similar default within the preceding twelve (12) months, it may be cured if Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, after Lender sends written notice to Borrower or Grantor, as the case may be, demanding cure of such default: (1) cure the default within fifteen (15) days; or (2) if the cure requires more than fifteen (15) days, immediately initiate steps which Lender deems in Lender’s sole discretion to be sufficient to cure the default and thereafter continue and complete all reasonable and necessary steps sufficient to produce compliance as soon as reasonably practical.

 

 

Page 9

 

EFFECT OF AN EVENT OF DEFAULT. If any Event of Default shall occur, except where otherwise provided in this Agreement or the Related Documents, all commitments and obligations of Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents or any other agreement immediately will terminate (including any obligation to make further Loan Advances or disbursements), and, at Lender’s option, all Indebtedness immediately will become due and payable, all without notice of any kind to Borrower, except that in the case of an Event of Default of the type described in the “Insolvency” subsection above, such acceleration shall be automatic and not optional. In addition, Lender shall have all the rights and remedies provided in the Related Documents or available at law, in equity, or otherwise. Except as may be prohibited by applicable law, all of Lender’s rights and remedies shall be cumulative and may be exercised singularly or concurrently. Election by Lender to pursue any remedy shall not exclude pursuit of any other remedy, and an election to make expenditures or to take action to perform an obligation of Borrower or of any Grantor shall not affect Lender’s right to declare a default and to exercise its rights and remedies.

 

RIGHT TO AUDIT AND INSPECT. Borrower shall permit any representative of Lender, at any reasonable time but no less than annually, on or before March 31st, to inspect, audit, examine and make extracts or copies from all books, records and other data relating to the Collateral, to inspect any of Borrower’s properties, to confirm balances due on accounts by direct inquiry to account debtors, and shall furnish Lender with all information regarding the business or finances of Borrower promptly upon Lender’s request. Borrower agrees to pay for Lender’s reasonable fees and expenses related to such audits, provided however, so long as no Event of Default exists the Borrower shall be obligated to pay for Lender’s reasonable fees and expenses for only annual audits. The Lender is permitted to conduct audits with a greater frequency but at Lenders expense so long as no Event of Default exists. Borrower shall pay for all such audits and inspections if an Event of Default exists at the time of such audit or inspection.

 

DEPOSIT RELATIONSHIP. While this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall maintain its primary operating deposit account with Lender.

 

MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS. The following miscellaneous provisions are a part of this Agreement:

 

Amendments. This Agreement, together with any Related Documents, constitutes the entire understanding and agreement of the parties as to the matters set forth in this Agreement. No alteration of or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective unless given in writing and signed by the party or parties sought to be charged or bound by the alteration or amendment.

 

Attorneys’ Fees; Expenses. Borrower agrees to pay upon demand all of Lender’s costs and expenses, including Lender’s attorneys’ fees and Lender’s reasonable legal expenses, incurred in connection with the enforcement of this Agreement. Lender may hire or pay someone else to help enforce this Agreement, and Borrower shall pay the reasonable costs and expenses of such enforcement. Costs and expenses include Lender’s reasonable attorneys’ fees and legal expenses whether or not there is a lawsuit, including attorneys’ fees and legal expenses for bankruptcy proceedings (including efforts to modify or vacate any automatic stay or injunction), appeals, and any anticipated post-judgment collection services. Borrower also shall pay all court costs and such additional fees as may be directed by the court.

 

Caption Headings. Caption headings in this Agreement are for convenience purposes only and are not to be used to interpret or define the provisions of this Agreement.

 

Consent to Loan Participation. Borrower agrees and consents to Lender’s sale or transfer, whether now or later, of one or more participation interests in the Loan to one or more purchasers, whether related or unrelated to Lender. Lender may provide, without any limitation whatsoever, to any one or more purchasers, or potential purchasers, any information or knowledge Lender may have about Borrower or about any other matter relating to the Loan, and Borrower hereby waives any rights to privacy Borrower may have with respect to such matters, as long as any such purchaser or potential purchaser signs a confidentiality agreement with respect to such information about Borrower provided, however, Borrower shall be notified of any such purchase or repurchase if the participant may independently enforce its interest against Borrower or enforce the Loan in entirety against Borrower. Borrower also agrees that the purchasers of any such participation interests will be considered as the absolute owners of such interests in the Loan and will have all the rights granted under the participation agreement or agreements governing the sale of such participation interests. Borrower further waives all rights of offset or counterclaim that it may have now or later against Lender or against any purchaser of such a participation interest and unconditionally agrees that either Lender or such purchaser may enforce Borrower’s obligation under the Loan irrespective of the failure or insolvency of any holder of any interest in the Loan. Borrower further agrees that the purchaser of any such participation interests may enforce its interests irrespective of any personal claims or defenses that Borrower may have against Lender.

 

Governing Law. This Agreement will be governed by federal law applicable to Lender and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, the laws of the State of New Jersey without regard to its conflicts of law provisions. This Agreement has been accepted by Lender in the State of New Jersey.

 

No Waiver by Lender. Lender shall not be deemed to have waived any rights under this Agreement unless such waiver is given in writing and signed by Lender. No delay or omission on the part of Lender in exercising any right shall operate as a waiver of such right or any other right. A waiver by Lender of a provision of this Agreement shall not prejudice or constitute a waiver of Lender’s right otherwise to demand strict compliance with that provision or any other provision of this Agreement. No prior waiver by Lender, nor any course of dealing between Lender and Borrower, or between Lender and any Grantor, shall constitute a waiver of any of Lender’s rights or of any of Borrower’s or any Grantor’s obligations as to any future transactions. Whenever the consent of Lender is required under this Agreement, the granting of such consent by Lender in any instance shall not constitute continuing consent to subsequent instances where such consent is required and in all cases such consent may be granted or withheld in the sole discretion of Lender.

 

 

Page 10

 

Notices. Any notice required to be given under this Agreement shall be given in writing, and shall be effective when actually delivered, when actually received by telefacsimile (unless otherwise required by law), when deposited with a nationally recognized overnight courier, or, if mailed, when deposited in the United States mail, as first class, certified or registered mail postage prepaid, directed to the addresses shown near the beginning of this Agreement. Any party may change its address for notices under this Agreement by giving formal written notice to the other parties, specifying that the purpose of the notice is to change the party’s address. For notice purposes, Borrower agrees to keep Lender informed at all times of Borrower’s current address. Unless otherwise provided or required by law, if there is more than one Borrower, any notice given by Lender to any Borrower is deemed to be notice given to all Borrowers.

 

No Joint Venture or Partnership. The relationship of Borrower and Lender created by this Agreement is strictly that of debtor-creditor, and nothing contained in this Agreement or in any of the Related Documents shall be deemed or construed to create a partnership or joint venture between Borrower and Lender.

 

Severability. If a court of competent jurisdiction finds any provision of this Agreement to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any circumstance, that finding shall not make the offending provision illegal, invalid, or unenforceable as to any other circumstance. If feasible, the offending provision shall be considered modified so that it becomes legal, valid and enforceable. If the offending provision cannot be so modified, it shall be considered deleted from this Agreement. Unless otherwise required by law, the illegality, invalidity, or unenforceability of any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the legality, validity or enforceability of any other provision of this Agreement.

 

Subsidiaries and Affiliates of Borrower. To the extent the context of any provisions of this Agreement makes it appropriate, including without limitation any representation, warranty or covenant, the word “Borrower” as used in this Agreement shall include all of Borrower’s subsidiaries and affiliates. Notwithstanding the foregoing however, under no circumstances shall this Agreement be construed to require Lender to make any Loan or other financial accommodation to any of Borrower’s subsidiaries or affiliates.

 

Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements by or on behalf of Borrower contained in this Agreement or any Related Documents shall bind Borrower’s successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Lender and its successors and assigns. Borrower shall not, however, have the right to assign Borrower’s rights under this Agreement or any interest therein, without the prior written consent of Lender.

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties. Borrower understands and agrees that in extending Loan Advances, Lender is relying on all representations, warranties, and covenants made by Borrower in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument delivered by Borrower to Lender under this Agreement or the Related Documents. Borrower further agrees that regardless of any investigation made by Lender, all such representations, warranties and covenants will survive the extension of Loan Advances and delivery to Lender of the Related Documents, shall be continuing in nature, shall be deemed made and redated by Borrower at the time each Loan Advance is made, and shall remain in full force and effect until such time as Borrower’s Indebtedness shall be paid in full, or until this Agreement shall be terminated in the manner provided above, whichever is the last to occur.

 

Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in the performance of this Agreement.

 

Waive Jury. All parties to this Agreement hereby waive the right to any jury trial in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by any party against any other party.

 

DEFINITIONS. The following capitalized words and terms shall have the following meanings when used in this Agreement. Unless specifically stated to the contrary, all references to dollar amounts shall mean amounts in lawful money of the United States of America. Words and terms used in the singular shall include the plural, and the plural shall include the singular, as the context may require. Words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings attributed to such terms in the Uniform Commercial Code. Accounting words and terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings assigned to them in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this Agreement:

 

Account. The word “Account” means a trade account, account receivable, other receivable, or other right to payment for goods sold or services rendered owing to Borrower (or to a third party grantor acceptable to Lender).

 

Account Debtor. The words “Account Debtor” mean the person or entity obligated upon an Account.

 

Advance. The word “Advance” means a disbursement of Loan funds made, or to be made, to Borrower or on Borrower’s behalf under the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

Agreement. The word “Agreement” means this Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based), as this Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) may be amended or modified from time to time, together with all exhibits and schedules attached to this Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) from time to time.

 

Borrower. The word “Borrower” means Foremost Groups, Inc. and includes all co-signers and co-makers signing the Note and all their successors and assigns.

 

 

Page 11

 

Borrowing Base. The words “Borrowing Base” mean, as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $10,000,000.00 or (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory (not to exceed in corresponding Loan amount based on Eligible Inventory $5,000,000.00) except that advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of advances against Eligible Accounts (2) less $1,500,000.00 excess availability requirement (3) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

Business Day. The words “Business Day” mean a day other than a Saturday or Sunday on which the commercial banks are open in the State of New Jersey.

 

Collateral. The word “Collateral” means all property and assets granted as collateral security for a Loan, whether real or personal property, whether granted directly or indirectly, whether granted now or in the future, and whether granted in the form of a security interest, mortgage, collateral mortgage, deed of trust, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien, charge, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise. The word Collateral also includes without limitation all collateral described in the Collateral section of this Agreement.

 

Eligible Accounts. The words “Eligible Accounts” mean at any time, all of Borrower’s Accounts which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. The net amount of any Eligible Account against which Borrower may borrow shall exclude all returns, discounts, credits, and offsets of any nature. Unless otherwise agreed to by Lender in writing, Eligible Accounts do not include:

 

(1) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is employee or agent of Borrower.

 

(2) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a subsidiary of, or affiliated with Borrower or its shareholders, officers, or directors.

 

(3) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional.

 

(4) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is not a resident of the United States except for Canadian Accounts (excluding companies based in Quebec), except to the extent such Accounts are supported by insurance, bonds or other assurances satisfactory to Lender.

 

(5) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is or may become liable to the Account Debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower.

 

(6) Accounts which are subject to dispute, litigation, counterclaim, setoff, contra, or collection agency.

 

(7) Accounts with respect to which the goods have not been shipped or delivered, or the services have not been rendered, to the Account Debtor.

 

(8) Accounts with respect to which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory.

 

(9) Accounts of any Account Debtor who has filed or has had filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or an application for relief under any provision of any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor-in-relief acts; or who has had appointed a trustee, custodian, or receiver for the assets of such Account Debtor; or who has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has become insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts (including its payrolls) as such debts become due.

 

(10) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States government or any department or agency of the United States.

 

(11) Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the invoice date. The entire balance of any Account of any single Account Debtor will be ineligible whenever the portion of the Account which has not been paid within 90 days from the invoice date is in excess of 25.000% of the total amount outstanding on the Account, except for The Chair King, Furniture Concept, and Universal Pool.

 

(12) That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 25.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts.

 

(13) Credit balances included in the delinquent columns.

 

Eligible Inventory. The words “Eligible Inventory” mean, at any time, all of Borrower’s Inventory as defined below, except:

 

(1) Inventory which is not owned by Borrower free and clear of all security interests, liens, encumbrances, and claims of third parties.

 

(2) Inventory which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems to be slow moving (exceeding 12 months), obsolete, unsalable, damaged, defective, or unfit for further processing.

 

(3) Work in progress or process inventory, in-transit items, consigned goods, packaging and supplies, samples, prototypes, demos/rentals, licensed products for which assignment is not perfected, damaged goods, custom goods, private label goods, bill and hold inventory.

 

 

Page 12

 

Environmental Laws. The words “Environmental Laws” mean any and all state, federal and local statutes, regulations and ordinances relating to the protection of human health or the environment, including without limitation the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980, as amended, 42 U.S.C. Section 9601, et seq. (“CERCLA”), the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499 (“SARA”), the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act, 49 U.S.C. Section 1801, et seq., the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Section 6901, et seq., the New Jersey Industrial Site Recovery Act, NJSA Section 13:1K-6 (“ISRA”), the New Jersey Spill Compensation and Control Act, NJSA 58:10-23.11, et seq., or other applicable state or federal laws, rules, or regulations adopted pursuant thereto.

 

Event of Default. The words “Event of Default” mean any of the events of default set forth in this Agreement in the default section of this Agreement.

 

Expiration Date. The words “Expiration Date” mean the date that is the one year anniversary date of this Agreement or later date if the Loan is extended in writing.

 

GAAP. The word “GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles.

 

Grantor. The word “Grantor” means each and all of the persons or entities granting a Security Interest in any Collateral for the Loan, including without limitation all Borrowers granting such a Security Interest.

 

Guarantor. The word “Guarantor” means any guarantor, surety, or accommodation party of any or all of the Loan.

 

Guaranty. The word “Guaranty” means the guaranty from Guarantor to Lender, including without limitation a guaranty of all or part of the Note.

 

Hazardous Substances. The words “Hazardous Substances” mean materials that, because of their quantity, concentration or physical, chemical or infectious characteristics, may cause or pose a present or potential hazard to human health or the environment when improperly used, treated, stored, disposed of, generated, manufactured, transported or otherwise handled. The words “Hazardous Substances” are used in their very broadest sense and include without limitation any and all hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste as defined by or listed under the Environmental Laws. The term “Hazardous Substances” also includes, without limitation, petroleum and petroleum by-products or any fraction thereof and asbestos. The term “Hazardous Substance” shall not include janitorial materials, cleaners or solvents used in compliance with all applicable laws Borrower’s usual and customary business operations.

 

Indebtedness. The word “Indebtedness” means the indebtedness evidenced by the Note or Related Documents, including all principal and interest together with all other indebtedness and costs and expenses for which Borrower is responsible under this Agreement or under any of the Related Documents.

 

Inventory. The word “Inventory” means all of Borrower’s raw materials, work in process, finished goods, merchandise, parts and supplies, of every kind and description, and goods held for sale or lease or furnished under contracts of service in which Borrower now has or hereafter acquires any right, whether held by Borrower or others, and all documents of title, warehouse receipts, bills of lading, and all other documents of every type covering all or any part of the foregoing. Inventory includes inventory temporarily out of Borrower’s custody or possession and all returns on Accounts.

 

Lender. The word “Lender” means East West Bank, its successors and assigns.

 

Loan. The word “Loan” means any and all loans and financial accommodations from Lender to Borrower whether now or hereafter existing, and however evidenced, including without limitation those loans and financial accommodations described herein or described on any exhibit or schedule attached to this Agreement from time to time.

 

Note. The word “Note” means the Note executed by Foremost Groups, Inc. in the principal amount of $10,000,000.00 dated April 23, 2012, together with all renewals of, extensions of, modifications of, refinancings of, consolidations of, and substitutions for the note or credit agreement.

 

Permitted Liens. The words “Permitted Liens” mean (1) liens and security interests securing Indebtedness owed by Borrower to Lender; (2) liens for taxes, assessments, or similar charges either not yet due or being contested in good faith; (3) liens of materialmen, mechanics, warehousemen, or carriers, or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations which are not yet delinquent; (4) purchase money liens or purchase money security interests upon or in any property acquired or held by Borrower in the ordinary course of business to secure indebtedness outstanding on the date of this Agreement or permitted to be incurred under the paragraph of this Agreement titled “Indebtedness and Liens”; (5) liens and security interests which, as of the date of this Agreement, have been disclosed on Schedule 3 attached hereto.; and (6) those liens and security interests which in the aggregate constitute an immaterial and insignificant monetary amount with respect to the net value of Borrower’s assets.

 

 

Page 13

 

Primary Credit Facility. The words “Primary Credit Facility” mean the credit facility described in the Line of Credit section of this Agreement.

 

Related Documents. The words “Related Documents” mean all promissory notes, credit agreements, loan agreements, environmental agreements, guaranties, security agreements, mortgages, deeds of trust, security deeds, collateral mortgages, and all other instruments, agreements and documents, whether now or hereafter existing, executed in connection with the Loan.

 

Security Agreement. The words “Security Agreement” mean and include without limitation any agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, understandings or other agreements, whether created by law, contract, or otherwise, evidencing, governing, representing, or creating a Security Interest.

 

Security Interest. The words “Security Interest” mean, without limitation, any and all types of collateral security, present and future, whether in the form of a lien, charge, encumbrance, mortgage, deed of trust, security deed, assignment, pledge, crop pledge, chattel mortgage, collateral chattel mortgage, chattel trust, factor’s lien, equipment trust, conditional sale, trust receipt, lien or title retention contract, lease or consignment intended as a security device, or any other security or lien interest whatsoever whether created by law, contract, or otherwise.

 

BORROWER ACKNOWLEDGES HAVING READ ALL THE PROVISIONS OF THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED) AND BORROWER AGREES TO ITS TERMS. THIS BUSINESS LOAN AGREEMENT (ASSET BASED) IS DATED APRIL 23, 2012.

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen  
  Title:CAO/Treasurer  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Signer  
  Authorized Signer  

 

 

 

MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731
         

 

This MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition Indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority Interest, less loan(s) to officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.55 to 1 as of March 31, 2012; 4.0 to 1 as of June 30, 2012; 3.75 to 1 as of September 30, 2012; and 4.00 to 1 as of December 31, 2012.

 

Minimum Cumulative EBITDA. Maintain a Minimum Cumulative EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of no less than $950,000.00 as of March 31, 2012; $1,800,000.00 as of June 30, 2012; $1,900,000.00 as of September 30, 2012; and $2,000,000.00 as of December 31, 2012.

 

Distributions. While this agreement is in effect, there shall be no distributions for December 31, 2012 fiscal year end. The section entitled “Borrowing Base” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Borrowing Base. The words “Borrowing Base” mean, as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $14,000,000.00 or (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts, plus (b) 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory (not to exceed in corresponding Loan amount based on Eligible Inventory $5,000,000.00) except that advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of advances against Eligible Accounts (2) less $1,500,000.00 excess availability requirement (3) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

THIS MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED ON November 21, 2012.

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

SECOND MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender:  East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

This SECOND MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto (the “Business Loan Agreement), and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan(s) to officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1 to be tested quarterly.

 

Minimum Cumulative EBITDA. Maintain a Minimum Cumulative EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of no less than $950,000.00 as of Quarter ending March 31st of each year; $1,800,000.00 as of Quarter ending June 30th of each year; $1,900,000.00 as of Quarter ending September 3rd of each year; and, $2,000,000.00 as of Quarter ending December 31st of each year.

 

Distributions. While this agreement is in effect, there shall be no distributions for the fiscal year end of December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2014.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

Except as expressly changed by this Second Modification to the Loan Agreement, the terms of the Business Loan Agreement remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

THIS SECOND MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED ON MAY 31, 2013.

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

THIRD MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender:  East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

This THIRD MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Total Debt/Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Total Debt to Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan(s) to officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1 to be tested quarterly.

 

Minimum Cumulative EBITDA Maintain a Minimum Cumulative EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of no less than $950,000.00 at first quarter end; $1,800,000.00 at second quarter end; $1,900,000.00 at third quarter end; and $2,000,000.00 at fourth quarter end.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

The following requirement is hereby added to the section entitled “Negative Covenants” as follows:

 

Distributions. Notwithstanding the heading entitled “Continuity of Operations” below, Borrower may not make distributions exceeding $2,000,000.00 in 2014.

 

The definition entitled “Borrowing Base” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Borrowing Base. The words “Borrowing Base” mean as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $18,000,000.00 or (2) the sum of (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of $5,000,000.00 or 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory, except that Advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of Advances against Eligible Accounts (3) less $1,500,000.00 excess availability requirement (4) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

The definition entitled “Eligible Accounts” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Eligible Accounts. The words “Eligible Accounts” mean at any time, all of Borrower’s Accounts which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. The net amount of any Eligible Account against which Borrower may borrow shall exclude all returns, discounts, credits, and offsets of any nature. Unless otherwise agreed to by Lender in writing, Eligible Accounts do not include:

 

(1) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is employee or agent of Borrower.

 

(2) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a subsidiary of, or affiliated with Borrower or its shareholders, officers, or directors.

 

(3) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional.

 

(4) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is or may become liable to the Account Debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower.

 

(5) Accounts which are subject to dispute, counterclaim, or setoff.

 

(6) Accounts with respect to which the goods have not been shipped or delivered, or the services have not been rendered, to the Account Debtor.

 

 

 

THIRD MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 2
     

 

(7) Accounts with respect to which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory.

 

(8) Accounts of any Account Debtor who has filed or has had filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or an application for relief under any provision of any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor-in-relief acts; or who has had appointed a trustee, custodian, or receiver for the assets of such Account Debtor; or who has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has become insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts (including its payrolls) as such debts become due.

 

(9) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States government or any department or agency of the United States.

 

(10) That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 25.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts, except for the following Account Debtors: Target and Home Depot which exceeds 40.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts.

 

(11) Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(12) All Accounts of any single Account Debtor if 25.000% or more of the dollar amount of all such Accounts are represented by Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtors: The Chair King, Furniture Concept, and Universal Pool,

 

(13) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is not a resident of the United States, except for Account Debtors located in Canada (excluding companies located in the province of Quebec) and except for Account Debtors located in U.S. Possessions, except to the extent such Accounts are supported by insurance, bonds or other assurances satisfactory to Lender.

 

(14) Accounts with credit balances over 90 days.

 

(15) That portion of Accounts consisting of or arising from retentions and hold-backs by Account Debtors due to disputes, rebates, etc.

 

(16) Accounts consisting of non-trade claims, i.e., freight claims, insurance claims, warranty claims, claims against government, etc.

 

(17) Accounts arising from cash sales or from collect on delivery sales of inventory.

 

(18) Accrued finance charges on Account.

 

The section entitled “Electronic Instructions” is hereby added as follows:

 

Electronic Instructions. Borrower desires to apply for Advances and instruct Lender regarding all other aspects of the Loan electronically, including but not limited to by electronic mail, internet, telex, telefax, facsimile and/or telecopy. Borrower agrees that Lender may act in accordance with electronically transmitted applications and instructions (“Electronic Instructions”) subject to the following provisions: 1) Borrower’s Electronic Instructions must be sent to Lender electronically only by means of such services and in such format(s) as may be approved from time to time by Lender in its sole discretion; 2) Borrower will provide to Lender, in writing and duly signed by Borrower, any reasonable security or verification procedures, and Lender may require additional security or verification procedures in its sole discretion; 3) Borrower hereby authorizes and instructs Lender to take all actions requested in any and all Electronic Instructions and agrees that each such Electronic Instruction will be deemed an original and, if sent in lieu of manually signed instructions, will be deemed to incorporate all of the terms and provisions of the Lender’s standard form or format, if any, for such instructions; 4) Borrower recognizes and agrees that it will be obligated for any loan advance request and/or instruction pursuant to Electronic Instructions to the same extent as if such advance request and/or instruction were provided pursuant to Lender’s standard form or Lender approved format(s) manually signed by Borrower; 5) Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Lender, its officers, directors, employees and affiliates against any and all liability, loss, cost, damages, attorneys’ fees and other expenses which Lender may incur in reliance upon and pursuant to any and all of the Electronic Instructions received by Lender and purported to be sent by Borrower; 6) Lender is not responsible for checking electronic communications devices on a regular basis, and Borrower will make arrangements to assure Electronic Instructions have been sent to a current employee of Lender, and the employee of Lender has received and read the Electronic Instructions; 7) Lender is not responsible for delays, errors or omissions resulting from malfunction of electronic communications devices or from other conditions beyond the control of Lender; and 8) Lender is not responsible for misuse of or wrongful access to electronic communications devices by Borrower’s representatives and employees nor for any delay in acting on Electronic Instructions caused by Electronic Instructions which Lender deems to be uncertain or unclear or incomplete.

 

 

 

THIS THIRD MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED ON JUNE 18, 2014.

 

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

 

FOURTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

This FOURTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT (“Fourth Modification”) is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Total Debt/Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Total Debt to Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1 to be tested quarterly.

 

Minimum Cumulative EBITDA. Maintain a Minimum Cumulative EBITDA (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization) of no less than $1,500,000.00 at second quarter end; $1,750,000.00 at third quarter end; and $2,000,000.00 at fourth quarter end.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

The following requirement is hereby amended and restated to the section entitled “Negative Covenants” as follows:

 

Distributions. Notwithstanding the heading entitled “Continuity of Operations” below, Borrower agrees that no distributions will be allowed for fiscal year end December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2016 without Lender’s consent.

 

The definition entitled “Borrowing Base” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

“Borrowing Base. The words “Borrowing Base” mean as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $20,000,000.00 or (2) the sum of (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of $5,000,000.00 or 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory, except that Advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of Advances against Eligible Accounts (3) less $750,000.00 excess availability requirement (4) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

Notwithstanding the definition above, if Borrower requests an additional loan in an amount of $3,000,000.00 (“Discretionary Line Of Credit”) and if, in Lender’s sole discretion Lender makes advances under the Discretionary Line of Credit, from the date this Fourth Modification to June 1, 2016, the words “Borrowing Base” will mean as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $23,000,000.00 or (2) the sum of (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of $5,000,000.00 or 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory, except that Advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of Advances against Eligible Accounts (3) less $750,000.00 excess availability requirement (4) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.”

 

A section entitled “DISCRETIONARY LINE OF CREDIT” is hereby added as follows:

 

“DISCRETIONARY LINE OF CREDIT. The Discretionary Line of Credit represents Advances made to Borrower from time to time under the Agreement, at the sole discretion of Lender, from the date of this Fourth Modification to June 1, 2016. This is not a committed line of credit and Advances shall be made by Lender in its sole discretion, and nothing contained herein, in the Note or in any other Loan Documents shall be construed to obligate Lender to make such Advances under the Discretionary Line of Credit. Lender shall have the right to refuse to make such Advances at any time without prior notice to Borrower. Notwithstanding the section entitled “CESSATION OF ADVANCES”, Lender can cease Advances under this Discretionary Line of Credit at any time at its sole discretion.

 

The following sections entitled “Eligible Accounts” and “Eligible Inventory” are hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

 

 

Eligible Accounts. The words “Eligible Accounts” mean at any time, all of Borrower’s Accounts which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. The net amount of any Eligible Account against which Borrower may borrow shall exclude all returns, discounts, credits, and offsets of any nature. Unless otherwise agreed to by Lender in writing, Eligible Accounts do not include:

 

(1) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is employee or agent of Borrower.

 

(2) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a subsidiary of, or affiliated with Borrower or its shareholders, officers, or directors.

 

(3) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional.

 

(4) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is or may become liable to the Account Debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower.

 

(5) Accounts which are subject to dispute, counterclaim, or setoff

 

(6) Accounts with respect to which the goods have not been shipped or delivered, or the services have not been rendered, to the Account Debtor.

 

(7) Accounts with respect to which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory.

 

(8) Accounts of any Account Debtor who has filed or has had filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or an application for relief under any provision of any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor-in-relief acts; or who has had appointed a trustee, custodian, or receiver for the assets of such Account Debtor; or who has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has become insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts (including its payrolls) as such debts become due.

 

(9) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States government or any department or agency of the United States.

 

(10) That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 25.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts, except for the following Account Debtors: Target and Home Depot which exceeds 40.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts.

 

(11) Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(12) All Accounts of any single Account Debtor if 25.000% or more of the dollar amount of all such Accounts are represented by Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtors: American Retail Corp. (DBA Watson’s), The Chair King, Furniture Concept, and Universal Pool.

 

(13) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is not a resident of the United States, except for Account Debtors located in Canada (excluding companies located in the province of Quebec) and except for Account Debtors located in U.S. Possessions, except to the extent such Accounts are supported by insurance, bonds or other assurances satisfactory to Lender.

 

(14) Accounts with credit balances over 90 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(15) That portion of Accounts consisting of or arising from retentions and hold-backs by Account Debtors due to disputes, rebates, etc.

 

(16) Accounts consisting of non-trade claims, i.e., freight claims, insurance claims, warranty claims, claims against government, etc.

 

(17) Accounts arising from cash sales or from collect on delivery sales of inventory.

 

(18) Accrued finance charges on Account.

 

(19) Any additional reserves against Accounts at the Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(20) Accounts which consists of progress billings.

 

Eligible Inventory. The words “Eligible Inventory” mean, at any time, all of Borrower’s Inventory as defined below, except:

 

(1) Inventory which is not owned by Borrower free and clear of all security interests, liens, encumbrances, and claims of third parties.

 

(2) Inventory which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems to be obsolete, unsalable, damaged, defective, or unfit for further processing.

 

(3) Work in progress.

 

(4) Inventory which is in transit.

 

(5) Inventory which consists of supplies and packaging materials.

 

 

 

(6) Inventory which consists of samples, demos and prototypes.

 

(7) Inventory which consists of rental inventory.

 

(8) Any additional reserves against Inventory at the Lender’s sole discretion

 

THIS FOURTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED AS OF JUNE 1, 2015

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

 

FIFTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

This FIFTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Other Defaults” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Other Defaults. Borrower fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in this Note or Agreement or in any of the Related Documents between Lender and Borrower; or any shareholder, member, trustor, or any owner of the Borrower also holding a controlling interest in any given entity’s common stock, membership interest, trust interest, or any other ownership interest (“Related Entity”), fails to comply with or to perform any other term, obligation, covenant or condition contained in any other agreement between Lender and the Related Entity

 

THIS FIFTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED AS OF JUNE 15, 2016.

 

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

SIXTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

g
Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

This SIXTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT (“Sixth Modification”) is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Financial Statements” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by a financial condition indicated as set forth in the applicable the following statements at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Interim Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the period ended, internally prepared by Borrower, on a consolidated basis.

 

Agings. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing and aging by invoice date of all accounts receivable and all accounts payable in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Inventory. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of inventory in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Borrowing Base Certificate. Within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a Borrowing Base Certificate in the form attached hereto.

 

Guarantor Annual Statements. Annually, Borrower shall provide Lender with the financial statement of each Guarantor certified by such Guarantor to be true and correct in all material respects no later than April 30th.

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Financial Projections. Within one hundred twenty (120) days, or sooner, after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with financial projections (balance sheet and income statement) in detailed format reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

Monthly Income Statements. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with income statements, prepared by Borrower

 

Debtor Information. Within thirty (30) days, or sooner, after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of all account debtors including but not limited to their addresses and telephone numbers.

 

Tax Returns. Within ten (10) days of filing, Borrower shall provide Lender with a signed copy of the Federal Income Tax Return of Borrower together with K-1’s and all other schedules pertaining to the Tax Return, or a signed copy of each of the Request for Tax Return Extensions. Tax returns are to be provided no later than nine (9) months after the fiscal year end.

 

Guarantor Tax Returns. Within ten (10) days of filing, Borrower shall provide Lender with a signed copy of the Federal Income Tax Return of each Guarantor together with K-1’s and all other schedules pertaining to the Tax Return, or a signed copy of each of the Request for Tax Return Extension. Tax returns are to be provided no later than October 31st.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct in all material respects.

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

 

 

SIXTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 2
     

 

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Tangible Net Worth. Maintain an effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than $11,000,000.00.

 

Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1 to be tested quarterly.

 

Debt Coverage Ratio. Maintain a Debt Coverage Ratio (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) divided by current portion of long term debt plus interest expense) of not less than 1.25 to 1, on a trailing 12-month basis, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

The section entitled “Distributions” is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

The section entitled “RIGHT TO AUDIT AND INSPECT” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

RIGHT TO AUDIT AND INSPECT. Borrower shall permit any representative of Lender, at any reasonable time but no less than annually, on or before June 30th, to inspect, audit, examine and make extracts or copies from all books, records and other data relating to the Collateral, to inspect any of Borrower’s properties, to confirm balances due on accounts by direct inquiry to account debtors, and shall furnish Lender with all information regarding the business or finances of Borrower promptly upon Lender’s request. Borrower agrees to pay for Lender’s reasonable fees and expenses related to such audits, provided however, so long as no Event of Default exists the Borrower shall be obligated to pay for Lender’s reasonable fees and expenses for only annual audits. The Lender is permitted to conduct audits with a greater frequency but at Lenders expense so long as no Event of Default exists. Borrower shall pay for all such audits and inspections if an Event of Default exists at the time of such audit or inspection.

 

The definition entitled “Borrowing Base” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Borrowing Base. The words “Borrowing Base” mean as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $22,000,000.00 or (2) the sum of (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of $5,000,000.00 or 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory, except that Advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of Advances against Eligible Accounts (3) less $750,000.00 excess availability requirement (4) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

Notwithstanding the definition above, if Borrower requests an additional loan in an amount of $3,000,000.00 (“Discretionary Line Of Credit”) and if, in Lenders sole discretion Lender makes advances under the Discretionary Line of Credit, from the date of this Sixth Modification to September 23, 2018, the words “Borrowing Base” will mean as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $25,000,000.00 or (2) the sum of (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts plus (b) the lesser of $5,000,000.00 or 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory, except that Advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of Advances against Eligible Accounts (3) less $750,000.00 excess availability requirement (4) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

A section entitled “DISCRETIONARY LINE OF CREDIT” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

DISCRETIONARY LINE OF CREDIT. The Discretionary Line of Credit represents Advances made to Borrower from time to time under the Agreement, at the sole discretion of Lender, from the date of this Sixth Modification to September 23, 2018. This is not a committed line of credit and Advances shall be made by Lender in its sole discretion, and nothing contained herein, in the Note or in any other Loan Documents shall be construed to obligate Lender to make such Advances under the Discretionary Line of Credit. Lender shall have the right to refuse to make such Advances at any time without prior notice to Borrower. Notwithstanding the section entitled “CESSATION OF ADVANCES”, Lender can cease Advances under this Discretionary Line of Credit at any time at its sole discretion.

 

The following definitions entitled “Eligible Accounts” and “Eligible Inventory” are hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Eligible Accounts. The words “Eligible Accounts” mean at any time, all of Borrower’s Accounts which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. The net amount of any Eligible Account against which Borrower may borrow shall exclude all returns, discounts, credits, and offsets of any nature. Unless otherwise agreed to by Lender in writing, Eligible Accounts do not include:

 

 

 

SIXTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 3
     

 

(1) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is employee or agent of Borrower.

 

(2) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a subsidiary of, or affiliated with Borrower or its shareholders, officers, or directors.

 

(3) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional.

 

(4) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is or may become liable to the Account Debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower.

 

(5) Accounts which are subject to dispute, counterclaim, or setoff.

 

(6) Accounts with respect to which the goods have not been shipped or delivered, or the services have not been rendered, to the Account Debtor.

 

(7) Accounts with respect to which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory.

 

(8) Accounts of any Account Debtor who has filed or has had filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or an application for relief under any provision of any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, or debtor-in-relief acts; or who has had appointed a trustee, custodian, or receiver for the assets of such Account Debtor; or who has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has become insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts (including its payrolls) as such debts become due.

 

(9) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States government or any department or agency of the United States.

 

(10) That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 25.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts, except for the following Account Debtors: Target, Home Depot, and Costco which exceeds 40.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts,

 

(11) Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(12) All Accounts of any single Account Debtor if 25.000% or more of the dollar amount of all such Accounts are represented by Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtors: American Retail Corp. (DBA Watson’s), The Chair King, Furniture Concept, and Universal Pool, and except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(13) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is not a resident of the United States, except for Account Debtors located in Canada (excluding companies located in the province of Quebec) and except for Account Debtors located in U.S. Possessions, except to the extent such Accounts are supported by insurance, bonds or other assurances satisfactory to Lender.

 

(14) Accounts with credit balances over 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(15) That portion of Accounts consisting of or arising from retentions and hold-backs by Account Debtors due to disputes, rebates, etc.

 

(16) Accounts consisting of non-trade claims, i.e., freight claims, insurance claims, warranty claims, claims against government, etc.

 

(17) Accounts arising from cash sales or from collect on delivery sales of inventory.

 

(18) Accrued finance charges on Account.

 

(19) Any additional reserves against Accounts at the Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(20) Accounts which consists of progress billings.

 

Eligible Inventory. The words “Eligible Inventory” mean, at any time, all of Borrower’s Inventory as defined below, except:

 

(1) Inventory which is not owned by Borrower free and clear of all security interests, liens, encumbrances, and claims of third parties.

 

(2) Inventory which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems to be obsolete, unsalable, damaged, defective, or unfit for further processing.

 

 

 

SIXTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 4

 

(3) Work in progress.

 

(4) Inventory which is in transit.

 

(5) Inventory which consists of supplies and packaging materials.

 

(6) Inventory which consists of samples, demos and prototypes.

 

(7) Inventory which consists of rental inventory.

 

(8) Any additional reserves against Inventory at the Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(9) Inventory that is not in the Borrower’s physical possession or is offsite and a landlord’s, warehouseman’s or bailee’s agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in its sole discretion, has not been executed by such landlord, warehouseman or bailee in favor of Lender.

 

THIS SIXTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED AS OF SEPTEMBER 26, 2017.
BORROWER:

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

SEVENTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731
         

 

This SEVENTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT (“Seventh Modification”) is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1, to be tested quarterly.

 

Debt Coverage Ratio. Maintain a Debt Coverage Ratio (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) divided by current portion of long term debt plus interest expense) of not less than 1.10 to 1 on December 31, 2018 and not less than 1.25 to 1 on March 31, 2019 and thereafter, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.

 

Tangible Not Worth. Maintain an effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than $10,000,000.00, tested at the period ending December 31, 2018 and thereafter.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

The section entitled “CHOICE OF VENUE” is hereby added as follows:

 

CHOICE OF VENUE. If there is a lawsuit, Grantor agrees upon Bank’s request to submit to the jurisdiction of the courts of such county as Lender shall designate in the State of New Jersey,

 

The section entitled “Certification of Beneficial Owner(s)” is hereby added under the section entitled “REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES” as follows:

 

Certification of Beneficial Owner(s). If Borrower is requested by Lender to provide a Certification of Beneficial Owner(s), the information included in the Certification of Beneficial Owner(s) is true and correct in all respects. “Certification of Beneficial Owner(s)” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, which certification shall be substantially in form and substance satisfactory to Lender. “Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

The sections entitled “Compliance with “Know Your CustomerRequirements” and “Depository Relationship” are hereby added under the section entitled “AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS” as follows:

 

Compliance with “Know Your Customer” Requirements. Promptly following any request therefor, Borrower shall provide information and documentation reasonably requested by Lender for purposes of compliance with applicable “know your customer’ requirements under the PATRIOT Act, the Beneficial Ownership Regulation or other applicable anti-money laundering laws, including but not limited to a Certificate of Beneficial Owner(s) acceptable to Lender if applicable.

 

Depository Relationship. Maintain one or more deposit account(s) at Lender.

 

The section entitled “USA PATRIOT ACT” is hereby added as follows:

 

USA PATRIOT ACT. Lender hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)) (the “Act”), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that will allow Lender to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act. Borrower shall, promptly following a request by Lender, provide all documentation and other information that Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing obligations under applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Act. For legal entity borrowers, Lender will require the legal entity to provide identifying information about each beneficial owner and/or individuals who have significant responsibility to control, manage or direct the legal entity.

 

 

 

SEVENTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 2
     

 

THIS SEVENTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED AS OF DECEMBER 7, 2019.

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

EIGHTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

This EIGHTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT (“Seventh Modification”) is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto, and executed in connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Discretionary Line of Credit” is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

The section entitled “Financial Statements” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Statements. Furnish Lender with the following:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by a financial condition indicated as set forth in the applicable the following statements at all limes, unless otherwise noted:

 

Interim Statements. As soon as available, but in no later than sixty (60) days after the end of each fiscal quarter, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the period ended, internally prepared by Borrower on a consolidated basis.

 

Agings. Within twenty (20) days or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing and aging by invoice date of all accounts receivable and all accounts payable in detailed format acceptable to Lender.

 

Inventory. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of inventory in detailed format acceptable to Lender including a report on ineligible obsolete and slow-moving inventory.

 

Borrowing Base Certificate. Within twenty (20) days after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with a Borrowing Base Certificate in the form attached hereto.

 

Guarantor Annual Statements, Annually, Borrower shall provide Lender with the financial statement of each Guarantor certified by such Guarantor to be true and correct in all material respects no later than April 30th.

 

Annual Statements. As soon as available, but in no event later than one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with balance sheet, income and expense statements, reconciliation of net worth and statement of cash flows, with notes thereto for the year ended, audited by a certified public accountant satisfactory to Lender.

 

Financial Projections. Within one hundred twenty (120) days, or sooner, after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with financial projections (balance sheet and Income statement) in detailed format reasonably acceptable to Lender.

 

Monthly Income Statements. Within twenty (20) days, or sooner, after the end of each month, Borrower shall provide Lender with income statements, prepared by Borrower

 

Debtor Information. Within thirty (30) days. or sooner, after the end of each fiscal year, Borrower shall provide Lender with a listing of all account debtors including but not limited to their addresses and telephone numbers.

 

Tax Returns. Within ten (10) days of filing, Borrower shall provide Lender with a signed copy of the Federal Income Tax Return of Borrower together with K-1’s and all other schedules pertaining to the Tax Return, or a signed copy of each of the Request for Tax Return Extensions. Tax returns are to be provided no later than nine (9) months after the fiscal year end.

 

Guarantor Tax Returns. Within ten (10) days of tiling, Borrower shall provide Lender with a signed copy of the Federal Income Tax Return of each Guarantor together with K-1’s and all other schedules pertaining to the Tax Return, or a signed copy of each of the Request for Tax Return Extension. Tax returns are to be provided no later than October 31st.

 

All financial reports required to be provided under this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct in all material respects.

 

 

 

EIGHTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 2

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less loan to officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.

 

Debt Coverage Ratio. Maintain a Debt Coverage Ratio (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) divided by current portion of long term debt plus interest expense) of not less than 1.10 to 1 on December 31, 2018 and not less than 1.25 to 1 on March 31, 2019 and thereafter, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter; except for quarters ending September 30, 2019 and December 31, 2019, testing for Debt Coverage Ratio shall be suspended and substituted with the “Net Loss” covenant stated below. The Debt Coverage Ratio testing shall resume after December 31, 2019.

 

Net Loss. Maintain an annual net loss of not more than ($1,550,000.00) for fiscal year ending 2019.

 

Tangible Net Worth. Maintain an effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total hook net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus intangible assets and accumulated amortization plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than $10,000,000.00.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained in this paragraph shall be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

The definition entitled “Borrowing Base” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Borrowing Base. The words ‘‘Borrowing Base” mean as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $22,000,000.00 or (2) the sum of (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts, subject to a maximum of 5% dilution based upon collections, plus (b) the lesser of $5,000,000.00 or 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Inventory, except that Advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of Advances against Eligible Accounts (3) less $750,000.00 excess availability requirement (4) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

The definition entitled “Eligible Accounts” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Eligible Accounts. The words “Eligible Accounts” mean at any time, all of Borrower’s Accounts which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. The net amount of any Eligible Account against which Borrower may borrow shall exclude all returns, discounts, credits and offsets of any nature. Unless otherwise agreed to by Lender in writing. Eligible Accounts do not include:

 

(1) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is employee or agent of Borrower.

 

(2) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a subsidiary of, or affiliated with Borrower or its shareholders, officers, or directors,

 

(3) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional.

 

(4) Accounts with respect to which Borrower is or may become liable to the Account Debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower:

 

(5) Accounts which are subject to dispute, counterclaim, or setoff.

 

(6) Accounts with respect to which the goods have not been shipped or delivered, or the services have not been rendered, to the Account Debtor.

 

(7) Accounts with respect to which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory.

 

(8) Accounts of any Account Debtor who has filed or has had tiled against it a petition in bankruptcy or an application for relief under any provision of any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency. or debtor-in-relief acts; or who has had appointed a trustee, custodian, or receiver for the assets of such Account Debtor; or who has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has become insolvent or fails generally to pay its debts (including its payrolls) as such debts become due.

 

 

 

EIGHTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 3

 

(9) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States government or any department or agency of the United States

 

(10) That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 25.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts, except for the following Account Debtors: Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., Target, Home Depot, and Costco which exceeds 40.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts, except that Lender in its sole discretion may adjust this concentration limit at any time,

 

(11) Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(12) All Accounts of any single Account Debtor if 25.000% or more of the dollar amount of all such Accounts are represented by Accounts which have not been paid in full within BO days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtors: American Retail Corp. (DBA Watson’s), The Chair King. Furniture Concept, and Universal Pool, and except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of invoice.

 

(13) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is not a resident of the United States, except for Account Debtors located in Canada (excluding companies located in the province of Quebec) and except for Account Debtors located in U.S. Possessions, except to the extent such Accounts are supported by insurance, bonds or other assurances satisfactory to Lender.

 

(14) Accounts with credit balances over 90 days from the original dale of invoice, except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of Invoice.

 

(15) That portion of Accounts consisting of or arising from retentions and hold-backs by Account Debtors due to disputes, rebates, etc.

 

(16) Accounts consisting of non-trade claims, i.e., freight claims, Insurance claims, warranty claims, claims against government, etc.

 

(17) Accounts arising from cash sales or from collect on delivery sales of inventory.

 

(18) Accrued finance charges on Account.

 

(19) Any additional reserves against Accounts at the Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(20) Accounts which consists of progress billings.

 

(21) Dilution based on collections in excess of 5% to be reserved from accounts receivable.

 

The, definition entitled “Eligible Inventory” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Eligible Inventory. The words “Eligible Inventory” mean, at any time, all of Borrower’s Inventory as defined below, except:

 

(1) Inventory which is not owned by Borrower free and clear of all security interests, liens, encumbrances, and claims of third parties.

 

(2) inventory which Lender, in its sole discretion, deems to be obsolete, unsalable, damaged, defective, or unfit for further processing, including inventory with receipt date of 365 days beyond the cut-off date of the monthly inventory report submitted by Borrower.

 

(3) Work in progress.

 

(4) Inventory which is in transit.

 

(5) Inventory which consists of supplies and packaging materials.

 

(6) Inventory which consists of samples, demos and prototypes.

 

(7) Inventory which consists of rental inventory.

 

(8) Any additional reserves against Inventory at the Lender’s sole discretion.

 

 

 

 

EIGHTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 4

 

(9) Inventory that is not in the Borrower’s physical possession or is offsite and a landlord’s, warehouseman’s or bailee’s agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Lender, in its sole discretion, has not been executed by such landlord, warehouseman or bailee in favor of Lender.

 

(10) Inventory which is perishable or is subject to specific liens under either the Perishable Agricultural Commodities Act (“PACA”) or the Packers and Stockyards Act (“PASA”).

 

The section entitled “Remittance/Control Account” is hereby added as follows:

 

Remittance/Control Account. At all times while this Agreement is in effect, Borrower shall cause the payments and other proceeds of the Accounts to be paid by the Account Debtors under a remittance/control account maintained with Lender (“Control Account”). Borrower further agrees that any and all of such funds received under the Control Account shall be immediately applied to the Indebtedness in such order and priority as Lender may determine within its sole discretion

 

THIS EIGHTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED AS OF NOVEMBER 19, 2019.

 

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

NINTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

Borrower: Foremost Groups, Inc.   Lender: East West Bank
  906 Murray Road     Loan Servicing Department
  East Hanover, NJ 07936     9300 Flair Drive, 6th Floor
        El Monte, CA 91731

 

This NINTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT (“Seventh Modification”) Is attached to and by this reference is made a part of the Business Loan Agreement (Asset Based) dated April 23, 2012 for Loan #34190232, including all modifications thereto, and executed In connection with a loan or other financial accommodations between Lender and Borrower.

 

The section entitled “Financial Covenants and Ratios” Is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Financial Covenants and Ratios. Comply with the following covenants and ratios:

 

Additional Requirements. Borrower understands and agrees that while this Agreement Is in effect, Borrower will maintain a financial condition indicated by the following ratios at all times, unless otherwise noted:

 

Debt Coverage Ratio. Maintain a Debt Coverage Ratio (defined as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (“EBITDA”) divided by current portion of long term debt plus Interest expense) of not less than 1.25 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.

 

Tangible Net Worth. Maintain an effective Tangible Net Worth (defined as total book net worth plus minority interest, less due from officers/stockholders/affiliates minus Intangible assets and accumulated amortization plus debt subordinated to East West Bank) of not less than the following for applicable periods:

 

$9,500,000.00 for quarters ending 9/30/2020 and 12/31/2020; and

 

$510,000,000.00 for quarter ending 3/31/2021 and thereafter.

 

Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth. Maintain a Total Debt to Tangible Net Worth (defined as total liabilities divided by Tangible Net Worth defined as total book net worth plus minority Interest, less loan to officers/stockholders/affiliates minus Intangible assets and accumulated amortization) not to exceed 4.0 to 1, tested at the end of each fiscal quarter.

 

Except as provided above, all computations made to determine compliance with the requirements contained In this paragraph shall be made In accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, applied on a consistent basis, and certified by Borrower as being true and correct.

 

The definition entitled “Borrowing Base” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Borrowing Base. The words “Borrowing Base” mean as determined by Lender from time to time, the lesser of (1) $18,000,000.00 or (2) the sum of (a) 85.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible Accounts, subject to a maximum of 5% dilution based upon collections, plus (b) the lesser of $5,000,000.00 or 50.000% of the aggregate amount of Eligible inventory, except that Advances against Eligible Inventory cannot exceed the aggregate amount of Advances against Eligible Accounts (3) less $750,000.00 excess availability requirement (4) less foreign exchange reserve if the mark-to-market position is negative at any given time.

 

The definition entitled “Eligible Accounts” is hereby amended and restated as follows:

 

Eligible Accounts. The words “Eligible Accounts” mean at any time, all of Borrower’s Accounts which contain selling terms and conditions acceptable to Lender. The net amount of any Eligible Account against which Borrower may borrow shall exclude all returns, discounts, credits, and offsets of any nature, Unless otherwise agreed to by Lender In writing, Eligible Accounts do not include:

 

(1) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is employee or agent of Borrower,

 

(2) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is a subsidiary of, or affiliated with Borrower or its shareholders, officers, or directors.

 

(3) Accounts with respect to which goods are placed on consignment, guaranteed sale, or other terms by reason of which the payment by the Account Debtor may be conditional,

 

(4) Accounts with respect to which. Borrower is or may become liable to the Account Debtor for goods sold or services rendered by the Account Debtor to Borrower.

 

 

 

NINTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT 

Loan No: 34190232 (Continued) Page 2

 

(5) Accounts which are subject to dispute, counterclaim, or setoff.

 

(6) Accounts with respect to which the goods have not been shipped or delivered, or the services have not been rendered, to the Account Debtor.

 

(7) Accounts with respect to which Lender, In Its sole discretion, deems the creditworthiness or financial condition of the Account Debtor to be unsatisfactory.

 

(8) Accounts of any Account Debtor who has filed or has had filed against it a petition in bankruptcy or an application for relief under any provision of any state or federal bankruptcy, insolvency, of debtor-in-relief acts; or who has had appointed n trustee, custodian, or receiver for the assets of much Account Debtor; or who has made an assignment for the benefit of creditors or has become Insolvent or tails generally to pay Its debts (Including Its payrolls) as such debts become due.

 

(9) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is the United States government or any department or agency of the United States.

 

(10) That portion of the Accounts of any single Account Debtor which exceeds 25.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts, except for the following Account Debtors: Ferguson Enterprises, Inc., Target, Home Depot, and Costco which exceeds 40.000% of all of Borrower’s Accounts, except that Lender in its sole discretion may adjust this concentration limit at any time.

 

(11) Accounts which have not been paid in full within 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of Invoice.

 

(12) All Accounts of any single Account Debtor if 25.000% or more of the dollar amount of all such Accounts are represented by Accounts which have-not been paid in full within-90 days from the Original date of invoice, except’ for the following Account Debtors: The Chair King and Furniture Concepts which shall be 50% cross-aging from January 1 through June 30, and 25% cross-aging from July 1 through December 31 of each year; provided that Lender shall have sole discretion to reduce the cross-age threshold in response to, including but not limited to, deterioration In the applicable credit status of The Chair King and Furniture Concepts, deterioration in the performance of the Accounts of The Chair King and Furniture Concepts, or Increased dilution on the Accounts from The Chair King and Furniture Concepts.

 

(13) Accounts with respect to which the Account Debtor is not .a resident of the United States, except for Account Debtors located In Canada (excluding companies located in the province of Quebec) and except for Account Debtors located in U.S. Possessions, except to the extent such Accounts are supported by insurance, bonds or other assurances satisfactory to Lender.

 

(14) Accounts with credit balances over 90 days from the original date of invoice, except for the following Account Debtor in regards to the direct import program: Target which may be 150 days from the original date of Invoice.

 

(15) That portion of Accounts consisting of or arising from retentions and hold-backs by Account Debtors due to disputes, rebates, eta.

 

(16) Accounts consisting of non-trade claims, i.e., freight claims, insurance claims, warranty claims, claims against government, etc.

 

(17) Accounts arising from cash sales or from collect on delivery sales of inventory.

 

(18) Accrued finance charges on Account.

 

(19) Any additional reserves against Accounts at the Lender’s sole discretion.

 

(20) Accounts which consists of progress billings.

 

(21) Dilution based on collections in excess of 5% to be reserved from accounts receivable.

 

The section entitled “TAXPAYER CONSENT” is hereby added as follows:

 

TAXPAYER CONSENT. Borrower expressly acknowledges and agrees that any loan application, the information on it, and Borrower’s federal or state tax returns, tax transcripts or tax-related information (collectively “Tax Information”) will be used by Lender and certain third parties as designated below as follows:

 

Use of information. Borrower consents to the use of this information, including Borrower’s Tax Information, for the purposes of: (1) reviewing, processing and responding to Borrower’s loan application; (2) originating the loan; (3) maintaining and servicing the loan; (4) selling the loan in whole or in part; (5) complying with legal and/or regulatory obligations.

 

Re-disclosure. Borrower also expressly agrees that Lender may disclose Borrower’s information, including Tax Information, to any third party Lender reasonably deems necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes above. This includes third parties who: (1) process loan applications or originate loans; (2) maintain and service Borrower’s loan; (3) may or will purchase Borrower’s loan; (4) and any government agency or regulatory body necessary for Lender to comply with a legal or regulatory obligation.

 

 

 

NINTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS NINTH MODIFICATION TO THE LOAN AGREEMENT IS EXECUTED AS OF AUGUST 13, 2020, BORROWER:

  

BORROWER:  
   
FOREMOST GROUPS, INC.  
   
By: /s/ Liang Hann Chen  
  Name:Liang Hann Chen, CAO/Treasurer of Foremost Groups, Inc.  
   
LENDER:  
   
EAST WEST BANK  
   
By: /s/ Authorized Officer  
  Authorized Officer  

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

 

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm’s Consent

 

We consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement of FGI Industries Ltd. on Form S-1 AMENDMENT # 2 of our report dated June 06, 2021, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of FGI Industries Ltd. as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2020, which report appears in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to our Firm under the heading “Experts” in such Prospectus.

 

/s/ Marcum llp
   
Marcum llp  
Melville, NY  
November 12, 2021